sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 26, 2010
Registration
No. 333-165081
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
6199
|
|
95-4766827
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
|
|
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
|
605 East Huntington Drive,
Suite 205
Monrovia, CA 91016
(626) 739-3942
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
John C. Ricci
General Counsel
Green Dot Corporation
605 East Huntington Drive,
Suite 205
Monrovia, CA 91016
(626) 739-3942
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Laird H. Simons III, Esq.
|
|
William V. Fogg, Esq.
|
William L. Hughes, Esq.
|
|
Daniel A. OShea, Esq.
|
James D. Evans, Esq.
|
|
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
|
Fenwick & West LLP
|
|
Worldwide Plaza
|
801 California Street
|
|
825 Eighth Avenue
|
Mountain View, CA 94041
|
|
New York, NY 10019
|
(650) 988-8500
|
|
(212) 474-1000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell
these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities,
and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an
offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS
Subject
to completion, dated April 26, 2010
Shares
Class A
Common Stock
This is an
initial public offering of shares of the Class A common
stock of Green Dot Corporation. We are
selling shares
of our Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders
are
selling shares
of our Class A common stock. We will not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common
stock by the selling stockholders. The estimated initial public
offering price is between $ and
$ per share.
We have two
classes of authorized common stock Class A
common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the
holders of our Class A common stock and our Class B
common stock are virtually identical, except with respect to
voting and conversion. Each share of our Class A common
stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of our
Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and
will be convertible at any time into one share of our
Class A common stock.
We intend to
apply for the listing of our Class A common stock on the
NYSE under the symbol GDOT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per
Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to Green Dot, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Green Dot
and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an
option, for a period of 30 days from the date of this
prospectus, to purchase from them up
to
additional shares of our Class A common stock to cover
over-allotments, if any.
Investing
in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk.
See Risk Factors beginning on page 9 of this
prospectus.
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Delivery of
the shares of our Class A common stock will be made on or
about ,
2010.
|
|
J.P.
Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities
|
|
Piper Jaffray
|
|
UBS Investment Bank
|
,
2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Prospectus Summary
|
|
|
1
|
|
Risk Factors
|
|
|
9
|
|
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
|
|
|
26
|
|
Industry and Market Data
|
|
|
27
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
28
|
|
Dividend Policy
|
|
|
28
|
|
Capitalization
|
|
|
29
|
|
Dilution
|
|
|
31
|
|
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
|
|
|
33
|
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
|
|
|
36
|
|
Business
|
|
|
60
|
|
Management
|
|
|
81
|
|
Executive Compensation
|
|
|
87
|
|
Transactions with Related Parties, Founders and Control Persons
|
|
|
105
|
|
Principal and Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
107
|
|
Description of Capital Stock
|
|
|
111
|
|
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
|
|
|
116
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
119
|
|
Legal Matters
|
|
|
123
|
|
Experts
|
|
|
123
|
|
Where You Can Find Additional Information
|
|
|
123
|
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on
behalf of us and delivered or made available to you. Neither we
nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide
you with information different from that contained in this
prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to
sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is
accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our
Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects may have changed since that
date.
No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United
States to permit a public offering of our Class A common
stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that
jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this
prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are
required to inform themselves about and to observe any
restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this
prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.
Until ,
2010, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our Class A
common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may
be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all
the information you should consider before investing in our
Class A common stock. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, including the section entitled Risk
Factors and our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before
making an investment in our Class A common stock.
Green Dot
Corporation
Green Dot is a leading prepaid financial services company
providing simple, low-cost and convenient money management
solutions to a broad base of U.S. consumers. We believe
that we are the leading provider of general purpose reloadable
prepaid debit cards in the United States and that our Green Dot
Network is the leading prepaid reload network in the United
States. We sell our cards and offer our reload services
nationwide at approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which
provide consumers convenient access to our products and
services. Our technology platform, Green PlaNET, provides
essential functionality, including
point-of-sale
connectivity and interoperability with Visa, MasterCard and
other payment or funds transfer networks, and compliance and
other capabilities to our Green Dot Network, enabling real-time
transactions in a secure environment. The combination of our
innovative products, broad retail distribution and proprietary
technology creates powerful network effects, which we believe
enhance the value we deliver to our customers, retail
distributors and other participants in our network.
We were an early pioneer in the development of general purpose
reloadable prepaid debit cards, or GPR cards, and associated
reload services, which collectively we refer to as prepaid
financial services. GPR cards are designed for general spending
purposes and can be used anywhere the cards applicable
payment network, such as Visa or MasterCard, is accepted, but,
unlike gift cards, can be reloaded with additional funds for
ongoing, long-term use. We believe that we are the leading
provider of GPR cards in the United States based on the
2.7 million active cards in our portfolio as of
December 31, 2009, which we define as cards that have had a
purchase, reload or ATM withdrawal transaction during the
previous
90-day
period.
We have built strong distribution and marketing relationships
with many significant retail chains, including Walmart,
Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger, K-Mart, Meijer and
Radio Shack. These retail chains provide consumers with
convenient locations to purchase and reload our cards. In
addition, any holder of a GPR card issued by a member of our
reload network may reload that card at any one of those
locations. Currently, there are over 100 third-party prepaid
card programs that use our nationwide reload network to
facilitate reloading by their cardholders. We have also recently
entered into an agreement with PayPal whereby its customers can
add funds to any new or existing PayPal account through our
reload network at all retail locations where we sell our
products and services. In fiscal 2009, the gross dollar volume
loaded to our GPR card and reload products was
$4.7 billion, an increase of 66% over fiscal 2008.
We have developed a business model with powerful network
effects. Growth in the number of our product and service
offerings or our network participants, which include consumers,
retail distributors and businesses that accept reloads or
payments through the Green Dot Network, enhances the value we
deliver to all network participants. Our technology platform,
Green PlaNET, enables network participants to communicate and
complete transactions rapidly and securely through our reload
network or third-party payment or funds transfer networks, and
is a central component of our network-based business model.
For the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009, our total operating
revenues were $83.6 million, $168.1 million,
$234.8 million and $112.8 million, respectively. In
the same periods, we generated operating income of
$1.2 million, $29.2 million, $63.7 million and
$23.3 million, respectively.
1
Industry
Overview
Prepaid cards have emerged as an attractive product within the
electronic payments industry. They are easy for consumers to
understand and use because they work in a manner similar to
traditional debit cards, allowing the cardholder to use a
conventional plastic card linked to an account established at a
financial institution. According to Mercator Advisory
Groups Prepaid Market Forecast 2009 to 2012
research report, $8.7 billion was loaded onto GPR cards in
the United States in 2008 and $118.5 billion is expected to
be loaded onto GPR cards in the United States in 2012,
reflecting a 92% compound annual growth rate during that
four-year period. We believe that this growth in the use of GPR
cards will contribute to a substantial increase in the demand
for prepaid financial services.
The prepaid financial services industry is fragmented and its
products are relatively early in their life cycles. Vendors
generally do not have a broad set of product and service
offerings or capabilities, and no single vendor currently
provides all of the elements that are necessary to establish and
operate a GPR card program. We believe this creates a
significant opportunity for a vertically-integrated provider
with a broad suite of innovative products and services.
Our Competitive
Strengths
Our combination of innovative products and marketing expertise,
a known brand name, a nationwide retail distribution presence
and proprietary technology supports our network-based business
model and has enabled us to become a leading provider of prepaid
financial services in the United States. Our strengths include:
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Product and Marketing Expertise. We
are an innovator in the development, merchandising and marketing
of prepaid financial services. We believe we were the first
company to combine the products, technology platform and
distribution channel required to make retailer-distributed GPR
cards a viable product offering. Our consumer focus has led us
to enhance our product packaging and product displays in retail
locations to educate consumers and promote our products and
services more effectively. We believe that we have the strongest
brand in the prepaid financial services industry, and we
continue to build brand awareness using national television
advertising.
|
|
|
|
Leading Retail Distribution. We have
established a nationwide retail distribution network, consisting
of approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which gives us
access to the vast majority of the U.S. population.
According to a Scarborough Research survey, which was conducted
between August 2008 and September 2009, at least 93%
of U.S. adult respondents had shopped at one or more of the
stores of our current retail distributors within the past twelve
months.
|
|
|
|
Leading Reload Network in the United
States. We believe our Green Dot Network is the
leading reload network for prepaid cards in the United States.
We also believe that it can be expanded and adapted to many new
and evolving applications in the electronic payments industry.
|
|
|
|
Proprietary Technology. Green PlaNET, our
centralized processing platform, includes a variety of
proprietary software applications that, together with
third-party applications, run our front-end, back-end,
anti-fraud, regulatory compliance and customer service
processing systems. It enables us to develop, distribute and
support a variety of products and services effectively. This
platform also enables our cards and Green Dot Network to
interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds
transfer networks, allowing our cardholders to make purchases
and complete other transactions.
|
|
|
|
Business Model with Powerful Network
Effects. The combination of our broad group of
products and services, large portfolio of active cards,
nationwide footprint of retail distributors and proprietary
technology creates powerful network effects. Growth in the
number of our product and service offerings or network
participants enhances the value we deliver to all network
participants. For example, we are able to attract retail
distributors because of the large number of consumers who
actively use our reload network. We believe the breadth and
depth
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
of our network would be difficult to replicate and represents a
significant competitive advantage, as well as a barrier to entry
for potential competitors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vertical Integration. We believe that we are
more vertically integrated than our competitors, based on our
distribution capabilities, processing platform, program
management skills and proprietary reload network. Whereas we
have built our offerings primarily around our own
internally-developed capabilities, none of our competitors has
been able to offer products and services similar to ours without
collaborating with third parties to provide one or more of the
essential features of prepaid financial service offerings, such
as program management or the reload network. Our vertical
integration has allowed us to reduce costs across our operations
and, we expect, will continue to provide us with opportunities
to reduce operational costs in the future. It also enables us to
scale our business quickly in response to rising demand and to
ensure high-quality service for our customers.
|
|
|
|
Strong Regulatory and Compliance
Infrastructure. We employ a proactive approach to
licensing, regulatory and compliance matters, which we believe
provides us with an important competitive advantage. We believe
that this has helped us develop strong relationships with
leading retailers and financial institutions and has prepared us
well for changes in the regulatory environment.
|
Our
Strategy
The key components of our strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing the Number of Network
Participants. We intend to enhance the network
effects in our business model in the following ways:
|
|
|
|
|
|
attracting new users by introducing new products, improving
current products and promoting our products;
|
|
|
|
expanding and strengthening our distribution by establishing
relationships with additional high-quality retail chains and
accelerating our entry into new distribution channels; and
|
|
|
|
adding businesses that accept reloads or payments through, and
applications for, the Green Dot Network by continuing to enroll
additional third-party prepaid card program providers in our
reload network and to identify additional uses for our reload
networks cash transfer technology.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Revenue per Customer. We intend to
pursue greater revenue per customer by improving cardholder
retention, increasing card usage and increasing adoption of
optional revenue-generating services.
|
|
|
|
Improving Operating Efficiencies. We intend to
leverage our growing scale and vertical integration to generate
incremental operating efficiencies, which will provide us with
the flexibility to engage in new marketing programs, reduce
pricing and make other investments in our business to maintain
our leadership position.
|
|
|
|
Broadening Brand and Product Awareness. We
intend to broaden awareness of the Green Dot brand and our
products and services through national television advertising,
online advertising and ongoing enhancements to our packaging and
merchandising.
|
|
|
|
Acquiring a Bank and Complementary
Businesses. We intend to pursue acquisitions that
will help us achieve our strategic objectives, particularly
those designed to improve operating revenue growth and operating
efficiencies. In February 2010, we entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire Utah-based Bonneville Bancorp, a bank
holding company, and its subsidiary commercial bank, Bonneville
Bank, for an aggregate cash purchase price of approximately
$15.7 million, and filed applications with the appropriate
federal and state regulators seeking approvals for this
transaction. We believe this acquisition will increase the
efficiency with which we introduce and manage potential new
products and services, reduce the risk that
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
we would be negatively impacted by changes in the business
practices of the banks that issue our cards, reduce the
sponsorship and service fees and other expenses that we pay to
third parties, and allow us to serve our customers better and
more efficiently through a more vertically integrated platform.
|
Risks Affecting
Us
Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are highlighted
in the section entitled Risk Factors immediately
following this prospectus summary. These risks represent
challenges to the successful implementation of our strategy and
to the growth and future profitability of our business. These
risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
our growth rates may decline in the future;
|
|
|
|
operating revenues derived from sales at Walmart and our other
three largest retail distributors represented 66%, 9%, 8% and
6%, respectively, of our total operating revenues during the
five months ended December 31, 2009, and the loss of
operating revenues from any of these retail distributors would
adversely affect our business;
|
|
|
|
our future success depends upon our retail distributors
active and effective promotion of our products and services, but
their interests and operational decisions might not always align
with our interests;
|
|
|
|
the industry in which we compete is highly competitive and has a
number of major participants, which could adversely affect our
operating revenue growth; and
|
|
|
|
we operate in a highly regulated environment; failure to comply
with applicable laws or regulations, or changes in those laws or
regulations that adversely affect our operating methods, could
negatively impact our business.
|
Corporate History
and Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1999 as Next Estate
Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Green Dot
Corporation in October 2005. Our principal executive offices are
located at 605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205, Monrovia,
California 91016, and our telephone number is
(626) 739-3942.
Our website address is www.greendot.com. The information on, or
that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by
reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to
be a part of this prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated, the terms Green Dot,
we, us and our refer to
Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation, together with its
consolidated subsidiary, the term prepaid cards
refers to prepaid debit cards and the term our cards
refers to our Green Dot-branded and co-branded GPR cards. In
addition, prepaid financial services refers to GPR
cards and associated reload services, a segment of the prepaid
card industry.
In September 2009, we changed our fiscal year-end from
July 31 to December 31. Throughout this prospectus,
references to fiscal 2007, fiscal 2008
and fiscal 2009 are to the fiscal years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Green Dot and MoneyPak are our registered trademarks in the
United States, and the Green Dot logo is our trademark. Other
trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of
their respective holders.
4
The
Offering
|
|
|
Class A common stock offered by us |
|
shares |
|
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares |
|
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
shares(1) |
|
Total Class A and Class B common stock to be
outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
Voting rights |
|
We have two classes of authorized common stock
Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The
rights of the holders of our Class A and Class B
common stock are virtually identical, except with respect to
voting and conversion. The holders of our Class B common
stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and the holders of
our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per
share. The holders of our Class A common stock and
Class B common stock will vote together as a single class
on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless
otherwise required by law. Each share of our Class B common
stock is convertible into one share of our Class A common
stock at any time and will convert automatically upon certain
transfers or the date that the total number of shares of
Class B common stock outstanding represents less than 10%
of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B
common stock outstanding. See Description of Capital
Stock. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering for general
corporate purposes, including working capital and capital
expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to
acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products,
services, technologies or assets. We will not receive any
proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
See Use of Proceeds. |
|
Dividends |
|
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends
on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. |
|
Proposed NYSE symbol |
|
GDOT |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The shares of our Class B common stock outstanding after
this offering will represent
approximately % of the total number
of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock
outstanding after this offering
and % of the combined voting power
of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding
after this offering. |
5
The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common
stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon shares
outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
5,687,321 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of
$7.98 per share
(including shares
that we expect to be sold in this offering by certain selling
stockholders upon the exercise of vested stock options with a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share and the conversion of
the shares received into Class A common stock);
|
|
|
|
130,500 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options granted after
December 31, 2009 with an exercise price of $25.00 per
share;
|
|
|
|
4,567,242 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of
$22.31 per share, including a warrant to purchase up to
4,283,456 shares that is exercisable only upon the
achievement of performance goals specified in our arrangement
with PayPal, Inc.; and
|
|
|
|
shares
of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our
2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the
first day that our Class A common stock is publicly traded,
as more fully described in Executive
Compensation Employee Benefit Plans 2010
Equity Incentive Plan.
|
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this
prospectus assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
preferred stock into 24,941,521 shares of our Class B
common stock and the conversion by the selling stockholders
of shares
of our Class B common stock into a like number of shares of
our Class A common stock, in each case immediately prior to
the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
|
the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the
effectiveness of our restated bylaws, which will occur
immediately following the completion of the offering; and
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to an
additional shares
of our Class A common stock from us and the selling
stockholders in this offering.
|
In March 2010, when we adopted our dual class stock structure,
all outstanding shares of our common stock converted
automatically into a like number of shares of Class B
common stock. As of March 31, 2010, there were
12,941,968 shares of Class B common stock and no
shares of Class A common stock outstanding. See
Description of Capital Stock, including
Common Stock and
Anti-Takeover
Provisions Dual Class Stock Structure.
6
Summary
Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following tables present summary historical financial data
for our business. You should read this information together with
Selected Consolidated Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31, 2009, and the balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2009, from our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the
statement of operations data for the years ended July 31,
2005 and 2006 from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be
expected in any future period.
The pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of
all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred
stock into shares of our Class B common stock upon the
closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred
at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further
information concerning the calculation of pro forma per share
information, please refer to note 2 and note 12 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
|
$21,771
|
|
|
|
$36,359
|
|
|
|
$45,717
|
|
|
|
$91,233
|
|
|
|
$119,356
|
|
|
|
$50,895
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
12,064
|
|
|
|
20,616
|
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
5,705
|
|
|
|
9,975
|
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
39,540
|
|
|
|
66,951
|
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
112,757
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
19,148
|
|
|
|
28,660
|
|
|
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
31,333
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses(1)
|
|
|
11,584
|
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
8,547
|
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,521
|
|
|
|
10,077
|
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
44,243
|
|
|
|
65,783
|
|
|
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
(4,703
|
)
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
29,178
|
|
|
|
63,670
|
|
|
|
23,314
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(625
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
|
64,065
|
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
Dividends, accretion and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(367
|
)
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|
|
(13,650
|
)
|
|
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
|
$(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
$168
|
|
|
|
$(510
|
)
|
|
|
$3,685
|
|
|
|
$8,163
|
|
|
|
$4,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.02
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
|
|
$0.68
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.26
|
|
|
|
$0.52
|
|
|
|
$0.29
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
10,873
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
Weighted-average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
13,194
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.01
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.91
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average shares issued and outstanding
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense of $0, $0, $156,000, $1.2 million and
$2.5 million for the years ended July 31, 2005, 2006,
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $6.8 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009.
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Statistical Data (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of GPR cards activated
|
|
|
428,737
|
|
|
|
721,561
|
|
|
|
894,295
|
|
|
|
2,167,004
|
|
|
|
3,106,923
|
|
|
|
2,105,908
|
|
Number of cash transfers
|
|
|
2,262,854
|
|
|
|
4,055,775
|
|
|
|
4,992,956
|
|
|
|
9,153,119
|
|
|
|
14,084,458
|
|
|
|
8,188,264
|
|
Number of active cards as of period end(1)
|
|
|
289,086
|
|
|
|
428,300
|
|
|
|
625,165
|
|
|
|
1,270,072
|
|
|
|
2,056,828
|
|
|
|
2,688,975
|
|
Gross dollar volume(2)
|
|
|
$414,910
|
|
|
|
$801,956
|
|
|
|
$1,134,175
|
|
|
|
$2,831,278
|
|
|
|
$4,702,914
|
|
|
|
$2,734,087
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents the total number of GPR
cards in our portfolio that have had a purchase, reload or ATM
withdrawal transaction during the previous
90-day
period.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the total dollar volume
of funds loaded to our GPR card and reload products in the
specified period.
|
The following table presents consolidated balance sheet data as
of December 31, 2009 on:
|
|
|
|
|
an actual basis; and
|
|
|
|
an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of
the shares
of our Class A common stock offered by us in this
prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(2)
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Settlement assets(3)
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
183,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement obligations(3)
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
111,744
|
|
|
|
111,744
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in
the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share would increase or
decrease, respectively, our cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash, total assets and total stockholders
equity by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes $15.4 million of
restricted cash. We maintain restricted deposits in bank
accounts to support our line of credit.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Our retail distributors collect
customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads and then
remit these funds directly to bank accounts established on
behalf of those customers by the banks that issue our cards. Our
retail distributors remittance of these funds takes an
average of three business days. Settlement assets represent the
amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds
collected at the point of sale that have not yet been remitted
to the card issuing banks. Settlement obligations represent the
amounts that are due from us to the card issuing banks for funds
collected but not yet remitted by our retail distributors and
not funded by our line of credit. We have no control over or
access to customer funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the card issuing banks. Customer funds therefore are not our
assets, and we do not recognize them in our consolidated
financial statements.
|
8
RISK
FACTORS
This offering and an investment in our Class A common
stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully
consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together
with all of the other information in this prospectus, including
our consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our
Class A common stock. If any of the following risks
actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and future prospects could be materially and
adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our
Class A common stock could decline and you could lose part
or all of your investment.
Risks Related to
Our Business
Our
growth rates may decline in the future.
In recent quarters, our operating income and net income, while
still increasing significantly year over year, have not always
increased sequentially and the rate of growth of our operating
revenues has declined. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that we will be able to continue our historical growth rates in
future periods, and we would expect seasonal or other influences
to cause periodic sequential quarterly declines in our operating
income and net income. In the near term, our continued growth
depends in significant part on our ability, among other things,
to attract new users of our products, to expand our reload
network and to increase our revenues per customer. Since the
value we provide to our network participants relates in large
part to the number of users of, businesses that accept reloads
or payments through, and applications enabled by, the Green Dot
Network, our operating revenues could suffer if we were unable
to increase the number of purchasers of our GPR cards and to
expand and adapt our reload network to meet consumers
evolving needs. We may fail to expand our reload network for a
number of reasons, including our inability to produce products
and services that appeal to consumers and lead to increased new
card sales, our loss of one or more key retail distributors or
our loss of key, or failure to add, businesses that accept
reloads or payments through the Green Dot Network, which we
refer to as our network acceptance members.
We may not be able to increase card usage and cardholder
retention, which have been two important contributors to our
growth. Currently, many of our cardholders use their cards
infrequently or do not reload their cards. We may be unable to
generate increases in card usage or cardholder retention for a
number of reasons, including our inability to maintain our
existing distribution channels, the failure of our cardholder
retention and usage incentives to influence cardholder behavior,
our inability to predict accurately consumer preferences or
industry changes and to modify our products and services on a
timely basis in response thereto, and our inability to produce
new features and services that appeal to cardholders.
As the prepaid financial services industry continues to develop,
our competitors may be able to offer products and services that
are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar to or
better than ours. This may force us to compete on the basis of
price and to expend significant advertising, marketing and other
resources in order to remain competitive. Even if we are
successful at increasing our operating revenues through our
various initiatives and strategies, we will experience an
inevitable decline in growth rates as our operating revenues
increase to higher levels and we may also experience a decline
in margins. If our operating revenue growth rates slow
materially or decline, our business, operating results and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
Operating
revenues derived from sales at Walmart and our other three
largest retail distributors represented 66%, 9%, 8% and 6%,
respectively, of our total operating revenues during the five
months ended December 31, 2009, and the loss of operating
revenues from any of these retail distributors would adversely
affect our business.
Most of our operating revenues are derived from prepaid
financial services sold at our four largest retail distributors.
As a percentage of total operating revenues, operating revenues
derived from products and services sold at the store locations
of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (or Walmart) and our three
9
other largest retail distributors, as a group, were
approximately 66% and 23%, respectively, in the five months
ended December 31, 2009. While we do not expect calendar
2010 operating revenues derived from products and services sold
at Walmart stores to increase as a percentage of our total
operating revenues, we expect that Walmart and our other three
largest retail distributors will continue to have a significant
impact on our operating revenues in future years. It would be
difficult to replace any of our large retail distributors,
particularly Walmart, and the operating revenues derived from
sales of our products and services at their stores. Accordingly,
the loss of Walmart or any of our other three largest retail
distributors would have a material adverse effect on our
business, and might have a positive impact on the business of
one of our competitors if it were able to replace us. In
addition, any publicity associated with the loss of any of our
large retail distributors could harm our reputation, making it
more difficult to attract and retain consumers and other retail
distributors, and could lessen our negotiating power with our
remaining and prospective retail distributors.
Our contracts with these retail distributors have terms that
expire at various dates between 2011 and 2013, subject to early
termination provisions. There can be no assurance that we will
be able to continue our relationships with our largest retail
distributors on the same or more favorable terms in future
periods or that our relationships will continue beyond the terms
of our existing contracts with them. Our operating revenues and
operating results could suffer if, among other things, any of
our retail distributors renegotiates, terminates or fails to
renew, or to renew on similar or favorable terms, its agreement
with us or otherwise chooses to modify the level of support it
provides for our products.
Our future success depends upon our retail
distributors active and effective promotion of our
products and services, but their interests and operational
decisions might not always align with our interests.
Substantially all of our operating revenues are derived from our
products and services sold at the stores of our retail
distributors. Revenues from our retail distributors depend on a
number of factors outside our control and may vary from period
to period. Because we compete with many other providers of
consumer products for placement and promotion of products in the
stores of our retail distributors, our success depends on our
retail distributors and their willingness to promote our
products and services successfully. In general, our contracts
with these third parties allow them to exercise significant
discretion over the placement and promotion of our products in
their stores, and they could give higher priority to the
products and services of other companies. Accordingly, losing
the support of our retail distributors might limit or reduce the
sales of our cards and MoneyPak reload product. Our operating
revenues may also be negatively affected by our retail
distributors operational decisions. For example, if a
retail distributor fails to train its cashiers to sell our
products and services or implements changes in its systems that
disrupt the integration between its systems and ours, we could
experience a decline in our product sales. Even if our retail
distributors actively and effectively promote our products and
services, there can be no assurance that their efforts will
result in growth of our operating revenues.
The
industry in which we compete is highly competitive, which could
adversely affect our operating revenue growth.
The prepaid financial services industry is highly competitive
and includes a variety of financial and non-financial services
vendors. Our current and potential competitors include:
|
|
|
|
|
prepaid card program managers, such as First Data Corporation
(or First Data), Netspend Corporation (or Netspend), AccountNow,
Inc. (or AccountNow), PreCash Inc. (or PreCash) and UniRush, LLC
(or Rush Card);
|
|
|
|
reload network providers, such as Visa, Inc. (or Visa),
MasterCard International Incorporated (or MasterCard), The
Western Union Company (or Western Union) and MoneyGram
International, Inc. (or MoneyGram); and
|
|
|
|
prepaid card distributors, such as InComm and Blackhawk Network,
Inc. (or Blackhawk).
|
10
Some of these vendors compete with us in more than one of the
vendor categories described above, while others are primarily
focused in a single category. In addition, competitors in one
category have worked or are working with competitors in other
categories to compete with us. A portion of our cash transfer
revenues is derived from reloads to cards managed by companies
that compete with us as program managers. We also face potential
competition from retail distributors or from other companies,
such as Visa, that may in the future decide to compete, or
compete more aggressively, in the prepaid financial services
industry.
We also compete with businesses outside of the prepaid financial
services industry, including traditional providers of financial
services, such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and
card issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards
and gift cards.
Many existing and potential competitors have longer operating
histories and greater name recognition than we do. In addition,
many of our existing and potential competitors are substantially
larger than we are, may already have or could develop
substantially greater financial and other resources than we
have, may offer, develop or introduce a wider range of programs
and services than we offer or may use more effective advertising
and marketing strategies than we do to achieve broader brand
recognition, customer awareness and retail penetration. We may
also face price competition that results in decreases in the
purchase and use of our products and services. To stay
competitive, we may have to increase the incentives that we
offer to our retail distributors and decrease the prices of our
products and services, which could adversely affect our
operating results.
Our continued growth depends on our ability to compete
effectively against existing and potential competitors that seek
to provide prepaid cards or other electronic payment products
and services. If we fail to compete effectively against any of
the foregoing threats, our revenues, operating results,
prospects for future growth and overall business could be
materially and adversely affected.
We
operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us or
the businesses that participate in our reload network to comply
with applicable laws and regulations could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial position and results of
operations.
We operate in a highly regulated environment, and failure by us
or the businesses that participate in our reload network to
comply with the laws and regulations to which we are subject
could negatively impact our business. We are subject to state
money transmission licensing requirements and a wide range of
federal and other state laws and regulations, which are
described under Business Regulation
below. In particular, our products and services are subject to
an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements
intended to protect consumers and to help detect and prevent
money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit
activities.
Many of these laws and regulations are evolving, unclear and
inconsistent across various jurisdictions, and ensuring
compliance with them is difficult and costly. For example, with
increasing frequency, federal and state regulators are holding
businesses like ours to higher standards of training, monitoring
and compliance, including monitoring for possible violations of
laws by the businesses that participate in our reload network.
Failure by us or those businesses to comply with the laws and
regulations to which we are subject could result in fines,
penalties or limitations on our ability to conduct our business,
or federal or state actions, any of which could significantly
harm our reputation with consumers and other network
participants, banks that issue our cards and regulators, and
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating
results and financial condition.
Changes
in laws and regulations to which we are subject, or to which we
may become subject, may increase our costs of operation,
decrease our operating revenues and disrupt our
business.
Changes in laws and regulations may occur that could increase
our compliance and other costs of doing business, require
significant systems redevelopment, or render our products or
services less profitable or obsolete, any of which could have an
adverse effect on our results of operations. We could
11
face more stringent anti-money laundering rules and regulations,
as well as more stringent licensing rules and regulations,
compliance with which could be expensive and time consuming. For
example, more stringent anti-money laundering regulations could
require the collection and verification of more information from
our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our
operations.
Changes in laws and regulations governing the way our products
and services are sold could adversely affect our ability to
distribute our products and services and the cost of providing
those products and services. If onerous regulatory requirements
were imposed on the sale of our products and services, the
requirements could lead to a loss of retail distributors, which,
in turn, could materially and adversely impact our operations.
In light of current economic conditions, legislators and
regulators have increased their focus on the banking and
consumer financial services industry, and there are extensive
proposals in the U.S. Congress that could substantially change
the way banks (including card issuing banks) and other financial
services companies are regulated and able to offer their
products to consumers. These changes, if made, could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial position and results
of operations. For example, changes in the way we or the banks
that issue our cards are regulated could expose us to increased
regulatory oversight and litigation. In addition, changes in
laws and regulations that limit the fees that can be charged or
the disclosures that must be provided with respect to our
products and services could increase our costs and decrease our
operating revenues.
Our
pending bank acquisition will, if successful, subject our
business to significant new, and potentially changing,
regulatory requirements, which may adversely affect our
business, financial position and results of
operations.
Upon consummation of our pending bank acquisition, we will
become a bank holding company under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, or BHC Act. As a bank holding company, we
will be required to file periodic reports with, and will be
subject to comprehensive supervision and examination by, the
Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, we and the subsidiary
bank we acquire will be subject to risk-based and leverage
capital requirements, which could adversely affect our results
of operations and restrict our ability to grow. These capital
requirements, as well as other federal laws applicable to banks
and bank holding companies, could also limit our ability to pay
dividends. We also would likely incur additional costs
associated with legal and regulatory compliance as a bank
holding company, which could adversely affect our results of
operations. In addition, as a bank holding company, we would
generally be prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly,
in any activities other than those permissible for bank holding
companies. This restriction might limit our ability to pursue
future business opportunities we might otherwise consider but
which might fall outside the activities permissible for a bank
holding company. See Business
Regulation Bank Regulations.
Moreover, substantial changes to banking laws are possible in
the near future. There are extensive proposals in the U.S.
Congress that could substantially change the regulatory
framework affecting our operations. These changes, if they are
made, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
position and results of operations.
We
rely on relationships with card issuing banks to conduct our
business, and our results of operations and financial position
could be materially and adversely affected if we fail to
maintain these relationships or we maintain them under new terms
that are less favorable to us.
Substantially all of our cards are issued by Columbus Bank and
Trust Company or GE Money Bank. Our relationships with
these banks are currently, and will be for the foreseeable
future, a critical component of our ability to conduct our
business and to maintain our revenue and expense structure,
because we are currently unable to issue our own cards, and,
notwithstanding our pending bank acquisition, will be unable to
do so for the foreseeable future at the volume necessary to
conduct our business, if at all. If we lose or do not maintain
existing banking relationships, we would incur significant
switching and other costs and expenses and we and users of our
products and services
12
could be significantly affected, creating contingent liabilities
for us. As a result, the failure to maintain adequate banking
relationships could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition. Our
agreements with the banks that issue our cards provide for
revenue-sharing arrangements and cost and expense allocations
between the parties. Changes in the revenue-sharing arrangements
or the costs and expenses that we have to bear under these
relationships could have a material impact on our operating
expenses. In addition, we may be unable to maintain adequate
banking relationships or, following their expiration in 2012 and
2013, renew our agreements with the banks that currently issue
substantially all of our cards under terms at least as favorable
to us as those existing before renewal.
We
receive important services from third-party vendors, including
card processing from Total System Services, Inc. Replacing them
would be difficult and disruptive to our business.
Some services relating to our business, including fraud
management and other customer verification services, transaction
processing and settlement, card production and customer service,
are outsourced to third-party vendors, such as Total System
Services, Inc. for card processing and Genpact International,
Inc. for call center services. It would be difficult to replace
some of our third-party vendors, particularly Total System
Services, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to
provide us with these services in the future, and our business
and operations could be adversely affected.
Changes
in credit card association or other network rules or standards
set by Visa and MasterCard, or changes in card association and
debit network fees or products or interchange rates, could
adversely affect our business, financial position and results of
operations.
We and the banks that issue our cards are subject to Visa and
MasterCard association rules that could subject us to a variety
of fines or penalties that may be levied by the card
associations or networks for acts or omissions by us or
businesses that work with us, including card processors, such as
Total Systems Services, Inc. The termination of the card
association registrations held by us or any of the banks that
issue our cards or any changes in card association or other
debit network rules or standards, including interpretation and
implementation of existing rules or standards, that increase the
cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide our
products and services could have an adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition. In
addition, from time to time, card associations increase the
organization
and/or
processing fees that they charge, which could increase our
operating expenses, reduce our profit margin and adversely
affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Furthermore, a substantial portion of our operating revenues is
derived from interchange fees. For the five months ended
December 31, 2009, interchange revenues represented 27.8%
of our total operating revenues, and we expect interchange
revenues to continue to represent a significant percentage of
our total operating revenues in the near term. The amount of
interchange revenues that we earn is highly dependent on the
interchange rates that Visa and MasterCard unilaterally set and
adjust from time to time. In light of recent legislation in
foreign jurisdictions and recent attention generally on
interchange rates in the United States, interchange rates could
decline in the future. If that happens, our operating revenues,
operating results, prospects for future growth and overall
business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our
business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of
prepaid cards as a payment mechanism or there are adverse
developments with respect to the prepaid financial services
industry in general.
As the prepaid financial services industry evolves, consumers
may find prepaid financial services to be less attractive than
traditional or other financial services. Consumers might not use
prepaid financial services for any number of reasons, including
the general perception of our industry. For example, negative
publicity surrounding other prepaid financial service providers
could impact our
13
business and prospects for growth to the extent it adversely
impacts the perception of prepaid financial services among
consumers. If consumers do not continue or increase their usage
of prepaid cards, our operating revenues may remain at current
levels or decline. Predictions by industry analysts and others
concerning the growth of the prepaid financial services as an
electronic payment mechanism, including those included in this
prospectus, may overstate the growth of any industry, segment or
category, and you should not rely upon them. The projected
growth may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If
consumer acceptance of prepaid financial services does not
continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected or if
there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash,
credit cards, traditional debit cards and prepaid cards, away
from our products and services, it could have a material adverse
effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Fraudulent
and other illegal activity involving our products and services
could lead to reputational damage to us and reduce the use and
acceptance of our cards and reload network.
Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to
capture cardholder account information in order to engage in
illegal activities such as counterfeiting and identity theft. We
rely upon third parties for some transaction processing
services, which subjects us to risks related to the
vulnerabilities of those third parties. A single significant
incident of fraud, or increases in the overall level of fraud,
involving our cards and other products and services, could
result in reputational damage to us, which could reduce the use
and acceptance of our cards and other products and services,
cause retail distributors or network acceptance members to cease
doing business with us or lead to greater regulation that would
increase our compliance costs.
A
data security breach could expose us to liability and protracted
and costly litigation, and could adversely affect our reputation
and operating revenues.
We, the banks that issue our cards and our retail distributors,
network acceptance members and third-party processors receive,
transmit and store confidential customer and other information
in connection with the sale and use of our prepaid financial
services. Our encryption software and the other technologies we
use to provide security for storage, processing and transmission
of confidential customer and other information may not be
effective to protect against data security breaches by third
parties. The risk of unauthorized circumvention of our security
measures has been heightened by advances in computer
capabilities and the increasing sophistication of hackers. The
banks that issue our cards and our retail distributors, network
acceptance members and third-party processors also may
experience similar security breaches involving the receipt,
transmission and storage of our confidential customer and other
information. Improper access to our or these third parties
systems or databases could result in the theft, publication,
deletion or modification of confidential customer and other
information.
A data security breach of the systems on which sensitive
cardholder data and account information are stored could lead to
fraudulent activity involving our products and services,
reputational damage and claims or regulatory actions against us.
If we are sued in connection with any data security breach, we
could be involved in protracted and costly litigation. If
unsuccessful in defending that litigation, we might be forced to
pay damages
and/or
change our business practices or pricing structure, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on our operating revenues
and profitability. We would also likely have to pay (or
indemnify the banks that issue our cards for) fines, penalties
and/or other
assessments imposed by Visa or MasterCard as a result of any
data security breach. Further, a significant data security
breach could lead to additional regulation, which could impose
new and costly compliance obligations. In addition, a data
security breach at one of the banks that issue our cards or at
our retail distributors, network acceptance members or
third-party processors could result in significant reputational
harm to us and cause the use and acceptance of our cards to
decline, either of which could have a significant adverse impact
on our operating revenues and future growth prospects.
14
Litigation
or investigations could result in significant settlements, fines
or penalties.
We have been the subject of general litigation and regulatory
oversight in the past, and could be the subject of litigation,
including class actions, and regulatory or judicial proceedings
or investigations in the future. The outcome of litigation and
regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations is
difficult to predict. Plaintiffs or regulatory agencies in these
matters may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts
or seek to have aspects of our business suspended or modified.
The monetary and other impact of these actions may remain
unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend,
settle or otherwise resolve these matters may be significant.
If regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations were to
be initiated against us by private or governmental entities, our
business, results of operations and financial condition could be
adversely affected. Adverse publicity that may be associated
with regulatory or judicial proceedings or investigations could
negatively impact our relationships with retail distributors,
network acceptance members and card processors and decrease
acceptance and use of, and loyalty to, our products and related
services.
We
must adequately protect our brand and the intellectual property
rights related to our products and services and avoid infringing
on the proprietary rights of others.
The Green Dot brand is important to our business, and we utilize
trademark registrations and other means to protect it. Our
business would be harmed if we were unable to protect our brand
against infringement and its value was to decrease as a result.
We rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws, trade
secret protection and confidentiality and license agreements to
protect the intellectual property rights related to our products
and services. We may unknowingly violate the intellectual
property or other proprietary rights of others and, thus, may be
subject to claims by third parties. If so, we may be required to
devote significant time and resources to defending against these
claims or to protecting and enforcing our own rights. Some of
our intellectual property rights may not be protected by
intellectual property laws, particularly in foreign
jurisdictions. The loss of our intellectual property or the
inability to secure or enforce our intellectual property rights
or to defend successfully against an infringement action could
harm our business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects.
We are exposed
to losses from cardholder account overdrafts.
Our cardholders can incur charges in excess of the funds
available in their accounts, and we may become liable for these
overdrafts. While we decline authorization attempts for amounts
that exceed the available balance in a cardholders
account, the application of card association rules, the timing
of the settlement of transactions and the assessment of our
monthly maintenance fee, among other things, can result in
overdrawn accounts.
Maintenance fee assessment overdrafts accounted for
approximately 91% of our aggregate overdrawn account balances in
the five months ended December 31, 2009. Maintenance fee
assessment overdrafts occur as a result of our charging a
cardholder, pursuant to our terms and conditions, our monthly
maintenance fee at a time when he or she does not have
sufficient funds in his or her account. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates Reserve for
Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts.
Our remaining overdraft exposure arises primarily from
late-posting. A late-post occurs when a merchant posts a
transaction within a card association-permitted timeframe but
subsequent to our release of the authorization for that
transaction, as permitted by card association rules. Under card
association rules, we may be liable for the amount of the
transaction even if the cardholder has made additional purchases
in the intervening period and funds are no longer available on
the card at the time the transaction is posted.
15
Overdrawn account balances are funded on our behalf by the bank
that issued the overdrawn card. We are responsible to this card
issuing bank for any losses associated with these overdrafts.
Overdrawn account balances are therefore deemed to be our
receivables due from cardholders. We maintain reserves to cover
the risk that we may not recover these receivables due from our
cardholders, but our exposure may increase above these reserves
for a variety of reasons, including our failure to predict the
actual recovery rate accurately. To the extent we incur losses
from overdrafts above our reserves or we determine that it is
necessary to increase our reserves substantially, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could be
materially and adversely affected.
We
face settlement risks from our retail distributors, which may
increase during an economic downturn.
The vast majority of our business is conducted through retail
distributors that sell our products and services to consumers at
their store locations. Our retail distributors collect funds
from the consumers who purchase our products and services and
then must remit these funds directly to accounts established on
behalf of these consumers at the banks that issue our cards. The
remittance of these funds by the retail distributor takes on
average three business days. If a retail distributor becomes
insolvent, files for bankruptcy, commits fraud or otherwise
fails to remit proceeds to the card issuing bank from the sales
of our products and services, we are liable for any amounts owed
to the card issuing bank. As of December 31, 2009, we had
assets subject to settlement risk of $42.6 million. Given
the unprecedented volatility in global financial markets and the
frequent occurrence of negative economic events, the approaches
we use to assess and monitor the creditworthiness of our retail
distributors may be inadequate, and we may be unable to detect
and take steps to mitigate an increased credit risk in a timely
manner.
A further economic downturn could result in settlement losses,
whether or not directly related to our business. We are not
insured against these risks. Significant settlement losses could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Future
acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and harm
our financial condition.
We are in the process of acquiring a bank holding company and
its subsidiary commercial bank, although we cannot guarantee
when, if ever, this acquisition will be completed. In addition,
we may pursue other acquisitions or investments that we believe
will help us to achieve our strategic objectives. The process of
integrating an acquired business, product or technology can
create unforeseen operating difficulties, expenditures and other
challenges such as:
|
|
|
|
|
increased regulatory and compliance requirements, including, if
we complete our pending bank acquisition, capital requirements
applicable to us and our acquired subsidiary bank;
|
|
|
|
implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and
policies at the acquired company;
|
|
|
|
diversion of management time and focus from operation of our
then-existing business to acquisition integration challenges;
|
|
|
|
coordination of product, sales, marketing and program and
systems management functions;
|
|
|
|
transition of the acquired companys users and customers
onto our systems;
|
|
|
|
retention of employees from the acquired company;
|
|
|
|
integrating employees from the acquired company into our
organization;
|
|
|
|
integration of the acquired companys accounting,
information management, human resource and other administrative
systems and operations generally with ours;
|
|
|
|
liability for activities of the acquired company prior to the
acquisition, including violations of law, commercial disputes,
and tax and other known and unknown liabilities; and
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired
company, including claims brought by terminated employees,
customers, former stockholders or other third parties.
|
If we are unable to address these difficulties and challenges or
other problems encountered in connection with our bank
acquisition or any future acquisition or investment, we might
not realize the anticipated benefits of that acquisition or
investment, we might incur unanticipated liabilities or we might
otherwise suffer harm to our business generally.
To the extent we pay the consideration for any future
acquisitions or investments in cash, it would reduce the amount
of cash available to us for other purposes. Future acquisitions
or investments could also result in dilutive issuances of our
equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent
liabilities, amortization expenses, or impairment charges
against goodwill on our balance sheet, any of which could harm
our financial condition and negatively impact our stockholders.
Economic,
political and other conditions may adversely affect trends in
consumer spending.
The electronic payments industry, including the prepaid
financial services segment within that industry, depends heavily
upon the overall level of consumer spending. Sustained
deterioration in general economic conditions in the United
States might reduce the number of our cards that are purchased
or reloaded, the number of transactions involving our cards and
the use of our reload network and related services. If general
economic conditions result in a sustained reduction in the use
of our products and related services, either as a result of a
general reduction in consumer spending or as a result of a
disproportionate reduction in the use of card-based payment
systems, our business, results of operations and financial
condition would be materially harmed.
Our
business is dependent on the efficient and uninterrupted
operation of computer network systems and data
centers.
Our ability to provide reliable service to cardholders and other
network participants depends on the efficient and uninterrupted
operation of our computer network systems and data centers as
well as those of our retail distributors, network acceptance
members and third-party processors. Our business involves
movement of large sums of money, processing of large numbers of
transactions and management of the data necessary to do both.
Our success depends upon the efficient and error-free handling
of the money that is collected by our retail distributors and
remitted to network acceptance members or the banks that issue
our cards. We rely on the ability of our employees, systems and
processes and those of the banks that issue our cards, our
retail distributors, our network acceptance members and
third-party processors to process and facilitate these
transactions in an efficient, uninterrupted and error-free
manner.
In the event of a breakdown, a catastrophic event (such as fire,
natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure or
physical break-in), a security breach or malicious attack, an
improper operation or any other event impacting our systems or
processes, or those of our vendors, or an improper action by our
employees, agents or third-party vendors, we could suffer
financial loss, loss of customers, regulatory sanctions and
damage to our reputation. The measures we have taken, including
the implementation of disaster recovery plans and redundant
computer systems, may not be successful, and we may experience
other problems unrelated to system failures. We may also
experience software defects, development delays and installation
difficulties, any of which could harm our business and
reputation and expose us to potential liability and increased
operating expenses. Some of our contracts with retail
distributors, including our contract with Walmart, contain
service level standards pertaining to the operation of our
systems, and provide the retail distributor with the right to
collect damages and potentially to terminate its contract with
us for system downtime exceeding stated limits. If we face
system interruptions or failures, our business interruption
insurance may not be adequate to cover the losses or damages
that we incur.
17
We
must be able to operate and scale our technology effectively to
match our business growth.
Our ability to continue to provide our products and services to
a growing number of network participants, as well as to enhance
our existing products and services and offer new products and
services, is dependent on our information technology systems. If
we are unable to manage the technology associated with our
business effectively, we could experience increased costs,
reductions in system availability and losses of our network
participants. Any failure of our systems in scalability and
functionality would adversely impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
If
we are unable to keep pace with the rapid technological
developments in our industry and the larger electronic payments
industry necessary to continue providing our network acceptance
members and cardholders with new and innovative products and
services, the use of our cards and other products and services
could decline.
The electronic payments industry is subject to rapid and
significant technological changes, including continuing
advancements in the areas of radio frequency and proximity
payment devices (such as contactless cards),
e-commerce
and mobile commerce, among others. We cannot predict the effect
of technological changes on our business. We rely in part on
third parties, including some of our competitors and potential
competitors, for the development of, and access to, new
technologies. We expect that new services and technologies
applicable to our industry will continue to emerge, and these
new services and technologies may be superior to, or render
obsolete, the technologies we currently utilize in our products
and services. Additionally, we may make future investments in,
or enter into strategic alliances to develop, new technologies
and services or to implement infrastructure change to further
our strategic objectives, strengthen our existing businesses and
remain competitive. However, our ability to transition to new
services and technologies that we develop may be inhibited by a
lack of industry-wide standards, by resistance from our retail
distributors, network acceptance members, third-party processors
or consumers to these changes, or by the intellectual property
rights of third parties. Our future success will depend, in
part, on our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to
technological changes and evolving industry standards. These
initiatives are inherently risky, and they may not be successful
or may have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
As
a public company, we will be subject to additional financial and
other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may
be difficult for us to satisfy, will raise our costs and may
divert resources and management attention from operating our
business.
We have historically operated as a private company. After this
offering, we will need to file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or SEC, annual and quarterly information and other
reports that are specified in the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and SEC regulations.
Thus, we will need to ensure that we have the ability to prepare
on a timely basis financial statements that comply with SEC
reporting requirements. We will also become subject to other
reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the
listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE,
and the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder,
which will impose significant new compliance obligations upon
us. As a public company, we will be required, among other
things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
prepare and distribute periodic reports and other stockholder
communications in compliance with our obligations under the
federal securities laws and the NYSE rules;
|
|
|
|
define and expand the roles and the duties of our board of
directors and its committees;
|
|
|
|
institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and
internal audit functions;
|
|
|
|
evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over
financial reporting, and report on managements assessment
thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of
the
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC
and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
involve and retain outside legal counsel and accountants in
connection with the activities listed above.
|
The adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting
must be assessed by management for each year commencing with the
year ending December 31, 2011. We do not currently have
comprehensive documentation of our internal control over
financial reporting, nor do we document our compliance with
these controls on a periodic basis in accordance with
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Furthermore, we have
not tested our internal control over financial reporting in
accordance with Section 404 and, due to our lack of
documentation, this testing would not be possible at this time.
If we were unable to implement the controls and procedures
required by Section 404 in a timely manner or otherwise to
comply with Section 404, management might not be able to
certify, and our independent registered public accounting firm
might not be able to report on, the adequacy of our internal
control over financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain
adequate internal control over financial reporting, we might be
unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and
might suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violate NYSE
listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in
the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us
and the reliability of our financial statements.
The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will
require a significant commitment of additional resources and
management oversight that will increase our costs and might
place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our
managements attention might be diverted from other
business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in
implementing and maintaining controls and procedures that comply
with these requirements. For example, in connection with the
audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal
year ended July 31, 2009, we identified a significant
deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting
relating to our financial statement closing process and the need
to enhance our financial reporting resources and infrastructure.
If we fail to maintain an effective internal control environment
or to comply with the numerous legal and regulatory requirements
imposed on public companies, we could make material errors in,
and be required to restate, our financial statements. Any such
restatement could result in a loss of public confidence in the
reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on
us by the SEC.
Our
future success depends on our ability to attract, integrate,
retain and incentivize key personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our
ability to attract, integrate, retain and incentivize key
personnel, namely our management team and experienced sales,
marketing and program and systems management personnel. We must
retain and motivate existing personnel, and we must also
attract, assimilate and motivate additional highly-qualified
employees. We may experience difficulty assimilating our
newly-hired personnel, which may adversely affect our business.
Competition for qualified management, sales, marketing and
program and systems management personnel can be intense.
Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to
recruit our top management and employees. If we fail to attract,
integrate, retain and incentivize key personnel, our ability to
manage and grow our business could be harmed.
We
might require additional capital to support our business in the
future, and this capital might not be available on acceptable
terms, or at all.
If our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents balances and any
cash generated from operations and from this offering are not
sufficient to meet our future cash requirements, we will need to
access additional capital to fund our operations. We may also
need to raise additional capital to take
19
advantage of new business or acquisition opportunities. We may
seek to raise capital by, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or
other equity securities;
|
|
|
|
issuing debt securities; or
|
|
|
|
borrowing funds under a credit facility.
|
We may not be able to raise needed cash in a timely basis on
terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if available, may
be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our
stockholders, and the prices at which new investors might be
willing to purchase our Class A common stock could be lower
than the initial public offering price. The holders of new
securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges
that are senior to those of existing holders of our Class A
common stock. In addition, if we were to raise cash through a
debt financing, the terms of the financing might impose
additional conditions or restrictions on our operations that
could adversely affect our business. If we require new sources
of financing but they are insufficient or unavailable, we would
be required to modify our operating plans to take into account
the limitations of available funding, which would harm our
ability to maintain or grow our business.
The
occurrence of catastrophic events could damage our facilities or
the facilities of third parties on which we depend, which could
force us to curtail our operations.
We and some of the third-party service providers on which we
depend for various support functions, such as customer service
and card processing, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic
events, such as power loss, natural disasters, terrorism and
similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our principal
offices, for example, are situated in the foothills of southern
California near known earthquake fault zones and areas of
elevated wild fire danger. If any catastrophic event were to
occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously
impaired, as we do not maintain redundant systems for critical
business functions, such as finance and accounting. In addition,
we might not have adequate insurance to cover our losses
resulting from catastrophic events or other significant business
interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable
under our insurance policies, as well as the damage to, or
interruption of, our infrastructure and processes, could
seriously impair our business and financial condition.
Risks Related to
Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering
We
cannot assure you that a market will develop for our
Class A common stock or what the market price of our
Class A common stock will be.
No public trading market currently exists for our Class A
common stock, and one may not develop or be sustained after this
offering to provide you with adequate liquidity. If a market
does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for
you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an
attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at
which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial
public offering price for our Class A common stock will be
determined through negotiations among us, the selling
stockholders and representatives of the underwriters and may not
bear any relationship to the market price at which our
Class A common stock will trade in the public market
following this offering or to any other established criteria of
the value of our business. A significant portion of our shares
may not trade following the offering because our existing
stockholders will continue to own
approximately % of our shares. If
these shares do not trade, there may be limited liquidity for
shares of our Class A common stock following this offering.
The
price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and you
could lose all or part of your investment.
In the recent past, stocks generally, and financial services
company stocks in particular, have experienced high levels of
volatility. The trading price of our Class A common stock
following this
20
offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower
than the initial public offering price. The trading price of our
Class A common stock following this offering will depend on
a number of factors, including those described in this
Risk Factors section, many of which are beyond our
control and may not be related to our operating performance.
These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your
investment in our Class A common stock as you may be unable
to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this
offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading
price of our Class A common stock include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from
time to time;
|
|
|
|
significant volatility in the market prices and trading volumes
of financial services company stocks;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or
fluctuations in our operating results;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors
or the recommendations of any securities analysts who follow our
Class A common stock;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated developments in our business or our
competitors businesses or the competitive landscape
generally;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, other public
announcements and filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
litigation involving us, our industry or both or investigations
by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;
|
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws
or regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions; and
|
|
|
|
sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our
stockholders.
|
In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in
the market price of their stock have become subject to
securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this
type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against
us could result in substantial costs and divert our
managements attention from other business concerns, which
could seriously harm our business.
Our
operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause
our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in
the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which
are outside of our control. If our results of operations fall
below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts
who follow our Class A common stock, the trading price of
our Class A common stock could decline substantially.
Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations
may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
the timing and volume of purchases, use and reloads of our
prepaid cards and related products and services;
|
|
|
|
the timing and success of new product or service introductions
by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
seasonality in the purchase or use of our products and services;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in customer retention rates;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of products and services that we sell;
|
|
|
|
changes in the mix of retail distributors through which we sell
our products and services;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
the timing of commencement, renegotiation or termination of
relationships with significant retail distributors;
|
|
|
|
the timing of commencement, renegotiation or termination of
relationships with significant network acceptance members;
|
|
|
|
changes in our or our competitors pricing policies or
sales terms;
|
|
|
|
the timing of commencement and termination of major advertising
campaigns;
|
|
|
|
the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of
complementary businesses;
|
|
|
|
the timing of costs of any major litigation to which we are a
party;
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of operating costs related to the
maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and
infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
our ability to control costs, including third-party service
provider costs;
|
|
|
|
volatility in the trading price of our Class A common
stock, which may lead to higher stock-based compensation
expenses; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the regulatory environment affecting the banking or
electronic payments industries generally or prepaid financial
services specifically.
|
Concentration
of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers
and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from
influencing significant corporate decisions.
Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share and our
Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in
this offering, has one vote per share. Assuming the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares is not
exercised, based upon beneficial ownership as of
December 31, 2009, following this offering, our current
directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our
total shares of common stock outstanding and their respective
affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own
approximately % of our outstanding
Class A and Class B common stock, representing
approximately % of the voting power
of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, these
stockholders will be able to exercise a controlling influence
over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the
election of directors and approval of significant corporate
transactions, and will have significant influence over our
management and policies for the foreseeable future. Some of
these persons or entities may have interests that are different
from yours. For example, these stockholders may support
proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are
not in your interests. The concentration of ownership could
delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise
discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain
control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of
our Class A common stock. In addition, these stockholders,
some of which have representatives sitting on our board of
directors, could use their voting control to maintain our
existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent
changes of control of our company, or support or reject other
management and board of director proposals that are subject to
stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock
plans and approvals of significant financing transactions. See
Description of Capital Stock Anti-Takeover
Provisions.
Our
stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding
shares of our common stock eligible for future
sale.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have
outstanding shares
of our common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options
or warrants
after ,
2010. The shares sold in this offering will be immediately
tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale beginning 90 days after the date
of this prospectus; and
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of
lock-up
and/or
market standoff agreements, subject in some cases to the volume
and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities
Act.
|
The lock-up and market standoff agreements expire 180 days
after the date of this prospectus, except that with respect to
the lock-up agreements the
180-day
period may be extended for up to 34 additional days under
specified circumstances where we announce or pre-announce
earnings or a material event occurs within 17 days prior
to, or 16 days after, the termination of the
180-day
period. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their
sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or
any portion of the securities subject to
lock-up
agreements.
Immediately following this offering, the holders of
approximately shares
of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with
respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities
Act. See Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights. If we register the resale of their
shares following the expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements, these stockholders could sell those
shares in the public market without being subject to the volume
and other restrictions of Rules 144 and 701.
After the closing of this offering, we intend to register
approximately shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock subject to
options outstanding or reserved for future issuance under our
stock incentive plans. Of these
shares, shares
will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options
after the expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements. In addition, the shares subject to
an outstanding warrant to purchase 283,786 shares of our
Class B common stock could be eligible for sale after the
expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements.
Assuming our other outstanding warrant vests, up to an
additional 4,283,456 shares will be eligible for sale after
the expiration of
lock-up
and/or
market standoff agreements.
Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in
the public market following this offering, or even the
perception that these sales could occur, could cause the trading
price of our Class A common stock to decline. These sales
could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or
equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that
we deem appropriate.
Because
the initial public offering price of our Class A common
stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding
Class A and Class B common stock following this
offering, new investors will incur immediate and substantial
dilution.
The initial public offering price will be substantially higher
than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
of our Class A and Class B common stock immediately
following this offering based on the total value of our tangible
assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase
shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you
will experience immediate dilution of approximately
$ per share, the difference
between the price per share you pay for our Class A common
stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share following the offering. See Dilution.
Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our Class A
common stock in this offering will only own
approximately % of our outstanding
shares of Class A and Class B common stock (and
have % of the combined voting power
of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B
common stock) after the offering even though they will have
contributed % of the total
consideration received by us in connection with our sale of
shares of our capital stock. To the extent outstanding options
and warrants to purchase our Class B common stock are
exercised, investors purchasing our Class A common stock in
this offering will experience further dilution.
We
will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from
this offering.
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net
proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management
will have broad discretion in the application of these proceeds,
including for any of the purposes described in the section
entitled Use of Proceeds. Accordingly, you
23
will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with
respect to the use of the proceeds, with only limited
information concerning managements specific intentions.
Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds
from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire
or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our
management to apply these funds effectively could harm our
business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from
this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that
loses value. In addition, a majority of the offering is
comprised of shares of our Class A common stock being sold
by the selling stockholders, and we will not receive any
proceeds from the sale of those shares.
Our
charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or
prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and
could also reduce the market price of our stock.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated
bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change
in control of our company. These provisions could also make it
more difficult for stockholders to nominate directors for
election to our board of directors and take other corporate
actions. These provisions, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
provide our Class B common stock with disproportionate
voting rights (see Concentration of ownership
among our existing directors, executive officers and principal
stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing
significant corporate decisions above);
|
|
|
|
provide for non-cumulative voting in the election of directors;
|
|
|
|
provide for a classified board of directors;
|
|
|
|
authorize our board of directors, without stockholder approval,
to issue preferred stock with terms determined by our board of
directors and to issue additional shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock;
|
|
|
|
limit the voting power of a holder, or group of affiliated
holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock to 14.9%;
|
|
|
|
provide that only our board of directors may set the number of
directors constituting our board of directors or fill vacant
directorships;
|
|
|
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent and limit who may
call a special meeting of stockholders; and
|
|
|
|
require advance notification of stockholder nominations for
election to our board of directors and of stockholder proposals.
|
These and other provisions in our restated certificate of
incorporation and our restated bylaws, as well as provisions
under Delaware law, could discourage potential takeover
attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to
pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock
and result in the trading price of our Class A common stock
being lower than it otherwise would be. See Description of
Capital Stock, including Preferred
Stock and Anti-Takeover
Provisions.
If
securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our
business or if they publish negative evaluations of our
Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A
common stock could decline.
We expect that the trading price for our Class A common
stock will be affected by any research or reports that
securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or
more of the analysts who may elect to cover us or our business
downgrade their evaluations of our Class A common stock,
the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline.
If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company,
we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A
common stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to
decline.
24
We
do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable
future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock. Should we complete our proposed acquisition of a bank
holding company and its subsidiary commercial bank, as a bank
holding company, our ability to pay future dividends could be
limited by the capital requirements imposed under the BHC Act,
as well as other federal laws applicable to banks and bank
holding companies. We intend to retain any earnings to finance
the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
As a result, you will likely receive a return on your investment
in our Class A common stock only if the market price of our
Class A common stock increases.
25
SPECIAL NOTE
REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
In addition to historical information, this prospectus contains
forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words,
such as project, believe,
anticipate, plan, expect,
estimate, intend, continue,
should, would, could,
potentially, will or may, or
other similar words and expressions that convey uncertainty
about future events or outcomes to identify these
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this
prospectus include, among other things, statements about:
|
|
|
|
|
our expectations regarding our operating revenues, expenses,
effective tax rates and other results of operations;
|
|
|
|
our anticipated capital expenditures and our estimates regarding
our capital requirements;
|
|
|
|
our liquidity and working capital requirements;
|
|
|
|
our need to obtain additional funding and our ability to obtain
future funding on acceptable terms;
|
|
|
|
our spending of the net proceeds from this offering;
|
|
|
|
the impact of seasonality on our business;
|
|
|
|
the growth rates of the markets in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
our anticipated strategies for growth and sources of new
operating revenues;
|
|
|
|
maintaining and expanding our customer base and our
relationships with retail distributors and network acceptance
members;
|
|
|
|
our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and
enhanced products and services to meet those needs;
|
|
|
|
our current and future products, services, applications and
functionality and plans to promote them;
|
|
|
|
anticipated trends and challenges in our business and in the
markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and
markets;
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and to staff
our operations appropriately;
|
|
|
|
management compensation and the methodology for its
determination;
|
|
|
|
our ability to find future acquisition opportunities on
favorable terms or at all and to manage any acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to complete our pending bank acquisition and our
expectations regarding the benefits of doing so;
|
|
|
|
our efforts to make our business more vertically integrated;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and
regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our
business;
|
|
|
|
estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our
consolidated financial statements and determining option
exercise prices; and
|
|
|
|
the future trading prices of our Class A common stock and
the impact of any securities analysts reports on these
prices.
|
The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking
statements is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties
and other factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking
statements. These risks, uncertainties and factors include those
we discuss in this prospectus under the caption Risk
Factors. You should read these
26
risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this
prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this prospectus.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate
only to events as of the date on which the statements are made.
We undertake no obligation to update publicly any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by
law.
INDUSTRY AND
MARKET DATA
This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical
data, including those relating to market size, transaction
volumes, demographic groups and growth rates of the markets in
which we participate, that we have obtained from industry
publications and reports. These industry publications and
reports generally indicate that they have obtained their
information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not
guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information.
This information involves a number of assumptions and
limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to
these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will
be reached. Although we have not independently verified the
accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry
publications and reports, based on our industry experience we
believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that
the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are
reasonable.
27
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of
the shares
of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this
offering of approximately
$ million, based on an
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this
offering is exercised in full, based on the same assumptions, we
estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately
$ million. Each $1.00
increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering
price would increase or decrease, respectively, the net proceeds
to us by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A
common stock by the selling stockholders.
The principal purposes of our selling shares in this offering
are to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for
our Class A common stock and to facilitate our future
access to the public equity markets. We expect to use the net
proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes,
including working capital and capital expenditures. We do not
have more specific plans for the net proceeds from this
offering. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the
acquisition of, or investment in, complementary businesses,
products, services, technologies or assets.
We have not yet determined our anticipated expenditures and
therefore cannot estimate the amounts to be used for each of the
purposes discussed above. The amounts and timing of any
expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated
by our operations, competitive and technological developments
and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly,
our management will have significant flexibility in applying the
net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying
on the judgment of our management regarding the application of
these net proceeds. Pending the uses described above, we intend
to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term,
interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments,
certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of
the United States government. The goal with respect to the
investment of these net proceeds will be capital preservation
and liquidity so that these funds are readily available to fund
our operations.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends
on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future.
Should we complete our proposed acquisition of a bank holding
company and its subsidiary commercial bank, as a bank holding
company, the Federal Reserve Boards risk-based and
leverage capital requirements, as well as other federal laws
applicable to banks and bank holding companies, could limit our
ability to pay dividends. See Business
Regulation Bank Regulations below. We expect
to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and
growth of our business. Any future determination to pay
dividends on our Class A common stock, if permissible, will
be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend
upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating
results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion
and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
28
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash, cash
equivalents and restricted cash and capitalization as of
December 31, 2009 on:
|
|
|
|
|
an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the March 2010
conversion of all shares of our common stock outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 into 12,860,335 shares of our
Class B common stock and (ii) the automatic conversion
of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into
24,941,521 shares of our Class B common stock
immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to
(i) the conversion by the selling stockholders
of shares
of our Class B common stock into a like number of shares of
our Class A common stock immediately prior to the
completion of this offering and (ii) the sale by us of
the shares
of our Class A common stock offered by us in this
prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses, and the sale by the selling stockholders of
the shares
of our Class A common stock offered by them in this
prospectus.
|
The information below is illustrative only, and our
capitalization following the completion of this offering will be
adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and
other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this
offering. You should read this table together with our
consolidated financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, each included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(2)
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
25,554,000 shares authorized, 24,941,521 shares issued
and outstanding,
actual; shares
authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro
forma as adjusted
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 50,000,000 shares
authorized, 12,860,335 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma
as adjusted
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value: ten votes per
share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;
100,000,000 shares authorized, 37,801,856 shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value: one vote per
share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;
100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
12,603
|
|
|
|
43,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
71,364
|
|
|
$
|
71,364
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease, respectively, our cash, cash
equivalents and restricted cash, additional paid-in capital,
total stockholders equity and total capitalization by
approximately $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
If the underwriters option to purchase additional shares
of our Class A common stock in this offering is exercised
in full, the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash, cash
equivalents and restricted cash, additional paid-in capital,
total stockholders equity and total capitalization would
increase by approximately $ and we
would have shares of Class A
common stock issued and outstanding
and shares
of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes $15.4 million of restricted cash. We maintain
restricted deposits in bank accounts to support our line of
credit. |
In the table above, the number of shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 does not include:
|
|
|
|
|
5,687,321 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of
$7.98 per share
(including shares
that we expect to be sold in this offering by certain selling
stockholders upon the exercise of vested stock options with a
weighted average exercise price of
$ per share and conversion of the
shares received into Class A common stock);
|
|
|
|
130,500 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of stock options granted after
December 31, 2009 with an exercise price of $25.00 per
share;
|
|
|
|
4,567,242 shares of our Class B common stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of
December 31, 2009 with a weighted average exercise price of
$22.31 per share, including a warrant to purchase up to
4,283,456 shares that is exercisable only upon the
achievement of performance goals specified in our arrangement
with PayPal, Inc.; and
|
|
|
|
shares
of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our
2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the
first day that our Class A common stock is publicly traded,
as more fully described in Executive
Compensation Employee Benefit Plans 2010
Equity Incentive Plan.
|
30
DILUTION
If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering,
your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference
between the initial public offering price of our Class A
common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book
value of our Class A and Class B common stock after
giving effect to this offering. As of December 31, 2009,
our pro forma net tangible book value, before giving effect to
this offering, was approximately
$ , or
$ per share. Our pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total
tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided
by ,
the number of outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock, after giving effect to the automatic
conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into
shares of our Class B common stock and including shares
acquired through option exercises in order to be sold in this
offering.
After giving effect to the sale by us of
the shares
of our Class A common stock offered by us in this
prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the
estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been
approximately $ million, or
$ per share. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to new investors
purchasing shares of our Class A common stock at the
initial public offering price. The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share of our
Class A common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of
December 31, 2009 after giving effect to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ would increase
or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net
tangible book value per share after giving effect to this
offering by $ per share and the
dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new
investors by $ per share, assuming
the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the
underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase
additional shares of our Class A common stock in this
offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per
share after giving effect to this offering would be
$ per share, and the dilution in
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to
investors in this offering would be
$ per share.
The following table summarizes on the pro forma basis described
above, the difference between our existing stockholders and the
purchasers of shares of our Class A common stock in this
offering with respect to the number of shares of our common
stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and
the average price per share paid to us, based on an assumed
initial public offering price of $
per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Percent
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
|
|
per Share
|
|
Existing stockholders(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes shares sold in this offering by the selling
stockholders, including shares acquired through option exercises
in order to sell them in this offering. |
31
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration
paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all
stockholders by approximately
$ million, assuming that the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same.
Except as noted, the above discussion and tables assume no
exercise of our stock options or warrants outstanding as of
December 31, 2009, consisting of 5,687,321 shares of
our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of
stock options with a weighted average exercise price of
approximately $7.98 per share, and 4,567,242 shares of our
Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $22.31
per share. If all of these options and warrants were exercised,
then:
|
|
|
|
|
there would be an additional $ per
share of dilution to new investors;
|
|
|
|
our existing stockholders, including the holders of these
options and warrants, would own %
and our new investors would own %
of the total number of shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock outstanding upon the completion of
this offering; and
|
|
|
|
our existing stockholders, including the holders of these
options and warrants, would have
paid % of total consideration, at
an average price per share of $ ,
and our new investors would have
paid % of total consideration.
|
32
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present selected historical financial data
for our business. You should read this information together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements, related notes and other financial
information, each included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected consolidated financial data in this section are not
intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified
in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and
related notes.
We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31, 2009, and the balance sheet data as of
July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009, from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. We derived the balance sheet data as of
July 31, 2007 from our audited consolidated financial
statements not included in this prospectus. We derived the
statement of operations data for the years ended July 31,
2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of July 31,
2005 and 2006 from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be
expected in any future period.
The pro forma per share data give effect to the conversion of
all currently outstanding shares of our convertible preferred
stock into shares of our Class B common stock upon the
closing of this offering, as though the conversion had occurred
at the beginning of the indicated fiscal period. For further
information concerning the calculation of pro forma per share
information, please refer to note 2 and note 12 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
21,771
|
|
|
$
|
36,359
|
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
12,064
|
|
|
|
20,616
|
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
5,705
|
|
|
|
9,975
|
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
39,540
|
|
|
|
66,951
|
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
112,757
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
19,148
|
|
|
|
28,660
|
|
|
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
31,333
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses(1)
|
|
|
11,584
|
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
8,547
|
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
6,521
|
|
|
|
10,077
|
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
44,243
|
|
|
|
65,783
|
|
|
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
(4,703
|
)
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
29,178
|
|
|
|
63,670
|
|
|
|
23,314
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(625
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
|
64,065
|
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
Dividends, accretion and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(367
|
)
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|
|
(13,650
|
)
|
|
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.02
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
|
|
$0.68
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$(0.48
|
)
|
|
|
$0.01
|
|
|
|
$(0.05
|
)
|
|
|
$0.26
|
|
|
|
$0.52
|
|
|
|
$0.29
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
10,873
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
Weighted-average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
13,194
|
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.01
|
|
|
|
$0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.91
|
|
|
|
$0.34
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average shares issued and outstanding
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
|
|
|
$(3,492
|
)
|
|
|
$3,214
|
|
|
|
$4,835
|
|
|
|
$34,825
|
|
|
|
$70,731
|
|
|
|
$32,350
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
As of July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(3)
|
|
$
|
15,619
|
|
|
$
|
16,670
|
|
|
$
|
14,991
|
|
|
$
|
41,613
|
|
|
$
|
41,931
|
|
|
$
|
71,684
|
|
Settlement assets(4)
|
|
|
8,590
|
|
|
|
12,868
|
|
|
|
15,412
|
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,436
|
|
|
|
42,626
|
|
|
|
56,441
|
|
|
|
97,246
|
|
|
|
123,269
|
|
|
|
183,108
|
|
Settlement obligations(4)
|
|
|
7,355
|
|
|
|
8,933
|
|
|
|
12,916
|
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
6,769
|
|
|
|
5,030
|
|
|
|
2,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
25,271
|
|
|
|
37,004
|
|
|
|
45,237
|
|
|
|
65,962
|
|
|
|
81,031
|
|
|
|
111,744
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,336
|
|
|
|
26,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
5,165
|
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
|
|
(11,130
|
)
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
|
|
42,238
|
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense of $0, $0, $156,000, $1.2 million and
$2.5 million for the years ended July 31, 2005, 2006,
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $6.8 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
|
We anticipate that our investor and
analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA, which we
define as net income plus net interest expense (income), income
tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, and
stock-based compensation expense and which is a financial
measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. The
table below provides a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial
measure to the most directly comparable financial measure
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted
EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income,
operating income or any other measure of financial performance
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted
EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of
other organizations because other organizations may not
calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We
prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we
do not consider indicative of our core operating performance.
You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reason
we consider them appropriate.
|
|
|
|
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is
useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for
the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by
investors to measure a companys operating performance
without regard to items, such as interest expense, income tax
expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based
compensation expense, that can vary substantially from company
to company depending upon their financing structure and
accounting policies, the book value of their assets, their
capital structures and the method by which their assets were
acquired;
|
|
|
|
securities analysts use Adjusted
EBITDA as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall
operating performance of companies; and
|
|
|
|
we adopted a new accounting
standard for stock-based compensation effective August 1,
2006 and recorded stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $156,000, $1.2 million and $2.5 million
for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, and $6.8 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009. Prior to August 1, 2006, we
accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value
method under previously issued guidance, which resulted in zero
stock-based compensation expense. By comparing our Adjusted
EBITDA in different historical periods, our investors can
evaluate our operating results without the additional variations
caused by stock-based compensation expense, which is not
comparable from year to year due to changes in accounting
treatment, changes in the fair market value of our common stock
(which is influenced by external factors like the volatility of
public markets) and the financial performance of our peers, and
is not a key measure of our operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
as a measure of operating
performance, because it does not include the impact of items not
directly resulting from our core operations;
|
|
|
|
for planning purposes, including
the preparation of our annual operating budget;
|
|
|
|
to allocate resources to enhance
the financial performance of our business;
|
|
|
|
to evaluate the effectiveness of
our business strategies; and
|
|
|
|
in communications with our board of
directors concerning our financial performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We understand that, although
Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities
analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has
limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider
it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results
of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations
are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital
expenditures or other contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
interest expense or interest income;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect
cash requirements for income taxes;
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and
amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated
or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these
replacements; and
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may
calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its
usefulness as a comparative measure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a
reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited) to net income, the
most comparable GAAP financial measure, for each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
(4,877
|
)
|
|
$
|
535
|
|
|
$
|
4,647
|
|
|
$
|
17,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
Interest expense (income), net
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
|
(395
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
3,524
|
|
|
|
4,407
|
|
|
|
4,593
|
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(3,492
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,214
|
|
|
$
|
4,835
|
|
|
$
|
34,825
|
|
|
$
|
70,731
|
|
|
$
|
32,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes $6,025, $2,025, $2,285,
$2,328, $15,367 and $15,381 of restricted cash as of
July 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and
December 31, 2009, respectively.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Our retail distributors collect
customer funds for purchases of new cards and reloads and then
remit these funds directly to bank accounts established on
behalf of those customers by the banks that issue our cards. Our
retail distributors remittance of these funds takes an
average of three business days. Settlement assets represent the
amounts due from our retail distributors for customer funds
collected at the point of sale that have not yet been remitted
to the card issuing banks. Settlement obligations represent the
amounts that are due from us to the card issuing banks for funds
collected but not yet remitted by our retail distributors and
not funded by our line of credit. We have no control over or
access to customer funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the card issuing banks. Customer funds therefore are not our
assets, and we do not recognize them in our consolidated
financial statements.
|
35
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may
differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors,
including those set forth under Risk Factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
Green Dot is a leading prepaid financial services company
providing simple,
low-cost and
convenient money management solutions to a broad base of
U.S. consumers. We believe that we are the leading provider
of general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards in the United
States and that our Green Dot Network is the leading prepaid
reload network in the United States. We sell our cards and offer
our reload services nationwide at approximately 50,000 retail
store locations, which provide consumers convenient access to
our products and services.
We were founded in October 1999 to distribute and service GPR
cards. In 2001, we sold our first such card at a Rite Aid store
in Virginia. Between 2001 and 2004, we concentrated on
increasing our distribution capacity and established
distribution agreements with CVS, The Pantry Stores (Kangaroo
Express) and Radio Shack, among others. In 2004, we launched the
Green Dot Network, which allowed our cardholders to reload funds
onto their cards at any of our retail distributors
locations regardless of where their cards were initially
purchased. For example, this allowed our cards purchased at Rite
Aid stores to be reloaded at CVS stores. We also began to market
the Green Dot Network to providers of third-party prepaid card
programs, which enabled their cardholders to reload funds onto
their cards through our Green Dot Network. In 2005, we continued
to expand our distribution capacity by establishing a
distribution relationship with Walgreens. In May 2007, we began
marketing and distributing Green Dot-branded cards over the
Internet and through our website.
In October 2006, we entered into agreements with Walmart and GE
Money Bank to manage a co-branded GPR card program for Walmart
and to provide reload network services at Walmart stores through
our Green Dot Network. After an extensive product design and
pilot period, we launched the Walmart MoneyCard program in
approximately 2,500, or 70%, of Walmarts U.S. stores
in July 2007. In October 2007, we launched a Visa-branded
non-reloadable gift card program at most of these stores. By
December 31, 2009, we offered the Walmart MoneyCard in more
than 3,600, or 97%, of Walmarts U.S. stores. Since
its inception, the Walmart MoneyCard program has been highly
successful, contributing significantly to the increase in our
total operating revenues. To enhance the value proposition to
cardholders, in February 2009, significant pricing changes were
made to the Walmart MoneyCard program. The new card fee, monthly
maintenance fee and
point-of-sale,
or POS, swipe reload fee for Walmart MoneyCards at Walmart
stores were each lowered to $3.00 from $8.94, $4.94 and $4.64,
respectively. Our revenues from Walmart have increased
significantly in response to these pricing changes, as
substantial increases in volumes more than offset the revenue
impact of the lower fees.
In July 2009, we re-launched our core Green Dot-branded GPR card
with new packaging, features and pricing. Our innovative new
package contains a temporary prepaid card, for the first time
visible to the consumer through the packaging, that can be used
immediately upon activation. New card features include free
online bill payment services and a fee-free ATM network with
approximately 17,000 participating ATMs. We reduced the new card
fee from $9.95 to $4.95. We raised the monthly maintenance fee
from $4.95 to $5.95, and at the same time instituted maintenance
fee waivers for months in which cardholders either load $1,000
or more onto their cards or make at least 30 purchase
transactions in order to encourage increased card usage and
cardholder retention. The re-launch of the Green Dot-branded GPR
card generated significant increases in volume that more than
offset the revenue impact of the lower new card fee.
36
In September 2009, we further expanded our distribution capacity
by entering into a distribution agreement with 7-Eleven. Also,
in September 2009, PayPal became a new acceptance member in the
Green Dot Network, allowing PayPal customers to add funds to a
new or existing PayPal account using our MoneyPak product. These
funds can be used immediately by account holders unlike funds
loaded to PayPal accounts from a bank account, which may not be
available for several days. In October 2009, we further expanded
our distribution capacity by entering into a joint marketing and
referral agreement with Intuit Inc. In January 2010, Intuit
integrated into its TurboTax software an option that allows its
customers to receive their tax refunds via direct deposit to a
Green Dot co-branded GPR card, called a TurboTax Refund Card,
that we manage.
Key Business
Metrics
We designed our business model to provide low-cost, easy-to-use
financial products and services to a large number of customers
through retail store and online distribution. We review a number
of metrics to help us monitor the performance of, and identify
trends affecting, our business. We believe the following
measures are the primary indicators of our quarterly and annual
performance.
Number of GPR Cards Activated represents the
total number of GPR cards sold through our retail and online
distribution channels that are activated (and, in the case of
our online channel, also funded) by cardholders in a specified
period. We activated 894,000, 2.2 million and
3.1 million GPR cards in fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009,
respectively, and 976,000 and 2.1 million GPR cards in the
five months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Number of Cash Transfers represents the total
number of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions that we
sell through our retail distributors in a specified period. We
sold 5.0 million, 9.2 million and 14.1 million
MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions in fiscal 2007, 2008
and 2009, respectively, and 5.0 million and
8.2 million MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions in
the five months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009,
respectively.
Number of Active Cards represents the total
number of GPR cards in our portfolio that have had a purchase,
reload or ATM withdrawal transaction during the previous
90-day
period. We had 625,000, 1.3 million and 2.1 million
active cards outstanding as of July 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009, respectively, and 1.4 million and 2.7 million
active cards outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009,
respectively.
Gross Dollar Volume represents the total
dollar volume of funds loaded to our GPR card and reload
products. Our gross dollar volume was $1.1 billion,
$2.8 billion and $4.7 billion in fiscal 2007, 2008 and
2009, respectively, and $1.6 billion and $2.7 billion
in the five months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009,
respectively.
Key components of
our results of operations
Operating
Revenues
We classify our operating revenues into the following three
categories:
Card Revenues. Card revenues consist of new
card fees, monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees and other
revenues. We charge new card fees when a consumer purchases a
GPR or gift card in a retail store. We charge maintenance fees
on GPR cards to cardholders on a monthly basis pursuant to the
terms and conditions in our cardholder agreements. We charge ATM
fees to cardholders when they withdraw money or conduct other
transactions at certain ATMs in accordance with the terms and
conditions in our cardholder agreements. Other revenues consist
primarily of fees associated with optional products or services,
which we generally offer to consumers during the card activation
process. Optional products and services that generate other
revenues include providing a second card for an account,
expediting delivery of the personalized GPR card that replaces
the temporary card obtained at the retail store and upgrading a
cardholder account to one of our premium programs
the VIP program or Premier Card program
which provide benefits for our more active cardholders.
37
Historically, our card revenues have also included customer
service fees that we charged in accordance with the terms and
conditions in our cardholder agreements.
Our aggregate new card fee revenues vary based upon the number
of GPR cards activated and the average new card fee. The average
new card fee depends primarily upon the mix of products that we
sell since there are variations in new card fees among Green
Dot-branded and co-branded products and between GPR cards and
general purpose gift cards. Our aggregate monthly maintenance
fee revenues vary primarily based upon the number of active
cards in our portfolio and the average fee assessed per account.
Our average monthly maintenance fee per active account depends
upon the mix of Green Dot-branded and co-branded cards in our
portfolio and upon the extent to which fees are waived based on
significant usage. Our aggregate ATM fee revenues vary based
upon the number of cardholder ATM transactions and the average
fee per ATM transaction. The average fee per ATM transaction
depends upon the mix of Green Dot-branded and co-branded active
cards in our portfolio and the extent to which cardholders
enroll in our VIP program, which has no ATM fees, or effect ATM
transactions on our fee-free ATM network.
Cash Transfer Revenues. We earn cash transfer
revenues when consumers purchase and use a MoneyPak or fund
their cards through a POS swipe reload transaction in a retail
store. Our aggregate cash transfer revenues vary based upon the
total number of MoneyPak and POS swipe reload transactions and
the average price per MoneyPak or POS swipe reload transaction.
The average price per MoneyPak or POS swipe reload transaction
depends upon the relative numbers of cash transfer sales at our
different retail distributors and on the mix of MoneyPak and POS
swipe reload transactions at certain retailers that have
different fees for the two types of reload transactions.
Interchange Revenues. We earn interchange
revenues from fees remitted by the merchants bank, which
are based on rates established by Visa and MasterCard, when
cardholders make purchase transactions using our cards. Our
aggregate interchange revenues vary based primarily on the
number of active cards in our portfolio and on the mix of
cardholder purchases between those using signature
identification technologies and those using personal
identification numbers.
Operating
Expenses
We classify our operating expenses into the following four
categories:
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and
marketing expenses consist primarily of the sales commissions we
pay to our retail distributors and brokers for sales of our GPR
and gift cards and reload services in their stores, advertising
and marketing expenses, and the costs of manufacturing and
distributing card packages, placards and promotional materials
to our retail distributors and personalized GPR cards to
consumers who have activated their cards. We generally establish
sales commission percentages in long-term distribution
agreements with our retail distributors, and aggregate sales
commissions are determined by the number of prepaid cards and
cash transfers sold at their respective retail stores. We incur
advertising and marketing expenses for television and online
advertisements of our products and through retailer-based print
promotions and in-store displays. Advertising and marketing
expenses are recognized as incurred and typically deliver a
benefit over an extended period of time. For this reason, these
expenses do not always track changes in revenues. Our
manufacturing and distribution costs vary primarily based on the
number of GPR cards activated.
Compensation and Benefits
Expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses
represent the compensation and benefits that we provide to our
employees and the payments we make to third-party contractors.
While we have an in-house customer service organization, we
employ third-party contractors to conduct all call center
operations, handle routine customer service inquiries and
provide temporary support in the area of IT operations and
elsewhere. Compensation and benefits expenses associated with
our customer service and loss management functions generally
vary in line with the size of our active card portfolio, while
the expenses associated with other functions do not.
38
Processing Expenses. Processing expenses
consist primarily of the fees charged to us by the banks that
issue our prepaid cards, the third-party card processor that
maintains the records of our customers accounts and
processes transaction authorizations and postings for us, and
Visa and MasterCard, which process transactions for us through
their respective payment networks. These costs generally vary
based on the total number of active cards in our portfolio.
Other General and Administrative
Expenses. Other general and administrative
expenses consist primarily of professional service fees,
telephone and communication costs, depreciation and amortization
of our property and equipment, losses from unrecovered customer
purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud, rent and utilities,
and insurance. We incur telephone and communication costs
primarily from customers contacting us through our toll-free
telephone numbers. These costs vary with the total number of
active cards in our portfolio as do losses from unrecovered
customer purchase transaction overdrafts and fraud. Costs
associated with professional services, depreciation and
amortization of our property and equipment, and rent and
utilities vary based upon our investment in infrastructure, risk
management and internal controls and are generally not
correlated with our operating revenues or other transaction
metrics.
Income Tax
Expense
Our income tax expense consists of the federal and state
corporate income taxes accrued on income resulting from the sale
of our products and services. Since the majority of our
operations are based in California, most of our state taxes are
paid to that state.
Comparison of
Five Months Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
46,460
|
|
|
|
52.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
|
|
45.1
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
24,391
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
18,212
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
89,063
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
112,757
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$50.9 million in the five months ended December 31,
2009, an increase of $4.4 million, or 10%, from the
comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 116% in the number of GPR cards activated and 92% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio, largely offset by
the February 2009 reduction in new card and monthly maintenance
fees for the Walmart MoneyCard and the July 2009 reduction in
the new card fee for Green Dot-branded cards. These fee
reductions also contributed to the decline in card revenues as a
percentage of total operating revenues. We expect our card
revenues will continue to increase in absolute dollars as the
number of our cards grows, but we do not expect them to shift
significantly as a percentage of our total operating revenues
from the percentage for the five months ended December 31,
2009.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $30.5 million in the five months ended
December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.1 million, or
25%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 64% in the number of cash transfers sold, partially
offset by a shift in our retail distributor mix toward Walmart,
which generally has lower
39
fees than our other retail distributors and significantly
reduced the POS swipe reload fee in February 2009. We expect our
cash transfer revenues will continue to increase in absolute
dollars because of the recent increase in the number of GPR
cards activated and the addition of PayPal as a network
acceptance member, but we do not expect them to shift
significantly as a percentage of total operating revenues from
the percentage for the five months ended December 31, 2009.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $31.4 million in the five months ended
December 31, 2009, an increase of $13.1 million, or
72%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
period-over-period
growth of 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio. We
expect our interchange revenues will continue to increase in
absolute dollars, but we do not expect them to shift
significantly as a percentage of total operating revenues from
the percentage for the five months ended December 31, 2009.
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
35,001
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
31,333
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
15,409
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
11,765
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
9,463
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
71,638
|
|
|
|
80.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
79.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $31.3 million in the five months
ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $3.7 million,
or 10%, from the comparable period in 2008. This decrease was
primarily the result of a $4.3 million decline in
advertising and marketing expenses. During the 2009 comparison
period, we did no television advertising and deployed fewer new
in-store displays. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses
was also the result of a $2.7 million, or 13%, decline in
the sales commissions we paid to our retail distributors and
brokers because of reductions in the commission percentages we
paid to our retail distributors, most significantly Walmart.
These declines were partially offset by a $3.3 million
increase in our manufacturing and distribution costs due to
increased numbers of GPR cards and MoneyPaks sold. We expect our
sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of our total
operating revenues to increase significantly in the year ending
December 31, 2010 from the percentage in the five months
ended December 31, 2009 as we strategically engage in
television advertising, which we recommenced in January 2010,
and as the contractual sales commission percentage that we are
obligated to pay to Walmart increases substantially in May 2010
to a level approximating where it was before
mid-February 2009.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $26.6 million in
the five months ended December 31, 2009, an increase of
$11.2 million, or 73%, from the comparable period in 2008.
This increase was primarily the result of a $7.1 million
increase in employee compensation and benefits, which included a
$5.8 million increase in stock-based compensation. In
December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive
Officer to compensate him for past services rendered to our
company. The number of shares awarded was equal to the number of
shares subject to fully vested options that unintentionally
expired unexercised in June 2009. The aggregate grant date fair
value of this award was
40
approximately $5.2 million, based on an estimated fair
value of our common stock of $20.01, as determined by our board
of directors on the date of the award. We recorded the aggregate
grant date fair value as stock-based compensation on the date of
the award. The increase in compensation and benefits expenses
was also the result of a $4.1 million increase in
third-party contractor expenses as the number of active cards in
our portfolio and associated call volumes grew from the
five months ended December 31, 2008 to the
five months ended December 31, 2009. We expect our
compensation and benefits expenses to increase as we continue to
add personnel and incur additional third-party contractor
expenses to support expanding operations and as we assume the
reporting requirements and compliance obligations of a public
company. However, we expect these expenses to decline as a
percentage of our total operating revenues from the percentage
in the five months ended December 31, 2009 since the
expenses in this five-month period included an unusually large
amount of stock-based compensation expense and since aggregate
compensation and benefits should grow more slowly than total
operating revenues as we scale our business.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $17.5 million in the five months ended
December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.7 million, or
49%, from the comparable period in 2008. This increase was
primarily the result of
period-over-period
growth of 92% in the number of active cards in our portfolio,
partially offset by lower fees charged to us under agreements
with one of the banks that issue our cards and our third-party
card processor that became effective in November 2008 and by
more efficient use of our card processor through the purging of
inactive accounts and more effective use of analysis and
reporting tools. We expect our processing expenses to increase
in absolute dollars but to decline slowly as a percentage of our
total operating revenues from the percentage in the five months
ended December 31, 2009 as our contracts with our
third-party providers generally contain tiered-pricing
structures under which an increasing number of transactions and
cards results in lower per-transaction costs.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$14.0 million in the five months ended December 31,
2009, an increase of $4.6 million, or 48%, from the
comparable period in 2008. This increase was primarily the
result of a $2.6 million increase in professional service
fees due to our potential bank acquisition and other corporate
development initiatives and a $1.2 million increase in
telephone and communication expenses due to increased use of our
call center and our interactive voice response system, or IVR,
as the number of active cards in our portfolio increased. We
expect other general and administrator expenses to increase in
absolute dollars as we incur additional costs related to the
growth of our business and as we assume the reporting
requirements and compliance obligations of a public company.
However, we expect these expenses to decline as a percentage of
our total operating revenues from the percentage in the five
months ended December 31, 2009 as we benefit from past
significant investments that we have made and from the potential
acquisition of a bank.
Income Tax
Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $2.3 million to
$9.8 million in the five months ended December 31,
2009 from the comparable period in 2008, and there was a slight
decline in the effective tax rate. We expect our effective tax
rate to decline over the next two years as changes in
41
California tax law result in less of our income before income
taxes being allocated to the state of California.
Comparison of
Fiscal 2008 and 2009
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
|
50.8
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$119.4 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$28.1 million, or 31%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 43% in the number of GPR cards activated and 62% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio, partially offset by
the February 2009 reduction in new card and monthly maintenance
fees for the Walmart MoneyCard. This reduction in fees also
contributed to the decline in card revenues as a percentage of
total operating revenues.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $62.4 million in fiscal 2009, an increase
of $17.1 million, or 38%, from fiscal 2008. This increase
was primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 54% in the number of cash transfers, partially offset
by a shift in our retail distributor mix toward Walmart, which
generally has lower fees than our other retail distributors and
significantly reduced the POS swipe reload fee in February 2009.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $53.1 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$21.5 million, or 68%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 62% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
42
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
72.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $75.8 million in fiscal 2009, an
increase of $6.2 million, or 9%, from fiscal 2008. This
increase was primarily the result of a $10.1 million, or
25%, increase in the sales commissions we paid to our retail
distributors and brokers. Aggregate commissions increased
because of increased sales, but the impact of these increased
sales was offset in part by a reduction in pricing and
commission rates at Walmart. The increase in sales and marketing
expenses was also the result of a $2.7 million increase in
our manufacturing and distribution costs due to the re-launch of
our Green Dot-branded products and increased numbers of GPR
cards and MoneyPaks sold. These sales and marketing expense
increases were partially offset by a $6.6 million decline
in advertising and marketing expenses, principally as a result
of our decision not to use television advertising during fiscal
2009.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $40.1 million in
fiscal 2009, an increase of $11.8 million, or 42%, from
fiscal 2008. This increase was primarily the result of a
$9.0 million increase in employee compensation and
benefits, including a $1.2 million increase in stock-based
compensation, as our headcount grew from 209 at the end of
fiscal 2008 to 248 at the end of fiscal 2009 and we hired
several new members of management. Third-party contractor
expenses also increased by $2.8 million as the number of
active cards in our portfolio and associated call volumes grew
from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $32.3 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$10.4 million, or 47%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily the result of
year-over-year
growth of 62% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
This growth was partially offset by lower fees charged to us
under agreements with one of the banks that issue our cards and
with our third-party card processor that became effective in
November 2008 and by more efficient use of that card processor.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$22.9 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of
$3.8 million, or 20%, from fiscal 2008. This increase was
primarily the result of a $1.6 million increase in
telephone and communication expenses due to increased call
volumes as the number of active cards in our portfolio increased
and a $1.4 million increase in professional service fees
primarily associated with corporate development initiatives. We
also had increases of $0.4 million in rent due to
additional office space that we leased to support our increased
headcount and $0.4 million related to the write-off of
abandoned internal-use software. These increases were partially
offset by the reversal of a $0.5 million reserve that was
accrued in fiscal 2008 for a potential litigation settlement.
43
Income Tax
Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our income tax expense increased by $14.6 million from
fiscal 2008 to $26.9 million in fiscal 2009, an effective
tax rate increase of 0.6% from 41.4% to 42.0%. This increase was
primarily due to the utilization in fiscal 2008 of our remaining
net operating loss carryforwards to reduce taxable income.
Comparison of
Fiscal 2007 and 2008
Operating
Revenues
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
revenues among card, cash transfer and interchange revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
|
54.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card Revenues. Our card revenues totaled
$91.2 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$45.5 million, or 100%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 142% in the number of GPR cards activated and 103% in
the number of active cards in our portfolio.
Cash Transfer Revenues. Our cash transfer
revenues totaled $45.3 million in fiscal 2008, an increase
of $19.9 million, or 78%, from fiscal 2007. This increase
was primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 83% in the number of cash transfers.
Interchange Revenues. Our interchange revenues
totaled $31.6 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$19.1 million, or 153%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily due to
year-over-year
growth of 103% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
44
Operating
Expenses
The following table presents a breakdown of our operating
expenses among sales and marketing, compensation and benefits,
processing, and other general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
$
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
46.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
98.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
82.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and
marketing expenses were $69.6 million in fiscal 2008, an
increase of $30.7 million, or 79%, from fiscal 2007. This
increase was primarily the result of a $14.5 million, or
55%, increase in the sales commissions we paid to our retail
distributors and brokers and a $9.8 million increase in our
manufacturing and distribution costs. Sales commissions and
manufacturing and distribution costs increased principally due
to increased sales of GPR cards and cash loading services.
Advertising and marketing expenses also increased by
$6.4 million from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 as a result of
significant television advertising in fiscal 2008.
Compensation and Benefits Expenses. Our
compensation and benefits expenses were $28.3 million in
fiscal 2008, an increase of $7.7 million, or 37%, from
fiscal 2007. This increase was primarily the result of a
$4.3 million increase in employee compensation and
benefits, including a $1.1 million increase in stock-based
compensation, as our headcount increased from 160 at the end of
fiscal 2007 to 209 at the end of fiscal 2008. Third-party
contractor expenses also increased by $3.3 million from
fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 as the number of active cards in our
portfolio and associated call volumes grew from fiscal 2007 to
fiscal 2008.
Processing Expenses. Our processing expenses
were $21.9 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$12.1 million, or 124%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily the result of
year-over-year
growth of 103% in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
Other General and Administrative Expenses. Our
other general and administrative expenses were
$19.1 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of
$5.9 million, or 45%, from fiscal 2007. This increase was
primarily the result of a $1.6 million increase in
professional services fees related, among other things, to an
uncompleted financing transaction, a $1.1 million increase
in telephone and communications expenses primarily related to
growth in call center volumes and a $1.1 million increase
in losses from fraud and purchase transaction overdrafts. Call
center volumes and losses from fraud and purchase transaction
overdrafts increased as the number of active cards in our
portfolio increased. Additionally, depreciation and amortization
of property and equipment increased by $0.9 million due to
expansion of our infrastructure to support our growth. We also
accrued $0.5 million for a potential litigation settlement,
and we had a $0.3 million increase in repair and
maintenance expenses.
45
Income Tax
(Benefit) Expense
The following table presents a breakdown of our effective tax
rate among federal, state and other:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(288.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(257.2
|
)%
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal 2007, we had an income tax benefit of
$3.3 million, and in fiscal 2008 we had an income tax
expense of $12.3 million. The $15.6 million change was
primarily due to federal and state net operating loss
carryforwards of $2.8 million and $2.7 million,
respectively, that were applied in 2007 to reduce taxable income
along with a $3.8 million reduction in the valuation
allowance associated with our deferred tax asset in fiscal 2007.
46
Quarterly Results
of Operations
The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated
statement of operations data for the three months ended
December 31, 2008 and for calendar year 2009, as well as
the percentage of our total operating revenues that each line
item represented. We have prepared our consolidated statements
of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as
the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus, except for certain consolidated statements
of operations items related to income allocated to common
stockholders and earnings per common share and, in the opinion
of our management, each statement of operations includes all
adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations
for these periods. This information should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These
quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of
our operating results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sep. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
28,450
|
|
|
$
|
31,185
|
|
|
$
|
30,977
|
|
|
$
|
30,849
|
|
|
$
|
30,779
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
14,997
|
|
|
|
15,744
|
|
|
|
16,383
|
|
|
|
17,256
|
|
|
|
19,132
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
11,340
|
|
|
|
13,811
|
|
|
|
15,530
|
|
|
|
17,213
|
|
|
|
19,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
54,787
|
|
|
|
60,740
|
|
|
|
62,890
|
|
|
|
65,318
|
|
|
|
69,562
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
20,509
|
|
|
|
20,016
|
|
|
|
15,232
|
|
|
|
17,182
|
|
|
|
19,689
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
9,415
|
|
|
|
9,410
|
|
|
|
10,751
|
|
|
|
12,666
|
|
|
|
18,470
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
6,895
|
|
|
|
7,701
|
|
|
|
9,441
|
|
|
|
9,951
|
|
|
|
10,943
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
5,772
|
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
5,928
|
|
|
|
7,587
|
|
|
|
8,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
42,591
|
|
|
|
42,333
|
|
|
|
41,352
|
|
|
|
47,386
|
|
|
|
57,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
12,196
|
|
|
|
18,407
|
|
|
|
21,538
|
|
|
|
17,932
|
|
|
|
11,681
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
12,275
|
|
|
|
18,454
|
|
|
|
21,606
|
|
|
|
17,993
|
|
|
|
11,758
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,155
|
|
|
|
7,750
|
|
|
|
9,073
|
|
|
|
7,522
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
7,120
|
|
|
$
|
10,704
|
|
|
$
|
12,533
|
|
|
$
|
10,471
|
|
|
$
|
6,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a Percentage of Total Operating Revenues
|
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Sep. 30,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
|
51.9
|
%
|
|
|
51.4
|
%
|
|
|
49.2
|
%
|
|
|
47.2
|
%
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
69.7
|
|
|
|
65.8
|
|
|
|
72.5
|
|
|
|
83.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
22.3
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
|
|
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
|
19.9
|
%
|
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our total operating revenues have increased sequentially in each
of the quarters presented due primarily to a combination of
increased numbers of cash transfers sold and growth in our
portfolio of active cards. Our numbers of sales and active cards
have increased as we have sold our products in a growing number
of retail locations and increased same-store sales. Cash
transfer revenues and interchange revenues have increased
sequentially in each of the quarters presented because of steady
growth in the number of cash transfers, network acceptance
members, and active cards in our portfolio. Over the periods
presented, we have experienced fluctuations in the growth rate
of our card revenues, from a 9.6% increase between the quarters
ended December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009, due
primarily to seasonality in the number of GPR cards activated,
to slight declines in each of the quarters ended June 30,
September 30 and December 31, 2009, due primarily to the
February 2009 reduction in the new card fee and monthly
maintenance fees for the Walmart MoneyCard and the July 2009
reduction in the new card fee for our Green Dot-branded GPR
cards, substantially offset by the growth in sales of those
cards, and the payment to certain retail distributors in the
quarter ended December 31, 2009 of sales incentives that
were recorded as an offset to the related card revenues. Monthly
maintenance fees and ATM fees, currently the other large
components of card revenues besides new card fees, have
generally increased sequentially in each of the quarters
presented, while the remaining component of card
revenues other revenues has generally
declined. We generally experience seasonal growth in total
operating revenues during the holiday period and during tax
season due to increased sales of cards, increased reloads and
increased card usage.
Our total operating expenses have generally increased
sequentially in each of the quarters presented. The decline in
total operating expenses and sales and marketing expenses
between the quarters ended December 31, 2008 and
March 31, 2009 was due primarily to lower sales commission
percentages coinciding with the reduction in the new card fee
and monthly maintenance fees on the Walmart MoneyCard effective
mid-February 2009. We continued to benefit from these lower
commission percentages in the quarter ended June 30, 2009
and thereafter, but sales and marketing expenses increased after
the June quarter as a result of new revenue-sharing
48
arrangements with two of our largest retail distributors and
increased packaging costs associated with the relaunch of our
Green Dot-branded card. Sales and marketing expenses will
increase again significantly in May 2010 as the contractual
sales commission percentage that we are obligated to pay Walmart
returns to a level approximating where it was before the
decrease in mid-February 2009. Compensation and benefits
expenses have generally increased sequentially in each of the
quarters presented due to increases in employee compensation and
benefits and third-party contractor expenses. We added personnel
and incurred additional third-party contractor expenses to
support expanding operations and assume the reporting
requirements and compliance obligations of a public company.
Compensation and benefits expenses increased 45.8% between the
quarters ended September 30 and December 31, 2009 primarily
because our board of directors awarded 257,984 shares of
common stock to our Chief Executive Officer in December 2009 to
compensate him for past services rendered to our company. The
aggregate grant date fair value of this award was approximately
$5.2 million, based on an estimated fair value of our
common stock of $20.01, as determined by our board of directors
on the date of the award, which we recorded as stock-based
compensation on the date of the award. Processing expenses have
increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented because
of steady growth in the number of active cards in our portfolio.
However, the increase in recent quarters has been less than the
increase in operating revenues as we have been able to scale our
operations and use our card processor more efficiently. Other
general and administrative expenses have increased sequentially
in each of the last three quarters presented, primarily because
of an increase in professional services fees due to our
potential bank acquisition and other corporate development
initiatives and to an increase in telephone and communication
expenses due to increased use of our call center and IVR as the
number of active cards in our portfolio increased. Other general
and administrative expenses declined from the quarter ended
December 31, 2008 to the quarter ended March 31, 2009
because we reversed a $500,000 legal reserve in the latter
quarter because of a favorable judgement during that period.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of
cash for our last three fiscal years ended July 31 and for the
five months ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
2,461
|
|
|
$
|
35,006
|
|
|
$
|
35,297
|
|
|
$
|
26,121
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(4,558
|
)
|
|
|
(5,163
|
)
|
|
|
(19,400
|
)
|
|
|
(5,063
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(3,264
|
)
|
|
|
(28,618
|
)
|
|
|
8,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(1,939
|
)
|
|
$
|
26,579
|
|
|
$
|
(12,721
|
)
|
|
$
|
29,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009, we financed our operations primarily
through our cash flows from operations. At December 31,
2009, our primary source of liquidity was unrestricted cash and
cash equivalents totaling $56.3 million.
We use trend and variance analyses to project future cash needs,
making adjustments to the projections when needed. We believe
that our current unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and cash
flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working
capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the
next twelve months. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional
funds through public or private financings or borrowings. Any
additional financing we require may not be available on terms
that are favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional
funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt
securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant
dilution, and
49
any new equity securities we issue could have rights,
preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our
Class A common stock, including shares of our Class A
common stock sold in this offering. No assurance can be given
that additional financing will be available or that, if
available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to
our stockholders and us.
Cash Flows
From Operating Activities
The $26.1 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in the five months ended December 31, 2009
resulted from $13.7 million of net income, the adjustment
for non-cash operating expenses of $22.1 million (including
$11.2 million for the provision for uncollectible overdrawn
accounts, $6.8 million of stock-based compensation,
$3.5 million of deferred income tax expense and
$2.3 million of depreciation and amortization, offset by
$1.9 million of excess tax benefits from the exercise of
stock options), an increase of $8.1 million in accounts
payable and accrued liabilities, an increase of
$7.6 million in deferred revenue and an increase of
$5.2 million in amounts due to card issuing banks for
overdrawn accounts. These increases were partially offset by a
$20.2 million increase in accounts receivable, a
$5.5 million increase in deferred expenses and a
$3.8 million decrease in income taxes payable. The increase
in our accounts receivable balance was primarily related to the
increase in the number of our GPR cards outstanding that are not
active cards but on which we charge a monthly maintenance fee.
This increase was partially offset by a $11.2 million
provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts that increased
the reserve held against the accounts receivable balance.
The $35.3 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in fiscal 2009 resulted from $37.2 million of
net income, the adjustment for non-cash operating expenses of
$28.3 million (including $22.5 million for the
provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts,
$4.6 million for depreciation and amortization and
$2.5 million for stock-based compensation, partially offset
by a $1.7 million deferred income tax benefit expense), a
$3.2 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities, a $2.3 million decrease in deferred expenses
and a $1.4 million increase in income taxes payable. These
were offset by a $29.9 million increase in accounts
receivable and a $5.3 million decrease in the amounts due
to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts. Although increases
in accounts receivable are generally partially offset by
increases in amounts due to issuing banks for overdrawn
accounts, during fiscal 2009, we amended our agreement with one
of the banks that issue our cards, expediting the settlement
timing of amounts due to them for overdrawn card accounts.
Our $35.0 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in fiscal 2008 resulted from $17.3 million of
net income, the adjustment for non-cash operating expenses of
$21.9 million (including $16.1 million for the
provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts,
$4.4 million for depreciation and amortization and
$1.2 million for stock-based compensation, offset by
$0.5 million of excess tax benefits from the exercise of
stock options), a $10.8 million increase in the amounts due
to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts, a
$4.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities, a $4.4 million increase in deferred revenue
and a $3.7 million increase in income taxes payable. These
were partially offset by a $24.7 million increase in
accounts receivable, a $2.8 million increase in deferred
expenses and a $2.3 million increase in prepaid expenses
and other assets.
Our $2.5 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in fiscal 2007 resulted from $4.6 million of net
income, the adjustment for non-cash operating expenses of
$8.8 million (including $7.9 million for the provision
for uncollectible overdrawn accounts and $3.5 million for
depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a
$2.6 million deferred income tax benefit), a
$3.9 million increase in the amounts due to card issuing
banks for overdrawn accounts and a $2.6 million increase in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities. These were partially
offset by an $11.0 million increase in accounts receivable,
a $4.5 million decrease in income taxes payable, a
$2.0 million decrease in deferred revenue.
Cash Flows
From Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities in the five months ended
December 31, 2009 consisted almost entirely of the purchase
of property and equipment of $5.1 million. Net cash used in
investing
50
activities in fiscal 2009 consisted of a $13.0 million
increase in restricted cash and the purchase of
$6.4 million of property and equipment related to expanding
our operations, including the development of internal-use
software, which we capitalized. In fiscal 2009, we renewed our
line of credit, which is used to fund timing differences between
funds remitted by our retail distributors to the banks that
issue our cards and funds utilized by our cardholders, and
elected to increase our restricted deposits to
$15.0 million at the lending institution as collateral in
order to reduce the commitment fees we would incur on this line
of credit. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2007
and 2008 consisted primarily of $4.3 million and
$5.1 million, respectively, for the purchase of computer
hardware and software and the development of internal-use
software.
Cash Flows
From Financing Activities
Our $8.7 million of net cash provided by financing activities
for the five months ended December 31, 2009 was the result
of the repayment to us of $5.9 million of related party
notes receivable and excess tax benefits and proceeds from the
exercise of stock options for an aggregate of $2.8 million.
Our $28.6 million of net cash used in financing activities
in fiscal 2009 was primarily associated with the redemption in
full of our Series D redeemable preferred stock. We entered
into an agreement in December 2008 with the sole holder of these
securities to pay $39.2 million for an early redemption of
all outstanding shares of our Series D redeemable preferred
stock and the purchase of a call option on a common stock
warrant held by this stockholder. In June 2009, we exercised the
call option on the warrant for $2.0 million. We also
received proceeds of $13.0 million related to the issuance
of our
Series C-2
preferred stock in fiscal 2009. Our $3.3 million of net
cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2008 resulted from
net repayments on our line of credit of $2.5 million and
principal payments on our short-term debt of $2.4 million,
offset by excess tax benefits and proceeds from the exercise of
stock options for an aggregate of $1.7 million. Our
$158,000 of net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal
2007 was primarily associated with net borrowings on our line of
credit of $2.5 million and proceeds of $355,000 from the
exercise of options and warrants, offset by principal payments
on short-term debt of $2.6 million. In fiscal 2007, we also
issued Series D redeemable preferred stock and a
freestanding warrant for total consideration of
$20.0 million and used the proceeds to repurchase
$20.0 million of common and preferred stock from our
existing stockholders.
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future
liquidity. The following table summarizes our contractual
obligations, including both on-and off-balance sheet
transactions that represent material expected or contractually
committed future obligations, at December 31, 2009. We
believe that we will be able to fund these obligations through
cash generated from operations and from our existing cash
balances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Less Than 1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
More Than 5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
2,691
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
41,546
|
|
|
|
21,287
|
|
|
|
20,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
46,053
|
|
|
$
|
23,067
|
|
|
$
|
22,950
|
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
During fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009, we did not have any relationships with
unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as
structured
51
finance or special purpose entities that would have been
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet
arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance
with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial
statements requires our management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related
disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience,
current circumstances and various other assumptions that our
management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. In
many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting
estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting
estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period.
Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the
estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are
differences between our estimates and actual results, our future
financial statement presentation, financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that
the accounting policies discussed below are critical to
understanding our historical and future performance, as these
policies relate to the more significant areas involving
managements judgments and estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue when the price is fixed or determinable,
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product is
sold or the service is performed, and collectibility of the
resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
We defer and recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line
basis over the period commensurate with our service obligation
to our customers. We consider the service obligation period to
be the average card lifetime. We determine the average card
lifetime for each pool of homogeneous products (e.g., products
that exhibit the same characteristics such as nature of service
and terms and conditions) based on company-specific historical
data. Currently, we determine the average card lifetime
separately for our GPR cards and gift cards. For our GPR cards,
we measure the card lifetime as the period of time, inclusive of
reload activity, between sale (or activation) of a card and the
date of the last positive balance on that card. We analyze GPR
cards activated between six and forty-two months prior to each
balance sheet date. We use this historical look-back period as a
basis for determining our average card lifetime because it
provides sufficient time for meaningful behavioral trends to
develop. Currently, our GPR cards have an average card lifetime
of nine months. The usage of gift cards is limited to the
initial funds loaded to the card. Therefore, we measure these
gift cards lifetime as the redemption period over which
cardholders perform the substantial majority of their
transactions. Currently, gift cards have an average lifetime of
six months. Average card lifetimes may vary in the future as
cardholder behavior changes relative to historical experience
because customers are influenced by changes in the pricing of
our services, the availability of substitute products, and other
factors.
We also defer and expense commissions paid to retail
distributors related to new card sales ratably over the average
card lifetime, which is currently nine months for our GPR cards
and six months for gift cards.
We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net
basis based on our assessment of whether we act as a principal
or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a
principal in the transaction, we report revenues on a gross
basis. In concluding whether or not we act as a principal or an
agent, we evaluate whether we have the substantial risks and
rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements,
whether we are the party responsible for fulfillment of the
services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For
all of our significant revenue-generating arrangements,
including GPR and gift cards, we recognize revenues on a gross
basis.
52
Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of the new
card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to recognize
revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but
reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds, which we
estimate based on actual historical refunds.
Reserve for
Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts
Cardholder account overdrafts may arise from maintenance fee
assessments on our GPR cards or from purchase transactions that
we honor on GPR or gift cards, in each case in excess of the
funds in the cardholders account. We are responsible to
the banks that issue our cards for any losses associated with
these overdrafts. Overdrawn account balances are therefore
deemed to be our receivables due from cardholders, and we
include them as a component of accounts receivable, net, on our
consolidated balance sheets. The banks that issue our cards fund
the overdrawn account balances on our behalf. We include our
obligations to them on our consolidated balance sheet as a
current liability entitled amounts due to card issuing banks for
overdrawn accounts, and we settle our obligations to them based
on the terms specified in their agreements with us. These
settlement terms generally require us to settle on a monthly
basis or when the cardholder account is closed, depending on the
card issuing bank.
We generally recover overdrawn account balances from those GPR
cardholders that perform a reload transaction. In addition, we
recover some purchase transaction overdrafts through enforcement
of payment network rules, which allow us to recover the amounts
from the merchant where the purchase transaction was conducted.
However, we are exposed to losses from unrecovered GPR
cardholder account overdrafts. We establish a reserve for
uncollectible overdrawn accounts for both maintenance fees
assessed and purchase transactions honored in excess of a
cardholders account balance. The reserve for uncollectible
overdrawn accounts represents our estimate of the portion of
these receivables that will not be recovered. We base our
estimate of the reserve upon actual historical recovery rates
for homogeneous pools of our cardholder accounts and our
judgment regarding the overall adequacy of the reserve. When a
cardholder account has more than 90 days of inactivity, we
consider the probability of recovery to be remote and we write
off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance.
Overdrafts due to maintenance fee assessments comprise
approximately 90% of our total overdrawn account balances due
from cardholders. We charge our GPR cardholder accounts
maintenance fees on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and
conditions in the applicable cardholder agreements, and we
recognize the fees ratably over the month for which they are
assessed. Although cardholder accounts become inactive or
overdrawn, we continue to provide cardholders the ongoing
functionality of our GPR cards, which allows them to reload and
use their cards at any time. As a result, we continue to assess
a maintenance fee until a cardholder account becomes overdrawn
by an amount equal to two maintenance fees, currently $6.00 for
the Walmart MoneyCard and $11.90 for our Green Dot-branded GPR
cards. Generally, we recover approximately
60-70% of
all overdrafts related to GPR cards that have had activity in
the last 30 days and approximately 10% for all overdrafts
related to GPR cards that have had no activity in the last
30 days. We rely on these rates because they have remained
relatively consistent for several years. Accordingly, we
recognize maintenance fees, net of the related reserve for
uncollectible overdrawn accounts, as a component of card
revenues in our consolidated statements of operations.
We include our reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
related to purchase transactions as other general and
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of
operations. As the recovery rate for gift card overdrafts is
based solely upon relatively unpredictable factors, such as
negotiations with merchants where purchase transactions are
conducted, we generally reserve these amounts in full as they
occur and recognize recoveries on a cash basis.
Our recovery rates may change in the future in response to
factors such as the pricing of reloads and new cards and the
availability of substitute products.
53
Stock-Based
Compensation
Effective August 1, 2006, we adopted a new accounting
standard related to stock-based compensation. We adopted the new
standard using the prospective transition method, which required
us to recognize compensation expense on a prospective basis for
stock options and stock awards granted, modified, repurchased or
cancelled on or after August 1, 2006. We record
compensation expense using the fair value method of accounting.
For stock options, we base compensation expense on the option
fair values estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. For other stock awards, we base
compensation expense on the per share fair value of the stock
estimated at the grant date. We recognize compensation expense
for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting
schedules on a straight-line basis over their respective vesting
periods. Vesting is based upon continued service to our company.
Determining the fair value of stock options requires the use of
highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of
the option award and our expected stock price volatility. Our
assumptions with respect to grants since January 1, 2009,
shown by grant date in the table below, represent our best
estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties
and the application of judgment. If factors change and, as a
result, we use different assumptions, our stock-based
compensation could be materially different in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk-Free
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Expected
|
|
|
Expected Stock
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
|
(in Years)
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
Price Volatility
|
|
|
March 19, 2009
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
%
|
June 9, 2009
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.0
|
|
August 3, 2009
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56.0
|
|
November 2, 2009
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
February 4, 2010
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52.0
|
|
The following table summarizes information by grant date for the
stock options that we granted during the preceding
12 months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Per Share Estimated
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to
|
|
|
Per Share Exercise
|
|
|
Our Common
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
Options Granted
|
|
|
Price of Options
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
March 19, 2009
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
5.83
|
|
June 9, 2009
|
|
|
85,800
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
8.80
|
|
August 3, 2009
|
|
|
127,500
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
November 2, 2009
|
|
|
1,261,750
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
February 4, 2010
|
|
|
130,500
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
25.00
|
|
|
|
12.98
|
|
Based on an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the
aggregate intrinsic values of outstanding vested and unvested
options to purchase shares of our common stock as of
December 31, 2009 would have been
$ million and
$ million, respectively.
Additionally, in December 2009, we granted a 257,984 share
common stock award. The grant date fair value of our common
stock at the date of this award was $20.01 per share.
On each of the above dates, we granted our employees stock
options at exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of
the underlying common stock, as determined on a contemporaneous
basis by our board of directors with input from management and
an independent valuation firm. Because there was no public
market for our common stock, our board of directors determined
the fair value of our common stock on each grant date by
considering a number of objective and subjective factors
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the per share value of any recent preferred stock financing and
the amount of convertible preferred stock liquidation
preferences;
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
any third-party trading activity in our common stock or
preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the illiquid nature of our common stock and the opportunity for
any future liquidity events;
|
|
|
|
our current and historical operating performance and current
financial condition;
|
|
|
|
our operating and financial projections;
|
|
|
|
our achievement of company milestones;
|
|
|
|
the stock price performance of a peer group comprised of
selected publicly-traded companies identified as being
comparable to us; and
|
|
|
|
economic conditions and trends in the broad market for stocks.
|
We have also used these fair market valuations in calculating
our stock-based compensation expense.
We determined the fair value of our common stock as of each
valuation date by allocating our enterprise value among each of
our equity securities. We utilized an income approach and two
market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. These
approaches are consistent with the methods outlined in the AICPA
Practice Aid, Valuation of
Privately-Held-Company
Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.
The income approach utilized was the discounted cash flow
method, which required us to determine the present value of our
estimated future cash flows by applying an appropriate discount
rate, such as our weighted average cost of capital. The cash
flows estimates that we used were consistent with our company
financial plan. As there is inherent uncertainty in making these
estimates, we assessed the risks associated with achieving the
forecasts in selecting the appropriate discount rates, which
ranged from 19.5% to 20.0%. If different discount rates had been
used, the valuations would have been different.
The market approaches we utilized were the guideline public
company method and the guideline transactions method. We derived
our enterprise value under the guideline public company method
by applying valuation multiples of comparable publicly held
companies to certain of our historical and forecasted financial
metrics. The comparable publicly held companies generally
consisted of Visa, American Express Co., Discover Financial
Services, MasterCard, Western Union, Dollar Financial Corp.,
Euronet Worldwide Inc., and Encore Capital Group Inc. We derived
our enterprise value under the guideline transactions method
based on recent cash transactions with independent third parties
involving our equity securities.
We assessed the results of the various approaches and
methodologies by considering the relative applicability of the
methods given the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
the nature of our industry and current market conditions;
|
|
|
|
the quality, reliability and verifiability of the data used in
each methodology;
|
|
|
|
the comparability of publicly held companies or transactions; and
|
|
|
|
any additional considerations unique to our company as of each
valuation date.
|
We placed the most weight on the guideline transactions method
when a recent cash transaction occurred with independent third
parties involving our equity securities and the transaction was
between willing parties. In the absence of a recent cash
transaction with independent third parties, we utilized the
discounted cash flow method and the guideline public company
method, weighted 75% and 25%, respectively, to estimate our
enterprise value. We placed more weight on the discounted cash
flow method because, as of the valuation dates, our company was
growing faster than the peer group companies used in the
guideline public company method, reducing the comparability of
their valuation multiples to our valuation multiples.
55
We allocated our enterprise value to each of our equity
securities using the option-pricing method, or OPM, and the
probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, as
applicable. These equity allocation methods account for the
preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, such as
liquidation preferences and conversion rights. Under both equity
allocation methods, we treated preferred stock as equivalent to
common stock when our enterprise value exceeded the liquidation
preferences of our preferred stock.
Under the OPM, we treated common stock, preferred stock and
other equity instruments as call options on our enterprise
value, as this equity allocation model relies on the principle
that any group of stakeholders in our company has the option to
acquire our company by paying the remaining stakeholders a fair
price for their securities. The options were valued using the
Black-Scholes
formula, which required us to estimate the volatility of our
equity securities. Estimating the volatility of our stock price
is complex because there is no readily available market price
for our stock. Therefore, we based the volatility of our stock
on the volatility of comparable publicly held companies. The
volatility of the comparable publicly held companies varied
between 45% and 56% over this period. Had we used different
estimates of volatility, the allocations between preferred and
common stock would have been different.
Under the PWERM, we estimated the present value of our common
stock based upon the anticipated timing of potential liquidity
events (e.g., an IPO, merger or sale, dissolution and
liquidation, or continued operation as a viable private
enterprise). The anticipated timing and likelihood of each
liquidity event were based on the plans of our board of
directors and management as of the respective valuation dates.
We estimated the future value of our enterprise under each
liquidity event using both an income approach and market
approaches. We discounted the future values to present value and
then weighted the liquidity events based on the probability of
their occurring. However, due to the uncertainty surrounding
liquidity events and the capital markets at each grant date, our
board of directors relied more heavily on the OPM.
We reduced the fair value per share of our common stock, as
determined by the equity allocation methods, by a lack of
marketability discount that ranged from 15% to 30%. This
discount served to account for the fact that there was no public
market for our common stock as of the various grant dates. We
determined the appropriate level of discount by comparing
attributes of our company and our equity securities to
benchmarks in empirical studies of nonmarketable securities and
calculating the hypothetical cost to hedge our common stock with
put options over the period in which our common stock was
expected to remain illiquid and not marketable.
Our valuations for each grant date since January 1, 2009
are described in detail below.
Stock Option Grants on March 19, 2009. On
December 19, 2008, we sold 1,181,818 shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock at a price of $11.00 per share and we redeemed
2,926,458 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a
price of $13.38 per share.
We completed a valuation analysis using the OPM and PWERM to
derive values for our preferred stock, our common stock and the
overall enterprise.
The value of each security and the enterprise was determined in
the OPM relative to the sale price of our
Series C-2
Preferred Stock. In the OPM, the value of each security was
determined using the Black-Scholes formula, assuming a time to
liquidity of 2.8 years, an asset volatility of 50% and a
risk-free interest rate commensurate with the estimated time to
liquidity of 1.2%. Because the Series D Preferred Stock
contained unique and complex redemption features that increased
the difficulty and subjectivity in determining its value, we
considered its redemption value to be less reliable as an input
into the OPM in deriving an overall enterprise value.
We also utilized a PWERM that contemplated two
scenarios − a remain-private scenario and a future
liquidity event scenario. We derived our value under the
remain-private scenario by discounting projected future cash
flows to their present value as of the grant date using a 20.0%
discount rate. This rate was determined based on an estimated
weighted-average cost of capital derived from our
56
estimated cost of equity, our after-tax cost of debt, and the
debt-to-equity
ratio implied by the valuation. Our cost of capital was based on
publicly available information for companies in lines of
business that are the same as or similar to ours.
We estimated high and low future enterprise values under the
PWERM future liquidity event scenario using high- and low-case
financial projections and market-based valuation multiples
derived from publicly traded peer group companies, transactions
involving businesses that were similar to our company, and
valuation multiples implied by the sale of our
Series C-2
Preferred Stock. We allocated the future enterprise values to
options, warrants and various series of preferred stock based on
their future liquidation preferences or conversion values,
whichever would be greater, and allocated the remainder to our
common stock. The allocated value was discounted to present
value at the grant date.
In the final analysis, we weighted the remain-private and future
liquidity event scenarios equally as the likelihood of either
scenario was difficult to forecast with reliability. We weighted
the value indications determined under the low- and high-case
cash flow projections by 75.0% and 25.0%, respectively. We
weighted the indications of the fair value of our common stock
under the two equity allocation methods − OPM and
PWERM − 75.0% and 25.0%, respectively, because of the
level of subjectivity inherent in the PWERM as a result of the
continued turmoil in the public and private markets and the
uncertainty at the time as to when a potential liquidity event
could occur for our company.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at March 19,
2009 was $10.84 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on June 9, 2009. For
the June 9, 2009 valuation, we determined that the
uncertainty surrounding the timing of a liquidity event had
increased the level of subjectivity in the PWERM to the point
where that methodology was no longer considered appropriate.
Therefore, we utilized only the OPM equity allocation method.
We calculated values for our securities in the OPM using the
Black-Scholes formula, assuming a time to liquidity of
2.6 years, an asset volatility of 55.0%, and a risk-free
interest rate commensurate with the estimated time to liquidity
of 1.3%. We continued to estimate the enterprise value by
discounting high- and low-case cash flow projections to present
value as of the grant dates using a 20.0% discount rate and
through the application of valuation multiples derived from
publicly traded companies engaged in lines of business that were
the same as or similar to ours. Although we continued to weigh
the low- and high-case cash flow projections by 75.0% and 25.0%,
respectively, as of June 9, 2009, the enterprise value
increased as progress toward attaining the high-case cash flow
projections was made. Additionally, the value implied by the
public company guideline methodology increased due to
improvement in valuation multiples from increasing stock prices
for our peer group public companies.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at June 9,
2009 was $15.65 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on August 3,
2009. For the August 3, 2009 valuation, we
continued to use only the OPM with the Black-Scholes formula to
calculate the value of our securities, assuming a time to
liquidity of 2.4 years, an asset volatility of 56.0%, and a
risk-free interest rate commensurate with the estimated time to
liquidity of 1.2%.
Continued progress toward the high-case cash flow scenario and
continued improvements in our peer group public company market
factors were reflected in the underlying enterprise value,
resulting in an increase in the estimated fair value of our
common stock value relative to the prior grant date.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors determined that
the estimated fair value of our common stock at August 3,
2009 was $17.19 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
57
Stock Option Grants on November 2,
2009. In October 2009, certain existing and
third-party investors entered into a tentative agreement,
whereby the investors extended an offer to purchase
3,250,000 shares of our common stock, at a price of $20.05
less applicable selling fees, directly from our existing
stockholders. On November 9, 2009, the offering closed and
existing stockholders sold 3,033,661 shares of our common
stock at a price of $20.01 per share.
Our board of directors considered the offering price to be the
most reliable estimate of the fair value of our common stock
given that the transaction was an orderly purchase and sale
among parties that had reasonable knowledge of relevant facts
and that were not under any compulsion to buy or sell the
securities.
Based on these facts, our board of directors determined that the
estimated fair value of our common stock at November 2,
2009 was $20.01 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Stock Option Grants on February 4,
2010. In December 2009, an existing stockholder
sold 400,000 shares of Series C and C-1 Preferred
Stock for $25.00 per share to another existing stockholder. Our
board of directors considered this transaction to be a reliable
estimate of the fair value of our common stock given that the
transaction was an orderly purchase and sale among parties that
had reasonable knowledge of relevant facts and that were not
under any compulsion to buy or sell the securities.
Additionally, the liquidation preference of the Series C
and C-1 Preferred Stock sold was equal to $1.07 per share.
Relative to the purchase price of $25.00, the preferred stock
conversion option value was deeply
in-the-money
and implied no premium over common stock.
Based on these facts, our board of directors determined that the
estimated fair value of our common stock at February 4,
2010 was $25.00 per share on a minority, nonmarketable basis.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
approved the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, as the
single source of authoritative accounting and reporting
standards for all nongovernmental entities, with the exception
of guidance issued by the SEC and its staff. The FASB ASC is
effective for interim or annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. All existing accounting standards have
been superseded, and all accounting literature not included in
the FASB ASC is considered non-authoritative. Our adoption of
FASB ASC did not have an impact on our consolidated financial
statements because it only amends the referencing to existing
accounting standards.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard for
disclosing events that occur after the balance sheet date but
before the financial statements are issued or are available to
be issued. Additionally, the standard requires companies to
disclose subsequent events as defined in the standard and to
disclose the date through which we have evaluated subsequent
events. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods
ending after June 15, 2009. Our adoption of the standard
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements. See note 16 of our notes to consolidated
financial statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
requires us to include fair value disclosures of financial
instruments for each interim and annual period for which
financial statements are prepared. Our adoption of the standard
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements. See note 8 of our notes to consolidated
financial statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued a new accounting standard on
determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment
transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and
therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in
calculating earnings per share under the two-class method.
Unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable
rights to dividend or dividend equivalents are treated as a
separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share.
The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008; earlier application was
58
not permitted. Our adoption of the standard did not have a
material effect on our results of operations or earnings per
share.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the
accounting for business combinations and requires, with limited
exceptions, the acquirer in a business combination to recognize
100% of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any
noncontrolling interest in the acquired company at fair value on
the date of acquisition. In addition, the guidance requires that
the acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs be
charged to expense as incurred, and requires that certain
contingent assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as
contingent consideration, be recognized at fair value. This
guidance also modifies the accounting for certain acquired
income tax assets and liabilities. Further, the guidance
requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a
business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized
at fair value on the acquisition date if fair value can be
determined during the measurement period. If fair value cannot
be determined, companies should typically account for the
acquired contingencies under existing accounting guidance. This
new guidance is effective for acquisitions consummated on or
after January 1, 2009. We will apply this guidance to our
pending acquisition of a bank holding company and its subsidiary
commercial bank. See note 16 of our notes to consolidated
financial statements.
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk is the potential for economic losses from changes in
market factors such as foreign currency exchange rates, credit,
interest rates and equity prices. We believe that we have
limited exposure to risks associated with changes in foreign
currency exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices. We
have no foreign operations, and we do not transact business in
foreign currencies. We do not hold or enter into derivatives or
other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
We do not consider our cash and cash equivalents to be subject
to interest rate risk due to their short periods of time to
maturity.
We do have exposure to credit risk associated with the financial
institutions that hold our cash, cash equivalents and restricted
cash and our settlement assets due from our retail distributors
that collect funds and fees from our customers. We manage the
credit risk associated with our cash and cash equivalents by
maintaining an investment policy that limits investments to
highly liquid funds with certain highly rated financial
institutions. Our policy also limits the investment
concentration that we may have with a single financial
institution. We monitor compliance with our investment policy on
an ongoing basis, including quarterly communication with our
audit committee.
We also have exposure to credit risk associated with our retail
distributors, but that exposure is limited due to the short time
period, currently an average of three days, that the retailer
settlement asset is outstanding. We perform an initial credit
review of each new retail distributor prior to signing a
distribution agreement with it, and then monitor its financial
performance on a periodic basis. We monitor each retail
distributors settlement asset exposure and its compliance
with its specified contractual settlement terms on a daily basis.
59
BUSINESS
Overview
Green Dot is a leading prepaid financial services company
providing simple, low-cost and convenient money management
solutions to a broad base of U.S. consumers. We believe
that we are the leading provider of general purpose reloadable
prepaid debit cards in the United States and that our Green Dot
Network is the leading reload network for prepaid cards in the
United States. We sell our cards and offer our reload services
nationwide at approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which
provide consumers convenient access to our products and
services. Our technology platform, Green PlaNET, provides
essential functionality, including point-of-sale connectivity
and interoperability with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or
funds transfer networks, and compliance and other capabilities
to our Green Dot Network, enabling real-time transactions in a
secure environment. The combination of our innovative products,
broad retail distribution and proprietary technology creates
powerful network effects, which we believe enhance the value we
deliver to our customers, our retail distributors and other
participants in our network.
We have designed our products and services to appeal primarily
to consumers living in households that earn less than $75,000
annually across the following four segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Never-banked households in which no one has ever had
a bank account;
|
|
|
|
Previously-banked households in which at least one
member has previously had a bank account, but no one has one
currently;
|
|
|
|
Underbanked households in which at least one member
currently has a bank account, but that also use non-bank
financial service providers to conduct routine transactions like
check cashing or bill payment; and
|
|
|
|
Fully-banked households that primarily rely on
traditional financial services.
|
We were an early pioneer in the development of prepaid financial
services in the United States. In May 2001, we sold our first
basic prepaid card with simple loading and spending
functionality targeted at low income and never-banked consumers.
As we have grown and our technological capabilities have
increased, we have broadened our offerings and their
functionality to provide consumers access to products and
services with a more comprehensive set of features. These
products and services now also appeal to more affluent
underbanked and fully-banked consumers who do not feel well
served by and cannot justify the cost and complexity of
traditional banking products and payment cards, have limited
access to credit, or find traditional bank policies and fee
schedules ill-suited to their needs.
We believe that we are the leading provider of GPR cards in the
United States. GPR cards are designed for general spending
purposes and can be used anywhere their applicable payment
network, such as Visa or MasterCard, is accepted. Unlike gift
cards, GPR cards are reloadable for ongoing, long-term use and
require the completion of various identification, verification
and other USA PATRIOT Act-compliant processes before a
cardholder relationship can be established. As of
December 31, 2009, we had approximately 2.7 million
active cards, that is, cards that had had at least one purchase
transaction, reload transaction or ATM withdrawal during the
previous
90-day
period. In fiscal 2009, the gross dollar volume loaded to our
cards and reload products was $4.7 billion, an increase of
66% over fiscal 2008. During the five months ended
December 31, 2009, the gross dollar volume loaded to our
cards and reload products was $2.7 billion, an increase of
69% over the five months ended December 31, 2008.
We distribute our products and services at the retail locations
of large national and regional chains throughout the United
States and through the Internet. We have built strong
distribution and marketing relationships with many significant
retail chains, including Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid,
7-Eleven, Kroger, Kmart, Meijer and Radio Shack. We market our
products under our Green Dot brand and through a number of
co-branded GPR card programs that we operate for retailers and
other business entities.
60
We believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network
for prepaid cards in the United States. Consumers can purchase
our MoneyPak product at any retail location to reload cash onto
our cards or cards issued under more than 100 third-party
prepaid card programs. Furthermore, PayPal has recently become a
Green Dot Network acceptance member, enabling PayPal customers
to use a MoneyPak to fund a new or existing PayPal account.
Our centralized technology platform, Green PlaNET, connects all
network participants, which include consumers, retail
distributors and businesses that accept reloads or payments
through the Green Dot Network, enabling real-time transactions
across the Green Dot Network through a single and secure point
of integration and connectivity. This platform also enables our
cards and reload network to interoperate with Visa, MasterCard
and other payment or funds transfer networks, allowing our
cardholders to make purchases and complete other transactions.
These attributes of Green PlaNET enable us to develop,
distribute and support a variety of products and services
effectively. Green PlaNET includes a variety of proprietary
software applications that, together with third-party
applications, run our front-end, back-end, anti-fraud,
regulatory compliance and customer service processing systems.
For the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009, our total operating
revenues were $83.6 million, $168.1 million,
$234.8 million and $112.8 million, respectively. In
the same periods, we generated operating income of
$1.2 million, $29.2 million, $63.7 million and
$23.3 million, respectively.
Industry
Background
New technologies and product innovations have expanded the
way financial services are sold and used.
Over the past 40 years, technological advances in
telecommunications, software and data processing have spurred
innovations both in the types of financial products and services
that are available and in the ways that they are distributed in
the marketplace and used by consumers. Innovations such as ATMs
and the Internet have enhanced consumers access to their
demand deposit accounts, while innovations such as credit, ATM
and debit cards and electronic checks have permitted new methods
of payment each providing consumers with
alternatives to cash and traditional financial products and
services that offer greater convenience and ease of
use. These innovations contributed to an increase of
approximately 78% in the number of electronic payment
transactions in the United States from 2000 to 2005 and, we
believe, are a major reason that electronic payment transactions
have represented the majority of all payment transactions
annually since 2005. Over the past few years, a new series of
innovative products and technologies have increasingly been
adopted. Certain products, such as prepaid cards, prepaid
electronic wallets and prepaid mobile payments, are enabling the
distribution of fast, safe and low-cost alternative financial
services in non-bank locations.
Prepaid cards represent a large and rapidly growing
segment within the electronic payments industry.
Prepaid cards have emerged as an attractive product within the
electronic payments industry. They are easy for consumers to
understand and use because they work in a manner similar to
traditional debit cards, allowing the cardholder to use a
conventional plastic card linked to an account established at a
financial institution. The consumer determines the cards
spending limit by adding money directly to the account, and can
reload the card with additional funds as needed. The consumer
can access the funds on the card at ATMs
and/or the
point of sale in retail locations using signature identification
technologies or a personal identification number. Prepaid cards
and related services offer consumers tremendous flexibility,
convenience and spending control. The Mercator Advisory Group
estimates that the total load volume in the United States for
prepaid cards, excluding single merchant, or closed
loop, cards, will grow at a 48.3% compound annual growth
rate from 2008 to 2012 and exceed $291 billion in 2012. We
believe this rapid growth results from improving
61
underlying technology, increasing adoption by a broader group of
consumers, increasing convenience, declining costs and
increasing product choices and capabilities that prepaid cards
offer. Visa Inc. estimates that the U.S. prepaid
opportunity, defined as the total dollars spent by the total
estimated prepaid card target audience, was $2.03 trillion in
2009, and that 56% of this amount could potentially have been
loaded on U.S. prepaid cards in 2009.
Prepaid cards and related services are currently offered
by a wide array of specialized and partially integrated
vendors.
Although many large and well-established vendors provide
elements of prepaid cards and related services, the prepaid card
industry is fragmented. Vendors generally do not have a broad
set of product and service offerings or capabilities, and no
single vendor currently provides all of the elements that are
necessary to establish and operate a GPR card program. Existing
vendors include:
|
|
|
|
|
Card Issuing Banks banks that are authorized
by payment networks to issue cards and that provide accounts to
hold deposits. Many card issuing banks also manage settlement
and provide risk management services. A banks
participation in a prepaid card program can range from actively
managing and marketing the card program to providing passive
sponsorship into payment networks.
|
|
|
|
Payment Networks companies, such as Visa and
MasterCard, that facilitate
point-of-sale
card acceptance, provide purchase and withdrawal transaction
routing and processing between merchant acquirers and card
issuing banks, perform certain clearing and settlement functions
and provide marketing and support services to card issuing
banks. Payment networks also establish network rules and
establish processing and security standards and customer
protections to which all participating members must adhere.
|
|
|
|
Processors technology vendors that provide
connectivity to payment networks, maintain account balances, and
authorize purchase and withdrawal transactions. Many processors
provide additional services, including card activation and
customer service, and develop
and/or
integrate value-added cardholder applications such as online
bill payment, microlending and mobile payment services.
|
|
|
|
Program Managers specialized vendors that
design, manage, market and operate prepaid card programs.
Prepaid card program managers may provide a range of services or
delegate that provision to other specialized vendors, such as
card issuing banks, processors and distributors, and collaborate
with them as these programs are implemented. Prepaid card
program managers may also negotiate the allocation of fees and
risk management with all vendors involved in a particular
prepaid card program.
|
|
|
|
Distributors organizations, such as
retailers, remittance vendors, tax preparers, check cashers,
payday lenders, card resellers and employers, that distribute
cards through various sales channels and may also manage
inventory fulfillment and provide
point-of-sale
integration and technology.
|
|
|
|
Reload Networks vendors that provide products
and services, connectivity, technology and integration which
enable
point-of-sale
locations to accept cash payments and associate those payments
with a specific account. These vendors also provide transaction
routing and processing between the point of sale and the
destination of the fund transfer. A small number of reload
networks have proprietary brands, acceptance locations and
technology, while most take advantage of the brands, technology
and
point-of-sale
relationships of other third-party vendors.
|
Prepaid financial services is a large and rapidly growing
segment within the prepaid card industry.
Prepaid financial services, which includes GPR cards and
associated reload services, is currently among the largest and
fastest-growing segments in the prepaid card industry. The GPR
card category has benefited from the expanding breadth of
applications for GPR cards and the ease with which they
62
can be acquired. According to Mercator Advisory Groups
Prepaid Market Forecast 2009 to 2012 research
report, $8.7 billion was loaded onto GPR cards in the
United States in 2008 and $118.5 billion will be loaded
onto GPR cards in the United States in 2012, reflecting a 92%
compound annual growth rate during that four-year period. We
believe that this growth in the use of GPR cards will contribute
to a substantial increase in the demand for related services,
including reload services.
Prepaid financial services are evolving as providers
develop new ways of offering financial services.
The products offered by prepaid financial service providers are
relatively early in their lifecycles. We believe that the
flexibility, accessibility and low cost of prepaid financial
services will lead to many new, attractive payment applications
outside of traditional banking channels. By virtue of their
broad acceptance and the flexibility they provide, GPR cards
offer safe, reliable, low-cost financial services to a broad
spectrum of U.S. consumers who do not feel well served by
and cannot justify the cost of traditional banking products.
Our Competitive
Strengths
Our combination of innovative products and marketing expertise,
a known brand name, a nationwide retail distribution presence
and proprietary technology supports our network-based business
model and has enabled us to become a leading provider of prepaid
financial services in the United States. Our strengths include:
Innovative
Product and Marketing Expertise
We are an innovator in the development, merchandising and
marketing of prepaid financial services. Our consumer focus has
helped us to develop solutions for people who, prior to the
existence of our products, either had to settle for an
ill-suited banking relationship or, more often, simply opted out
of the financial mainstream and resorted to using check cashers,
payday lenders and cash. We believe we were the first company to
combine the products, technology platform and distribution
channel required to make retailer-distributed GPR cards a viable
product offering. We subsequently built our reload network, and
have recently expanded it to facilitate cash loading of online
accounts like PayPal. We also have successfully incorporated
traditional bank account style online bill pay on
our GPR cards and launched a large-scale instant
issue program, whereby the Visa or MasterCard-branded GPR
card is enclosed in the package on the in-store display. Our
consumer focus has also led us to enhance our product packaging
and product displays in retail locations to educate consumers
and promote our products and services more effectively. In
addition, we believe that we have the strongest brand in the
prepaid financial services industry, and we continue to build
brand awareness using national television advertising.
Leading Retail
Distribution
We have established a nationwide retail distribution network,
consisting of approximately 50,000 retail store locations, which
gives us access to the vast majority of the
U.S. population. According to a Scarborough Research
survey, which was conducted between August 2008 and
September 2009, at least 93% of U.S. adult respondents
had shopped at one or more of the stores of our current retail
distributors within the past twelve months. We have built
distribution relationships with Walmart, CVS and Kroger, three
of the five largest retailers in the United States, and major
chains like Walgreens, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kmart, Meijer and
Radio Shack. In general, our contracts with retail distributors
provide us with exclusivity relating to one or more of the
following: reloading GPR cards, selling GPR cards in their
stores and providing specific co-branded card programs.
Establishing distribution relationships requires significant
investments by, complex integrations between and large support
infrastructures from providers and distributors. As a result, we
believe our broad and established retail distribution network
constitutes one of our key competitive advantages and a
significant barrier to entry for potential competitors.
63
Leading Reload
Network in the United States
We believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload network
for prepaid cards in the United States. By purchasing our
MoneyPak reload product at any of our distributors retail
locations, consumers can access the Green Dot Network and use it
for a wide variety of transactions, including cash loading onto
prepaid cards and PayPal accounts. Although a substantial
majority of the transactions on our reload network are
associated with our cards, the transaction volume from
third-party card portfolios has grown significantly as over 100
third-party prepaid card programs now use the Green Dot Network
for card reloading services. Recent innovations, like our
relationship with PayPal, have also expanded our transaction
volume and consumers familiarity with the Green Dot brand.
While our reload network today is used primarily for cash
loading of prepaid cards and cash loading of PayPal accounts, we
believe that it can be expanded and adapted to many new and
evolving applications in the electronic payments industry.
Proprietary
Technology
Green PlaNET, our centralized technology platform, enables our
network participants to engage in real-time transactions across
the Green Dot Network and enables the effective development,
distribution and support of a variety of products and services.
This platform also enables our cards and reload network to
interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds
transfer networks, allowing our cardholders to make purchases
and complete other transactions. Green PlaNET includes a variety
of proprietary software applications that, together with
third-party applications, run our front-end, back-end,
anti-fraud, regulatory compliance and customer service
processing systems. Green PlaNET gives us the ability to
centrally develop, distribute and support product applications,
manage customer accounts, authorize, process and settle
transactions, enable security and regulatory compliance, and
provide customer services through the Internet, IVR, call
centers, mobile applications and email. In addition, Green
PlaNET enables network participants to communicate and complete
transactions, such as card purchases, reloads and bill payments,
rapidly and securely through our reload network using a variety
of services and
point-of-sale
technologies, or third-party payment or funds transfer networks,
and is a central component of our network-based business model.
Business Model
with Powerful Network Effects
The combination of our broad group of products and services,
large portfolio of active cards, nationwide footprint of retail
distributors and proprietary technology creates powerful network
effects. Growth in the number of products and services that we
offer or in the number of network participants enhances the
value we deliver to all network participants. For example, we
are able to attract retail distributors because of the large
number of consumers who actively use our reload network. This
network effect helps us continue to grow our cardholder base and
expand our business. We believe the breadth and depth of our
network would be difficult to replicate and represents a
significant competitive advantage, as well as a barrier to entry
for potential competitors.
Vertical
Integration
We believe that we are more vertically integrated than our
competitors, based on our distribution capabilities, processing
platform, program management skills and proprietary reload
network. Whereas we have built our offerings primarily around
our own internally-developed capabilities, none of our
competitors has been able to offer products and services similar
to ours without collaborating with third parties to provide one
or more of the essential features of prepaid financial service
offerings, such as program management or a reload network. This
integration has allowed us to reduce costs across our operations
and, we expect, will continue to provide us with opportunities
to reduce operational costs in the future. It also enables us to
scale our business quickly in response to rising demand and to
ensure high-quality service for our customers.
64
Strong
Regulatory and Compliance Infrastructure
We employ a proactive approach to licensing, regulatory and
compliance matters, which we believe provides us with an
important competitive advantage. We maintain an ongoing dialogue
with the various governmental authorities that oversee the
prepaid financial services industry. We believe that our
pro-consumer orientation and regulatory focus have enabled us to
develop strong relationships with leading retailers and
financial institutions and have also prepared us well for
changes in the regulatory environment.
Our Strategy for
Growth
The key components of our strategy include:
Increasing the
Number of Network Participants
We intend to enhance the network effects in our business model
in the following ways:
|
|
|
|
|
Attracting new users by introducing new products, improving
current products to address consumers current and evolving
needs, and building demand for our products through promotions;
|
|
|
|
Expanding and strengthening our distribution by establishing
relationships with additional high-quality retail chains,
increasing online distribution of our products and accelerating
our entry into new distribution channels, including
collaborating with third-party service providers, such as
electronic tax preparation providers; and
|
|
|
|
Adding network acceptance members to and applications for the
Green Dot Network by continuing to enroll additional third-party
prepaid card program providers that want to offer their
cardholders access to our reload network and to identify
additional uses for our reload networks cash transfer
technology.
|
Increasing
Revenue per Customer
We intend to pursue greater revenue per customer by improving
cardholder retention, increasing card usage and cross-selling
complementary products and services. Our historical card usage
patterns suggest that consumers who reload additional funds onto
their cards within three months of activation tend to have
significantly higher levels of transaction activity and generate
more cash transfer and interchange revenues for us than those
who do not. Therefore, we intend to target improved cardholder
retention by offering incentives, such as fee waivers for
specified reload amounts or activities, to encourage cardholders
to reload additional funds onto their cards and extend their
relationships with us. We also intend to add new services, such
as additional reload options and new mobile applications that
enable convenient use of our products and services, to make our
products more valuable to consumers.
Improving
Operating Efficiencies
We intend to leverage our growing scale and vertical integration
to generate incremental operating efficiencies. As we continue
to expand our business operations, we plan to reduce our
marginal operating costs by continuing to implement rigorous
cost-containment programs, purchase vendor services from
low-cost providers and reduce the use of outsourced services
that can be provided internally at lower cost. For example, we
intend to improve our self-service offerings so that customers
can obtain automated customer service through our website, IVR
or mobile applications. Additionally, some of our current vendor
agreements include pricing structures that call for reduced
pricing as our customer usage volumes grow. These cost savings
will provide us with the flexibility to engage in new marketing
programs, reduce pricing and make other investments in our
business to maintain our leadership position.
65
Broadening
Brand and Product Awareness
We intend to broaden awareness of the Green Dot brand, which we
believe is the leading national brand in prepaid financial
services, and of our products and services through national
television advertising, online advertising and ongoing
enhancements to our packaging and merchandising. We plan to
reinforce and strengthen perceptions of the key attributes of
the Green Dot brand, which we believe are trust, security,
convenience and simplicity. We also intend to continue educating
consumers, retail distributors and network acceptance members on
the functionality, convenience and cost advantages of our
products and services. Our advertising spending fluctuates and
tends to be greater when we believe we can earn the highest
return for the amount spent. We typically increase spending
during product launches, special promotions, periods of
seasonally increased card purchase and reload activity, and
periods when advertising media prices are unusually low.
Acquiring
Complementary Businesses
We intend to pursue acquisitions that will help us achieve our
strategic objectives. We intend to acquire companies that have
the potential to enhance the distribution of our products and
services through either existing or new channels. We also intend
to pursue acquisitions that have the potential to augment the
features and functionality of our existing products and services
or to provide complementary products and services that can be
sold through our existing distribution channels. There are many
prepaid financial services providers and the market remains
fragmented, which we believe will provide us with acquisition
opportunities over time.
Our Bank
Acquisition Strategy
In February 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire Utah-based Bonneville Bancorp, a bank holding company,
and its subsidiary commercial bank, Bonneville Bank, for an
aggregate cash purchase price of approximately
$15.7 million, and filed applications with the appropriate
federal and state regulators seeking approvals for this
transaction. The bank had total assets of $34.1 million,
including net loans outstanding of approximately
$15.4 million, as of December 31, 2009, and earned a
nominal amount of income for the year ended December 31,
2009. This acquisition is subject to standard closing
conditions, including regulatory approval. Upon consummation of
the acquisition, we will become a bank holding company regulated
by the Federal Reserve Board. While there can be no assurance
that we will obtain these approvals or our bank acquisition will
close, we currently expect to complete this acquisition in the
second or third quarter of calendar 2010.
We believe that acquiring a bank charter will enable us to
(i) offer consumers FDIC-insured transactional accounts,
(ii) issue prepaid card and debit card products linked to
those transactional accounts, (iii) offer other types of
deposit products, such as savings accounts, and
(iv) provide settlement services for our reload network.
We believe that this acquisition will provide the following
strategic benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
increase our efficiency in introducing and managing potential
new products and services, which are more difficult to
accomplish with multiple unaffiliated card issuing banks;
|
|
|
|
reduce the risk that we would be negatively impacted by one of
the banks that issue our cards changing its business practices
as a result of, among other things, a change of strategic
direction, financial hardship or regulatory developments;
|
|
|
|
reduce the sponsorship and service fees and other expenses that
we incur each year to the third-party banks that issue our
cards, and correspondingly increase funds available to us to
spend on other aspects of our business, including the ability to
invest in further reducing consumer pricing; and
|
|
|
|
further increase the degree to which our operations are
integrated and provide increased control over our operations.
|
66
Our Business
Model
Our business model focuses on four major elements: our
consumers; our distribution; our products and services; and our
proprietary technology, which provides functionality for and
connectivity to the Green Dot Network and supports the platform
that brings the other three elements together.
Our
Consumers
We have designed our products and services to appeal primarily
to consumers living in households that earn less than $75,000
annually across the following four segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Never-banked households in which no one has ever had
a bank account;
|
|
|
|
Previously-banked households in which at least one
member has previously had a bank account, but no one has one
currently;
|
|
|
|
Underbanked households in which at least one member
currently has a bank account, but that also use non-bank
financial service providers to conduct routine transactions like
check cashing or bill payment; and
|
|
|
|
Fully-banked households that primarily rely on
traditional financial services.
|
Based on data from the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Bank, the
U.S. Census and the Center for Financial Services
Innovation and our proprietary data, we believe these four
segments collectively represent an addressable market of
approximately 160 million people in the United States. We
believe that we currently have a significant number of customers
in each of these segments.
Customers in different segments tend to purchase and use our
products for different reasons and in different ways. For
example, we believe never-banked consumers use our products as a
safe controlled way to spend cash and as a means to access
channels of trade, such as online purchases, where cash cannot
be used. We believe previously-banked consumers use our products
as a convenient and affordable substitute for a traditional
checking account by depositing payroll checks (via direct or
in-store deposit) into a Green Dot GPR card account and using
our products to pay bills, shop online, monitor spending and
withdraw cash from ATM machines.
We believe underbanked consumers use our products in ways
similar to those of the never- and previously-banked segments,
but additionally view our products as a credit card substitute.
For example, underbanked consumers use our products to make
purchases at physical and online merchants, make travel
arrangements and guarantee reservations. We believe fully-banked
consumers use our products as companion products to their bank
checking account, segregating funds into separate accounts for a
variety of uses. For example, fully-banked consumers often use
our cards to shop on the Internet without providing their bank
debit card account information online. These consumers also use
our products to control spending, designate funds for specific
uses, prevent overdrafts in their checking accounts, or load
funds into specific accounts, such as a PayPal account.
Our
Distribution
We achieve broad distribution of our products and services
through our retail distributors, the Internet and relationships
with other businesses, such as Intuit. In addition, our network
acceptance members encourage their customers to use our prepaid
financial services.
67
Retail Distributors. Our prepaid financial
services are sold in approximately 50,000 retail store
locations, including those of major national mass merchandisers,
national and regional drug store and convenience store chains,
and national and regional supermarket chains. Our retail
distributors include:
|
|
|
Type of Distributor
|
|
Representative Distributors
|
|
Mass merchandise retailers
|
|
Walmart, Kmart, Meijer
|
Drug store retailers
|
|
Walgreens, CVS, Rite-Aid, Duane Reade
|
Convenience store retailers
|
|
7-Eleven, The Pantry (Kangaroo Express)
|
Supermarket retailers
|
|
Kroger
|
Other
|
|
RadioShack
|
Most of these retailers have been our distributors for several
years and all have contracts with us, subject to termination
rights, that expire at various dates from 2011 to 2013. In
general, our agreements with our retail distributors give us the
right to provide Green Dot-branded
and/or
co-branded GPR cards and reload services in their retail
locations and require us to share with them by way of
commissions the revenues generated by sales of these cards and
reload services. We and the retail distributor generally also
agree to certain marketing arrangements, such as promotions and
advertising. Our operating revenues derived from products and
services sold at the store locations of our four largest retail
distributors (Walmart, Walgreen, CVS and Rite Aid) represented
the following percentages of our total operating revenues:
approximately 3%, 22%, 19% and 17%, respectively, for the year
ended July 31, 2007, 39%, 17%, 13% and 11%, respectively,
for the year ended July 31, 2008, 56%, 11%, 9% and 7%,
respectively, for the year ended July 31, 2009, and 66%,
9%, 8% and 6%, respectively, for the five months ended
December 31, 2009.
Our Relationship with Walmart. Walmart is our
largest retail distributor. We have been the exclusive provider
of GPR cards sold at Walmart since Walmart initiated its Walmart
MoneyCard program in 2007. In October 2006, we entered into
agreements with Walmart and GE Money Bank (the card issuing
bank), which set forth the terms and conditions of our
relationship with Walmart. Pursuant to the terms of these
agreements, Green Dot designs and delivers the Walmart MoneyCard
product and provides all ongoing program support, including
network IT, regulatory and legal compliance, website
functionality, customer service and loss management. Walmart
displays and sells the cards and GE Money Bank serves as the
issuer of the cards and holds the associated FDIC-insured
deposits. All Walmart MoneyCard products are reloadable
exclusively on the Green Dot Network.
In November 2008, the original term of agreement among Green
Dot, Walmart and GE Money Bank was extended through November
2013. If the agreement is not terminated, it will extend
indefinitely until a party provides 180 days advance
written notice of its intent to terminate the agreement. Walmart
has the right to terminate this agreement prior to its
expiration or renewal for a number of specified reasons, such as
our failure to meet specified service levels. In addition,
starting in November 2011, Walmart may terminate the agreement
at any time with 180 days advance written notice.
Network Acceptance Members. A large number of
institutions accept funds through our reload network, using our
MoneyPak product. We provide reload services to over 100
third-party prepaid card programs, including programs offered by
H&R Block, AccountNow and Jackson Hewitt. MasterCards
RePower Reload Network also uses the Green Dot Network to
facilitate cash reloads for its own member programs.
Furthermore, in February 2009, we entered into a five-year
agreement with PayPal that enables PayPal customers to use a
MoneyPak to fund a new or existing PayPal account. As a result
of this agreement, consumers without a bank account or credit
card are able to fund PayPal accounts.
Other Channels. An increasing portion of our
card sales is generated from our online distribution channel and
other non-retail channels. We offer Green Dot-branded cards
through our website, www.greendot.com. We promote this
distribution channel through television and online advertising.
Customers who activate their cards through this channel
typically receive an unfunded card in the mail and then can
reload the card either through a cash reload or a payroll direct
deposit transaction. In
68
October 2009, we entered into a joint marketing and
referral agreement with Intuit. Under this agreement, Intuit
customers can elect to receive their tax refunds via a
co-branded card that we manage.
Our Products
and Services
Our principal products and services consist of Green Dot-branded
and co-branded GPR cards and MoneyPak and POS swipe reload
transactions facilitated by the Green Dot Network. We also
service general purpose gift cards, which have historically
represented only a small percentage of our operating revenues.
The GPR cards we offer are issued primarily by Columbus Bank and
Trust Company and, in the case of certain of our co-branded
cards discussed below, GE Money Bank. Card balances are
FDIC-insured and have either Visa or MasterCard zero liability
card protection.
Card
Products
Green Dot-Branded GPR Cards. Our Green
Dot-branded GPR cards provide consumers with an affordable and
convenient way to manage their money and make payments without
undergoing a credit check or possessing a pre-existing bank
account. In addition to standard prepaid Visa or
MasterCard-branded GPR cards, we also offer GPR cards marketed
for a specific use or market, such as our Online Shopping card,
our Prepaid Student card and our Prepaid NASCAR card.
We offer these GPR cards to consumers in approximately 50,000
retail store locations in 49 states, including those of
Walgreens, CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven and Kroger. We also offer our
GPR cards online through our web site, www.greendot.com. To
purchase a GPR card, consumers typically select the GPR card
from an in-store display and pay the cashier a one-time purchase
fee plus the initial amount they would like to reload onto their
card. Consumers then go online or call a toll-free number to
register their personal information with us so that we can
activate their temporary prepaid card and mail them a
personalized GPR card. As explained below, consumers can then
reload their personalized GPR cards using a MoneyPak or, at
enabled retailers, via a
point-of-sale
process, which we refer to as a POS swipe reload transaction.
Funds can also be loaded on the card via direct deposit of a
customers government or payroll check.
Our GPR cards are issued as Visa- or MasterCard-branded cards
and are accepted worldwide by merchants and other businesses
belonging to the applicable payment network, including for bill
payments, online shopping, everyday store purchases and ATM
withdrawals. As of December 31, 2009, Visa and MasterCard
each were accepted at approximately 29 million acceptance
locations worldwide. As of December 31, 2009, our
cardholders could complete ATM transactions at approximately
1.4 million Visa PLUS or 900,000 MasterCard Cirrus ATMs
worldwide, including over 17,000 MoneyPass fee-free ATMs in all
50 states and Puerto Rico.
We have instituted a simple fee structure that includes a new
card fee (if the card is purchased from one of our retail
distributors), a monthly maintenance fee (which may be waived
based on usage), a cash reload fee and an ATM withdrawal fee for
non-MoneyPass ATMs. Most of the features and functions of our
cards are provided without surcharges. Our free services include
account management and balance inquiry services via the
Internet, telephone and mobile applications. In addition, via an
online tool, we allow cardholders to manage household and other
bills and to make payments to companies or individuals.
For regulatory compliance, risk management, operational and
other reasons, our GPR cards and reload products have certain
limitations and restrictions, including but not limited to
maximum dollar reload amounts, maximum numbers of reloads in a
given time period (e.g., per day), and limitations of uses of
our temporary cards versus our permanent personalized cards.
Co-Branded GPR Cards. We provide co-branded
GPR cards on behalf of certain retail distributors and other
business entities. Co-branded cards generally bear the
trademarks or logos of the retail distributor or business
entity, and our trademark on the packaging and back of the card.
These cards have the same features and characteristics as our
Green Dot-branded GPR cards, and are accepted
69
at the same locations. We typically are responsible for managing
all aspects of these programs, including strategy, product
design, marketing, customer service and operations/compliance.
Representative co-branded cards include the Walmart MoneyCard,
the TurboTax Refund Card, the Kmart Prepaid Visa and MasterCard
cards and the Meijer Prepaid MasterCard.
Reload
Services
We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our
reload services. We offer consumers affordable and convenient
ways to reload any of our GPR cards and to conduct other cash
loading transactions through our reload network, using our
MoneyPak product or through retailers specially enabled
POS devices. MoneyPak is offered in all of the retail locations
where our GPR cards are sold. MoneyPak is a cash reload product
that we market on a display like our Green Dot-branded GPR
cards. Cash reloads using a MoneyPak involve a two-step process:
consumers pay the cashier the desired amount to be reloaded,
plus a service fee, and then go online or call a toll-free
number to submit the MoneyPak number and add the funds to a GPR
card or other account, such as a PayPal account. Alternatively,
at many retail locations, consumers can add funds directly to
their Green Dot-branded and co-branded cards at the point of
sale through a POS swipe reload transaction. Unlike a MoneyPak,
these POS swipe reload transactions involve a single-step
process: consumers pay the cashier the desired amount to be
reloaded, plus a service fee, and funds are reloaded onto the
GPR card at the point of sale without further action required on
the part of the consumer.
Our Technology Platform Green PlaNET
Green PlaNET is our technology platform that enables our network
participants to communicate with us in a real-time, secure
environment. Green PlaNET is a centralized, client-server based
processing system that gives us the ability to centrally develop
and distribute product applications, manage customer accounts,
authorize, process and settle transactions, ensure security and
regulatory compliance, and provide customer services across a
variety of points of contact and technologies.
Green PlaNET enables Green Dot cardholders to activate and use
their card accounts for a variety of transactions, such as cash
loads and online bill payments. Green PlaNET also provides a
single and secure point of integration for all our network
participants, enabling them to communicate with us and our
customers and facilitating the initiation, authorization and
settlement of transactions.
Green PlaNET has the following components:
|
|
|
|
|
The Green PlaNET front-end processing system communicates with
the host systems of retail distributors and network acceptance
members through a proprietary application programming interface,
or API, and runs a variety of proprietary and third-party
software applications that facilitate the purchase of a card at
a retail location as well as the loading of cash onto a card or
MoneyPak. It enables our reload network to interoperate with
funds transfer networks and engages in real-time transaction
verification so that cards do not exceed applicable limits, thus
ensuring compliance with our anti-money laundering program.
|
|
|
|
The Green PlaNET back-end processing system runs a variety of
proprietary and third-party software applications that enable
the activation, daily use and maintenance of our cardholder
accounts. It executes a variety of transaction-enabling
processes and initiates several customer verification modules,
such as internally developed anti-money laundering, Know
Your Customer and Office of Foreign Assets Control
requirements, and external data requests from outsourced
vendors, such as Experian and LexisNexis, that together ensure
compliance with all federal requirements for the opening of a
new account. It interfaces with our database to generate account
statements and initiate account notification communications,
such as emails and text messages. It also enables our cards to
interoperate with Visa, MasterCard and other payment or funds
transfer networks, interacts with the systems of other
processors and executes back-end batch processes, such as
transaction fee calculations, charge-back transactions, retailer
invoicing and account write-offs, that facilitate the daily
accounting, reconciliation
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
and settlement of transactions and account activity. In
addition, the Green PlaNET back-end processing system houses a
variety of security applications that provide customer and card
data encryption, fraud monitoring, information security
administration and firewalls that protect the Green PlaNET
infrastructure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Green PlaNET customer-facing systems include a service
processing system and various communication systems. The Green
PlaNET service processing system includes several customer
relationship management software applications that operate a
variety of support services, providing real-time account history
access and pending transaction data, contact information,
personal identification number request and issuance services and
balance inquiry applications. It also enables consumers to
direct cash transfers using our MoneyPak product. In addition,
Green PlaNET provides our consumers, retail distributors and
network acceptance members with the ability to communicate with
us and access accounts using a variety of technologies. These
technologies integrate with our customer care applications and
allow us, among other things, to address customer inquiries and
automatically prompt customer support agents to sell upgrades
and make cross-sales. We have also integrated Green PlaNET with
our website, www.greentdot.com, to provide a full range of
interactive services, including online card sales, full
activation and personalization services, electronic funds
transfers, and access to account histories and management
services.
|
Sales and
Marketing
The primary objective of our sales and marketing efforts is to
educate consumers on the utility of our products and services in
order to generate demand, and to instruct consumers on where
they may purchase our products and services. We accomplish this
objective through various types of consumer-oriented marketing
and advertising and by expanding our group of retail
distributors to gain access to additional customers.
Marketing to
Consumers
We believe that our marketing efforts to consumers are
fundamental to the success of our business. We market our
products to a broad group of consumers, ranging from
never-banked to fully-banked consumers. We are focusing our
current sales and marketing efforts on customer acquisition,
enhancing our brand and image, building market awareness of our
products, improving cardholder retention and increasing card
usage. To achieve these objectives, we highlight to consumers
the core benefits of our products, which we believe are
affordability, access to funds, utility, convenience,
transparency and security.
Our marketing campaigns involve creating a compelling in-store
presence and conducting television advertising, retailer
promotions such as newspaper inserts and circulars, online
advertisements, and co-op advertising with select retail
distributors. We focus on raising brand awareness while
educating our customers.
We also design, and provide to our retail distributors for use
in their stores, innovative packaging and in-store displays that
we believe generate consumer interest and differentiate our
products from other card products on their racks. Our packaging
and displays help ensure that our products are promoted in a
consistent, visual manner that is designed to invite consumers
to browse and learn about our products, and thus to increase our
sales opportunities. This packaging is designed to establish a
connection with consumers, which we believe increases the
likelihood that they will buy our products.
We employ a number of strategies to improve cardholder retention
and increase card usage. These strategies are based on research
we conduct on an ongoing basis to understand consumer behavior
and improve consumer loyalty and satisfaction. For example, we
use our points of contact with customers (e.g., our website,
email, IVR and mobile applications) to educate our customers and
promote new card features. We also provide incentives for
behaviors, such as cash reloading,
71
establishing payroll direct deposit and making frequent
purchases with our cards, that we believe increase cardholder
retention.
Marketing to
Retail Distributors
When marketing to potential new retail distributors, we
highlight the key benefits of our products, including our
national brand, our in-store presence and merchandising
expertise, our cash reload network, the profitability to them of
our products and our commitment to national television and other
advertising. In addition, we communicate the peripheral benefits
of our products, such as their ability to generate additional
foot traffic and sales in their stores.
Marketing to
Our Network Acceptance Members
We market our reload network to a broad range of banks,
third-party processors, program managers and others that have
uses for our reload networks cash transfer technology.
When marketing to potential network acceptance members, we
highlight the key benefits of our cash loading network,
including the breadth of our distribution capabilities, our
leadership position in the industry, the profitability to them
of our products, consumer satisfaction and our commitment to
national television and other advertising and marketing support.
Customer
Service
We provide customer service for all GPR card and gift card
programs that we manage and for MoneyPak on a
24-hour per
day, 365-day
per year basis, primarily through third-party service providers
in Guatemala and the Philippines, and also through our staff in
the United States. All card activations, reloads, support and
lost/stolen inquiries are handled online and through various
toll-free numbers at these locations. We also operate our own
call center at our headquarters for handling customer and
corporate escalations. Customer service is provided in both
English and Spanish.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive and still developing markets,
which we expect to become increasingly competitive in the
future. In addition to the direct competitors described below,
we compete for access to retail distribution channels and for
the attention of consumers at the retail level.
Prepaid Card
Issuance and Program Management
We compete against the full spectrum of providers of GPR cards.
We compete with traditional providers of financial services,
such as banks that offer demand deposit accounts and card
issuers that offer credit cards, private label retail cards and
gift cards. Many of these institutions are substantially larger
and have greater resources, larger and more diversified customer
bases and greater brand recognition than we do. Many of these
companies can also leverage their extensive customer bases and
adopt aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. Our
primary competitors in the prepaid card issuance and program
management market are traditional credit, debit and prepaid card
account issuers and prepaid card program managers like First
Data, Netspend, AccountNow, PreCash, Rush Card, Western Union
and MoneyGram. Our Green-Dot branded cards also compete with our
co-branded GPR cards, such as the Walmart MoneyCard.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for the
prepaid card issuance and program management market include:
|
|
|
|
|
breadth of distribution;
|
|
|
|
brand recognition;
|
|
|
|
the ability to reload funds;
|
|
|
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities;
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
enterprise-class and scalable IT;
|
customer support capabilities; and
We believe our products compete favorably on each of these
factors.
Reload
Networks
While we believe our Green Dot Network is the leading reload
network for prepaid cards in the United States, a growing number
of companies are attempting to establish and grow their own
reload networks. In this market, new companies, or alliances
among existing companies, may be formed that rapidly achieve a
significant market position. Many of these companies are
substantially larger than we are and have greater resources,
larger and more diversified customer bases and greater name
recognition than we do. Our primary competitors in the reload
services market are: Visa, MasterCard, Western Union, MoneyGram,
Blackhawk and Netspend. Visa and MasterCard each have broad
brand recognition and a large base of merchant acquiring and
card issuing banks. Western Union, MoneyGram, Blackhawk and
Netspend each have a national network of retail
and/or agent
locations. In addition, we compete for consumers and billers
with financial institutions that provide their retail customers
with billing, payment and funds transfer services. Many of these
institutions are substantially larger and have greater
resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and
greater brand recognition than we do.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for reload
network services include:
|
|
|
|
|
the number and quality of retail locations;
|
|
|
|
brand recognition;
|
|
|
|
product and service functionality;
|
|
|
|
number of cardholders and customers using the service;
|
|
|
|
reliability of the service;
|
|
|
|
retail price;
|
|
|
|
enterprise-class
and scalable IT;
|
|
|
|
ability to integrate quickly with multiple payment platforms and
distributors;
|
customer support capabilities; and
|
|
|
|
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities.
|
We believe the Green Dot Network competes favorably on each of
these factors.
Prepaid Card
Distribution
We compete against the full spectrum of prepaid card
distributors and third-party processors that sell competing
prepaid card programs through retail and online channels. Many
of these institutions are substantially larger and have greater
resources, larger and more diversified customer bases and
greater brand recognition than we do. Many of these companies
can also leverage their extensive customer bases and adopt
aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. As new payment
methods are developed, we also expect to experience competition
from new entrants. Our primary competitors in the prepaid card
distribution market are: InComm, Blackhawk, First Data, Netspend
and AccountNow. In addition, we face potential competition from
Western Union, MoneyGram and a number of retail banks if they
enter this market.
We believe that the principal competitive factors for the
prepaid card distribution market include:
|
|
|
|
|
brand recognition with consumers and retailers;
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
the ability to reload funds;
|
|
|
|
ability to develop and maintain strong relationship with retail
distributors;
|
|
|
|
compliance and regulatory capabilities;
|
|
|
|
pricing; and
|
|
|
|
large customer base.
|
We believe our products compete favorably on each of these
factors.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws and
trade secret protection in the United States, as well as
confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to
protect the intellectual property rights related to our products
and services.
We own several trademarks, including Green Dot, MoneyPak and the
Green Dot logo. These assets are essential to our business.
Through agreements with our network acceptance members, retail
distributors and customers, we authorize and monitor the use of
our trademarks in connection with their activities with us.
We have one patent application under consideration in the United
States related to the retail packaging of our cards.
Regulation
Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is a highly
complex and integral part of our
day-to-day
operations. Our products and services are generally subject to
federal, state and local laws and regulations, including:
|
|
|
|
|
anti-money laundering laws;
|
|
|
|
money transfer and payment instrument licensing regulations;
|
|
|
|
escheatment laws;
|
|
|
|
privacy and information safeguard laws;
|
|
|
|
bank regulations; and
|
|
|
|
consumer protection laws.
|
These laws are often evolving and sometimes ambiguous or
inconsistent, and the extent to which they apply to us or the
banks that issue our cards, retail distributors, network
acceptance members or third-party processors is at times
unclear. Any failure to comply with applicable law
either by us or by the card issuing banks, retail distributors,
network acceptance members or third-party processors, over which
we have limited legal and practical control could
result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products
and services, as well as the imposition of civil fines and
criminal penalties and the suspension or revocation of a license
or registration required to sell our products and services. See
Risk Factors for additional discussion regarding the
potential impacts of failure to comply.
We continually monitor and enhance our compliance program to
stay current with the most recent legal and regulatory changes.
We also continue to implement policies and programs and to adapt
our business practices and strategies to help us comply with
current legal standards, as well as with new and changing legal
requirements affecting particular services or the conduct of our
business generally. These programs include dedicated compliance
personnel and training and monitoring programs, as well as
support and guidance to our retail distributors and network
acceptance members on compliance programs.
74
Anti-Money
Laundering Laws
Our products and services are generally subject to federal
anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as
amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, and similar state laws. On an
ongoing basis, these laws require us, among other things, to:
|
|
|
|
|
report large cash transactions and suspicious activity;
|
|
|
|
screen transactions against the U.S. governments
watch-lists, such as the watch-list maintained by the Office of
Foreign Assets Control;
|
|
|
|
prevent the processing of transactions to or from certain
countries, individuals, nationals and entities;
|
|
|
|
identify the dollar amounts loaded or transferred at any one
time or over specified periods of time, which requires the
aggregation of information over multiple transactions;
|
|
|
|
gather and, in certain circumstances, report customer
information;
|
|
|
|
comply with consumer disclosure requirements; and
|
|
|
|
register or obtain licenses with state and federal agencies in
the United States and seek registration of our retail
distributors and network acceptance members when necessary.
|
Anti-money laundering regulations are constantly evolving. We
continuously monitor our compliance with anti-money laundering
regulations and implement policies and procedures to make our
business practices flexible, so we can comply with the most
current legal requirements. We cannot predict how these future
regulations might affect us. Complying with future regulation
could be expensive or require us to change the way we operate
our business.
We are voluntarily registered with the Financial Crimes
Enforcement Network as a money service business. As a result of
being so registered, we are required to establish anti-money
laundering compliance programs that include: (i) internal
policies and controls; (ii) designation of a compliance
officer; (iii) ongoing employee training and (iv) an
independent review function. We have developed and deployed
compliance programs comprised of policies, procedures, systems
and internal controls to monitor and address various aspects of
legal requirements and developments. To assist in managing and
monitoring money laundering risks, we continue to enhance our
anti-money laundering compliance program. We offer our services
largely through our retail distributor and network acceptance
member relationships. We have developed an anti-money laundering
training manual and a program to assist in educating our retail
distributors on applicable anti-money laundering laws and
regulations.
Money Transfer
and Payment Instrument Licensing Regulations
We are subject to money transfer and payment instrument
licensing regulations. We have obtained licenses to operate as a
money transmitter in 39 U.S. jurisdictions. The remaining
U.S. jurisdictions either do not currently regulate money
transmitters or we have received a regulatory determination or a
legal interpretation that the money services laws of that
jurisdiction do not require us to obtain a license in connection
with the conduct of our business. As a licensee, we are subject
to certain restrictions and requirements, including reporting,
net worth and surety bonding requirements and requirements for
regulatory approval of controlling stockholders, agent locations
and consumer forms and disclosures. We are also subject to
inspection by the regulators in the jurisdictions in which we
are licensed, many of which conduct regular examinations.
In addition, we must at all times maintain permissible
investments in an amount equivalent to all
outstanding payment obligations. While, technically,
the outstanding payment obligations represented by the balances
on our card products are liabilities of the issuing bank and not
us, it is possible that some states will require us to maintain
permissible investments in an amount equal to the outstanding
payment obligations of the bank that issues our cards. The types
of securities that are considered
75
permissible investments vary from state to state,
but generally include cash and cash equivalents,
U.S. government securities and other highly rated debt
instruments.
Escheatment
Laws
Unclaimed property laws of every U.S. jurisdiction require
that we track certain information on our card products and
services and that, if customer funds are unclaimed at the end of
an applicable statutory abandonment period, the proceeds of the
unclaimed property are remitted to the appropriate jurisdiction.
We have agreed with the banks that issue our cards to manage
escheatment law compliance with respect to our card products and
services and have an ongoing program to comply with those laws.
Statutory abandonment periods applicable to our card products
and services typically range from three to seven years.
Privacy and
Information Safeguard Laws
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect certain types
of data, which subjects us to certain privacy and information
security laws in the United States, including, for example, the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or the GLB Act, and other laws
or rules designed to regulate consumer information and mitigate
identity theft. We are also subject to privacy laws of various
states. These state and federal laws impose obligations with
respect to the collection, processing, storage, disposal, use
and disclosure of personal information, and require that
financial institutions have in place policies regarding
information privacy and security. In addition, under federal and
certain state financial privacy laws, we must provide notice to
consumers of our policies and practices for sharing nonpublic
information with third parties, provide advance notice of any
changes to our policies and, with limited exceptions, give
consumers the right to prevent use and disclosure of their
nonpublic personal information with unaffiliated third parties.
Certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to
notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer
databases that contain their personal information. These laws
may also require us to notify state law enforcement, regulators
or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as
well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data. In
order to comply with the privacy and information safeguard laws,
we have confidentiality/information security standards and
procedures in place for our business activities and with network
acceptance members and our third-party vendors and service
providers. Privacy and information security laws evolve
regularly, requiring us to adjust our compliance program on an
ongoing basis and presenting compliance challenges.
Bank
Regulations
All of the GPR cards that we provide and the Walmart gift cards
we service are issued by either a federally- or state-chartered
bank. Thus, we are subject to the oversight of the regulators
for, and certain laws applicable to, these card issuing banks.
These banking laws require us, as a servicer to the banks that
issue our cards, among other things, to undertake compliance
actions similar to those described under
Anti-Money Laundering Laws above and to
comply with the privacy regulations promulgated under the GLB
Act as discussed above under Privacy and
Information Safeguard Laws above.
In addition, in February 2010, we entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire a bank holding company and its subsidiary
commercial bank, and filed applications with the appropriate
federal and state regulators seeking approval for this
transaction. Should we complete our pending bank acquisition, we
will become a bank holding company as provided in the BHC Act.
Bank holding companies and banks are subject to supervision by
the Federal Reserve Board and are extensively regulated under
federal and state laws. In general, this supervision and
regulation will increase our compliance costs and other
expenses, as we and our new subsidiary bank will be required to
undergo regular
on-site
examinations and to comply with additional reporting
requirements. In addition, bank holding companies are subject to
certain restrictions on their business and activities, although
we do not
76
believe our current or currently proposed business will be
restricted materially, if at all, by these restrictions.
Activities. Federal laws restrict the types of
activities in which bank holding companies may engage, and
subject them to a range of supervisory requirements, including
regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and
policies. Bank holding companies may engage in the business of
banking and managing and controlling banks, as well as closely
related activities. The businesses that we conduct are
permissible activities for bank holding companies under
U.S. law, and we do not expect the limitations described
above will adversely affect our current operations or materially
prohibit us from engaging in activities that are currently
contemplated by our business strategies. It is possible,
however, that these restrictions might limit our ability to
enter other businesses in which we may wish to engage at some
time in the future. It is also possible that in the future these
laws may be amended in ways, or new laws or regulations may be
adopted, that adversely affect our ability to engage in our
current or additional businesses.
Even if our activities are permissible for a bank holding
company, as discussed under Capital Adequacy
and Prompt Corrective Action below, the Federal Reserve
Board has the authority to order a bank holding company or its
subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to require divestiture
of ownership or control of a subsidiary in the event that it has
reasonable cause to believe that the activity or continued
ownership or control poses a serious risk to the financial
safety, soundness or stability of the bank holding company or
any of its bank subsidiaries.
Dividend Restrictions. Bank holding companies
are subject to various restrictions that may affect their
ability to pay dividends. Federal and state banking regulations
applicable to bank holding companies and banks generally require
that dividends be paid from earnings and, as described under
Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective
Action below, require minimum levels of capital, which
limits the funds available for payment of dividends. Other
restrictions include the Federal Reserve Boards general
policy that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on
common stock only out of net income available to stockholders
over the past year and only if the prospective rate of earnings
retention is consistent with the organizations expected
future needs and financial condition, including the needs of
each of its bank subsidiaries. In the current financial and
economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated
that bank holding companies should carefully review their
dividend policies and has discouraged dividend pay-out ratios
that are at the 100% level unless both their asset quality and
capital are very strong. A bank holding company also should not
maintain a dividend level that places undue pressure on the
capital of its bank subsidiaries, or that may undermine the bank
holding companys ability to serve as a source of strength
for its bank subsidiaries. See Source of
Strength below.
In addition, various federal and state statutory provisions and
regulations limit the amount of dividends that banks may pay. We
expect that our new state-chartered bank subsidiary will become
a member of the Federal Reserve System following completion of
our pending bank acquisition. State-chartered banks that are
members of the Federal Reserve System may not pay dividends in
an amount that exceeds the lesser of the amounts calculated
under a recent earnings test and an undivided
profits test. Under the recent earnings test, a bank may
not pay a dividend if the total of all dividends it declares in
any calendar year is in excess of the current years net
income combined with the retained net income of the two
preceding years, unless the bank obtains the approval of its
chartering authority. Under the undivided profits test, a bank
may not pay a dividend in excess of its undivided
profits.
Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective
Action. Bank holding companies and banks are
subject to various federal requirements relating to capital
adequacy. These include meeting minimum leverage ratio
requirements. As a bank holding company, we will be required to
be well-capitalized, meaning we will need to
maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to assets of at least
5%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at
least 6% and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of
at least 10%. Tier 1 capital, or core capital,
generally consists of common stockholders equity,
perpetual non-
77
cumulative preferred stock and, up to certain limits, other
capital elements. Tier 2 capital consists of supplemental
capital items such as the allowance for loan and lease losses,
certain types of preferred stock, hybrid capital securities and
certain types of debt, all subject to certain limits. Total
capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2
capital. When measuring compliance with certain of these capital
requirements, bank regulators adjust the asset values in
accordance with their perceived risk. We believe that we and our
new bank subsidiary will be well capitalized under
these standards and we will be able to maintain these ratios in
future periods. It is possible, however, that regulators may
require us or our new bank subsidiary to maintain higher levels
of capital in the future, and there can be no assurance that we
will be able to maintain the required ratios in future periods.
Under the regulatory framework that Congress has established and
bank regulators have implemented, banks are either
well-capitalized, adequately
capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized or critically
undercapitalized. Banks are generally subject to greater
restrictions and supervision than bank holding companies, and
these restrictions increase as the financial condition of the
bank worsens. For instance, a bank that is not well-capitalized
may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without the
consent of the FDIC. If our new subsidiary bank were to become
less than adequately capitalized, the bank would need to submit
to bank regulators a capital restoration plan that was
guaranteed by us, as its bank holding company. The bank would
also likely become subject to broad restrictions on activities,
including establishing new branches, entering into new lines of
business or conducting activities that have the effect of
limiting asset growth or preventing acquisitions. A bank that is
undercapitalized would also be prohibited from making capital
distributions, including dividends, and from paying management
fees to its bank holding company if the institution would be
undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment. A
significantly undercapitalized institution would be subject to
mandatory capital raising activities, restrictions on interest
rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of
management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very
limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized
institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or
conservator.
Source of Strength. Under Federal Reserve
Board policy, bank holding companies are expected to act as a
source of strength to their bank subsidiaries and to commit
capital and financial resources to support them. This support
may theoretically be required by the Federal Reserve Board at
times when the bank holding company might otherwise determine
not to provide it. As noted above, if a bank becomes less than
adequately capitalized, it would need to submit an acceptable
capital restoration plan that, in order to be acceptable, would
need to be guaranteed by the parent holding company. In the
event of a bank holding companys bankruptcy, any
commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank
regulator to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank would be
assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of
payment.
Acquisitions of Bank Holding Companies. Under
the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, and their
implementing regulations, Federal Reserve Board approval is
necessary prior to any person or company acquiring control of a
bank or bank holding company, subject to certain exceptions.
Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or
company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities,
and may be presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more of
any class of voting securities. These restrictions could affect
the willingness or ability of a third party to acquire control
of us following completion of our pending bank acquisition and
for so long as we are a bank holding company.
Deposit Insurance and Deposit Insurance
Assessments. Deposits accepted by banks, such as
our new bank subsidiary, have the benefit of FDIC insurance up
to the applicable limits. The FDICs Deposit Insurance Fund
is funded by assessments on insured depository institutions, the
level of which depends on the risk category of an institution
and the amount of insured deposits that it holds. These rates
currently range from 7 to 77.5 basis points on deposits.
The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule
semi-annually, and has in the past required and may in the
future require banks to prepay their estimated assessments for
future periods. Because of the current
78
stress on the FDICs Deposit Insurance Fund resulting from
the banking crisis, those fees have increased and are likely to
stay at a relatively high level.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977, or CRA, and the regulations
promulgated by the FDIC to implement the CRA are intended to
ensure that banks meet the credit needs of their respective
service areas, including low and moderate income communities and
individuals, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
The CRA regulations also require the banking regulatory
authorities to evaluate a banks record in meeting the
needs of its service area when considering applications to
establish new offices or consummate any merger or acquisition
transaction. The federal banking agencies are required to rate
each insured institutions performance under the CRA and to
make that information publicly available. Our new subsidiary
bank intends to comply with the CRA through investments and
other activities that it believes will benefit the needs of low
and moderate income communities. If banking regulatory
authorities do not approve the banks compliance plan, the
bank could be required to engage in lending and other community
outreach activities in the community in which it is located.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and
Insiders. Transactions between a bank and its
nonbanking affiliates are regulated by the Federal Reserve
Board. These regulations limit the types and amount of these
transactions, require certain levels of collateral for loans to
affiliated parties and generally require those transactions to
be on an arms-length basis. As a bank holding company, our
transactions with our new subsidiary bank could be limited by
these regulations, although we do not anticipate that these
restrictions will adversely affect our ability to conduct our
current operations or materially prohibit us from engaging in
activities that are currently contemplated by our business
strategies.
Other. The policies of regulatory authorities,
including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have
a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding
companies and their subsidiaries. The U.S. Congress is
considering various proposals relating to the activities and
supervision of banks and bank holding companies, some of which
could materially affect our operations and those of the bank we
are seeking to acquire. Although there can be no assurance
regarding the ultimate impact that adoption of these proposals
will have on us, if the proposals are enacted, we expect that
the benefits we seek to realize from our pending bank
acquisition will be reduced.
Consumer
Protection Laws
We are subject to state and federal consumer protection laws,
including laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive practices,
regulating electronic fund transfers and protecting consumer
nonpublic information. We believe that we have appropriate
procedures in place for compliance with these consumer
protection laws, but many issues regarding our service have not
yet been addressed by the federal and state agencies charged
with interpreting the applicable laws.
Although not expressly required to do so under the Electronic
Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E of the Federal
Reserve Board, we disclose, consistent with banking industry
practice, the terms of our electronic fund transfer services to
consumers prior to their use of the service, provide
21 days advance notice of material changes, establish
specific error resolution procedures and timetables, and limit
customer liability for transactions that are not authorized by
the consumer.
Card
Associations
In order to provide our products and services, we, as well as
the banks that issue our cards, must register with Visa and
MasterCard and, as a result, are subject to card association
rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties
that may be levied by the card association or network for
certain acts or omissions. The banks that issue our cards are
specifically registered as members of the Visa
and/or
MasterCard card associations. Visa and MasterCard set the
standards with which we and the card issuing banks must comply.
79
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 267 employees,
including 231 in general and administrative, 30 in sales and
marketing and 6 in research and product development. None of our
employees is represented by a labor union or is covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any
employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with
our employees to be good. As of December 31, 2009, we also
had arrangements with third-party call center providers in
Guatemala and the Philippines that provided us with
approximately 703 contractors for customer service and
similar functions.
Facilities
We lease approximately 56,000 square feet in Monrovia,
California for our corporate headquarters, pursuant to a
noncancelable lease agreement for approximately
49,000 square feet that expires in September 2012 and a
sub-lease agreement for approximately 7,000 square feet
that expires in December 2011. We believe our space is
adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or
substitute space will be available to accommodate the
foreseeable expansion of our operations.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and
claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently
a party to any material legal proceedings, and to our knowledge
none is threatened.
80
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table provides information regarding our executive
officers and directors as of March 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
President, Cards and Network
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
General Counsel and Secretary
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich*
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
Director
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf(1)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Director
|
Virginia L. Hanna(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Michael J. Moritz(2)(3)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
William H. Ott, Jr.(1)
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.(2)(3)
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Lead independent director. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Member of our audit committee. |
|
(2) |
|
Member of our compensation committee. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of our nominating and governance committee. |
Steven W. Streit is our founder, and has served as our
President and a director since October 1999, our Chief Executive
Officer since January 2001 and our Chairman since February 2010.
He also served as our Secretary from October 1999 to April 2000
and as our Treasurer from October 1999 to April 2004. From 1983
to 1999, Mr. Streit worked in the radio broadcasting
industry, including serving as a Vice President of Programming
at AMFM, a publicly-traded radio broadcast group.
Mark T. Troughton has served as our President, Cards and
Network, since February 2007. From June 2003 to July 2004, he
served as our Executive Vice President, Business Development,
and from July 2004 to February 2007, he served as our Chief
Operating Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate
Strategy. Prior to joining Green Dot, Mr. Troughton was
Vice President, Marketplace Services for Quadrem.com, an
Internet procurement company. Mr. Troughtons prior
experience also includes a four-year tenure at
McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm,
where he served in various capacities, including most recently
as Engagement Manager. Mr. Troughton started his career as
a Chartered Accountant and entrepreneur in South Africa. He
holds a BCom, a BCom (Hons) and an MCom, each in finance,
accounting or related subjects, from the University of Cape Town
(South Africa).
John L. Keatley has served as our Chief Financial Officer
since October 2006. From May 2005 to October 2006, he served as
our Vice President, Finance, and from August 2004 to May 2005,
he served as our Director, Financial Planning &
Analysis. Prior to joining Green Dot, Mr. Keatley served in
various positions at McKinsey & Company, a management
consulting firm, from October 2001 to July 2004, most recently
as Engagement Manager. Mr. Keatley holds an A.B. in physics
from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business
School.
John C. Ricci has served as our General Counsel since
June 2004 and our Secretary since April 2003. From April
2003 to June 2004, he served as our Director of Legal Affairs.
Prior to joining Green Dot, Mr. Ricci was an associate at
the law firm of Strategic Law Partners, LLP from November 1999
to June 2002. Mr. Ricci began his career as an attorney in
the Enforcement Division of the SEC.
81
Mr. Ricci holds a B.A. in economics and political science
from the University of California at San Diego and a J.D.
from Loyola Law School.
William D. Sowell has served as our Chief Operating
Officer since March 2009. Prior to joining Green Dot,
Mr. Sowell served in a number of positions at GE Money, a
financial services company, from March 1998 to January 2006,
most recently as Vice President, Prepaid Products. From May 1998
to March 2000, Mr. Sowell also served as a Master Black
Belt (Vice President, Quality) at GE Mortgage Services, a
mortgage servicing company. Mr. Sowell holds a B.S. in
electronic engineering technology from East Tennessee State
University and an M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.
Kenneth C. Aldrich has served on our board of directors
since January 2001. Mr. Aldrich is currently Chairman of
the Board of International Stem Cell Corporation, a
biotechnology company focused on developing therapeutic and
research products through a proprietary stem cell technology. He
has served in that position since January 2008 and previously
from January 2001 through June 2006. Mr. Aldrich has also
served as President of The Aldrich Company, a real estate
investment firm, since June 1975, and on the board of directors
of WaveTec Vision Systems, Inc. since January 1999.
Mr. Aldrich previously served on the boards of directors of
Encode Bio, Inc. and International Stem Cell Corporation.
Mr. Aldrich holds an A.B. in history and literature from
Harvard University and a J.D. from Harvard Law School.
Timothy R. Greenleaf has served on our board of directors
since January 2001. Mr. Greenleaf has been the Managing
Director of Fairmont Capital, Inc., a private equity firm with a
focus on investments in middle-market consumer-related
businesses, since January 1999. Previously, Mr. Greenleaf
was a partner at the law firm of Fulbright & Jaworski
L.L.P., specializing in mergers and acquisitions, and tax and
corporate structuring. Mr. Greenleaf has served on a number
of other boards of directors, including Fairmont Capital, Garden
Fresh Restaurant Corp. (Souplantation) and Sharis
Management Corp. Mr. Greenleaf holds a dual B.A. in
administrative studies and political science from the University
of California at Riverside, a J.D. from Loyola Law School and an
L.L.M. in taxation from New York University Law School.
Virginia L. Hanna has served on our board of directors
since April 2002. Ms. Hanna has served as the President and
Chief Executive Officer of Hanna Capital Management, Inc., a
business management firm, since March 1998, as a Managing Member
of Hanna Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm, since April
1999, and as CEO, President and Managing Member of Hanna Energy,
LLC, an energy consulting firm, since December 2009. From 1996
to April 1997, Ms. Hanna was Treasurer and Director of
Investor Relations at Intuit Inc. Ms. Hanna served as the
Vice President and Treasurer of The Vons Companies, Inc. from
1985 to 1995. Ms. Hanna holds a B.A. in liberal arts from
the University of Illinois and an M.B.A. in finance from DePaul
University.
Michael J. Moritz has served on our board of directors
since February 2003. Mr. Moritz has been a Managing Member
of Sequoia Capital since 1986. He has previously served as a
director of a variety of companies, including Flextronics Ltd.,
Google Inc., PayPal, Inc., Red Envelope, Inc., Saba Software,
Inc., Yahoo! Inc. and Zappos.com, Inc. Mr. Moritz holds an
M.A. in modern history from Christ Church, Oxford.
William H. Ott, Jr. has served on our board of
directors since January 2010. Since 2003, Mr. Ott has
served as the President of PEAC Ventures, Inc., a corporate
advisory and consulting firm. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Ott
served as the Chief Operating Officer of Visa U.S.A. Inc. From
1998 to 2002, Mr. Ott served as Group Executive in charge
of retail, small business, card services, mortgage and consumer
banking, as well as marketing, advertising and operations, for
St. George Bank, a commercial bank based in Sydney,
Australia. He serves as an advisor to the Ethics and Compliance
Officer Association. Mr. Ott previously served as Chairman
of E*TRADE Bank and as a director of CashCard Australia.
Mr. Ott holds a B.A. in English from San Jose State
University and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.
82
W. Thomas Smith, Jr. has served on our board of
directors since April 2001. Mr. Smith founded Total
Technology Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm, and has been
its Managing Director since April 2000. Mr. Smith retired
from IBM in 2000 after 30 years of service. Mr. Smith
also serves on the boards of directors of numerous private
companies, including ALI Solutions,
E-Duction,
Inc. and Silverpop. Mr. Smith holds a B.S. in industrial
management from The Georgia Institute of Technology and
completed the executive program at Dartmouth Colleges Amos
Tuck School of Business.
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the
discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial
relationships among our directors and officers.
Board of
Directors Composition
Under our restated bylaws, our board of directors may set the
authorized number of directors. Our board of directors currently
consists of seven members. Upon the completion of this offering,
our Class A common stock will be listed on the NYSE. The
rules of the NYSE require that a majority of the members of our
board of directors be independent within a specified time
following the completion of this offering. Our board of
directors has determined that the following six members of our
board of directors are currently independent as determined under
the rules of the NYSE Messrs. Aldrich,
Greenleaf, Moritz, Ott and Smith and Ms. Hanna.
Pursuant to an investors rights agreement, as amended
through February 2010, Messrs. Aldrich, Greenleaf, Moritz,
Ott, Smith and Streit and Ms. Hanna were designated to
serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to that
agreement, Messrs. Aldrich, Ott and Smith and
Ms. Hanna were selected as the representatives of our
preferred stock, as a class, Mr. Moritz was selected as the
representative of our Series C, C-1 and C-2 Preferred Stock
and the remaining members of our board of directors were
selected by all of the holders of our common stock. The
currently serving members of our board of directors will
continue to serve as directors until their resignations or until
their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common
stock, despite the fact that the investors rights
agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.
Our board of directors is divided into three classes of
directors, who serve staggered three-year terms, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Class I directors are Messrs. Ott and Smith (current
terms expiring in 2011);
|
|
|
|
Class II directors are Mr. Aldrich and Ms. Hanna
(current terms expiring in 2012); and
|
|
|
|
Class III directors are Messrs. Greenleaf, Moritz and
Streit (current terms expiring in 2013).
|
At each annual meeting of our stockholders, successors to the
directors whose terms expire at that meeting will be elected to
serve until the third annual meeting after their election or
until their successors have been elected. As a result, only one
class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our
stockholders, with the other classes serving for the remainder
of their respective terms.
Committees of Our
Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and governance
committee. The composition and responsibilities of each
committee are described below. Following the completion of this
offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be
available, without charge, upon request in writing to Green Dot
Corporation, 605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205,
Monrovia, California 91016, Attn: General Counsel or on the
investor relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com.
Members serve on these committees until their resignations or
until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee is comprised of Mr. Greenleaf, who is
the chair of the audit committee, and Ms. Hanna and
Mr. Ott. The composition of our audit committee meets the
requirements for
83
independence under the current NYSE and SEC rules and
regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially
literate as required by current NYSE listing standards. In
addition, our board of directors has determined that
Mr. Greenleaf is an audit committee financial expert within
the meaning of Item 407(d) of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act. Our audit committee recommended, and
our board of directors adopted, an amended and restated charter
for our audit committee, which will be posted on the investor
relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com, following
the completion of this offering. Our audit committee, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
appoints our independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
approves the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our
independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
assesses the qualifications, performance and independence of our
independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
monitors the integrity of our financial statements and our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate
to financial statements or accounting matters;
|
|
|
|
reviews the integrity, adequacy and effectiveness of our
accounting and financial reporting processes and the adequacy
and effectiveness of our systems of internal control;
|
|
|
|
discusses the results of the audit with the independent auditors
and reviews with management and the independent auditors our
interim and year-end operating results; and
|
|
|
|
prepares the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our
annual proxy statement.
|
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee is comprised of Mr. Smith, who
is the chair of the compensation committee, and Ms. Hanna
and Mr. Moritz. The composition of our compensation
committee meets the requirements for independence under the
current NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Our compensation
committee recommended, and our board of directors adopted, a
charter for our compensation committee, which will be posted on
the investor relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com,
following the completion of this offering. Our compensation
committee, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviews, approves and makes recommendations to our board of
directors regarding the compensation of our executive officers;
|
|
|
|
administers and interprets our stock and equity incentive plans;
|
|
|
|
reviews, approves and makes recommendations to our board of
directors (as our compensation committee deems appropriate) with
respect to equity and
non-equity
incentive compensation plans; and
|
|
|
|
establishes and reviews general strategies relating to
compensation and benefits of our employees.
|
Nominating and
Governance Committee
Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of
Ms. Hanna, who is the chair of the nominating and
governance committee, and Messrs. Moritz and Smith. The
composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the
requirements for independence under the current NYSE and SEC
rules and regulations. Our nominating and governance committee
recommended, and our board of directors adopted, a charter for
our nominating and governance committee, which will be posted on
the investor relations portion of our website, www.greendot.com,
following the completion of this offering. Our nominating and
governance committee, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
identifies, evaluates and recommends nominees to our board of
directors and its committees;
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
oversees the evaluation of the performance of our board of
directors and its committees and of individual directors;
|
|
|
|
considers and makes recommendations to our board of directors
regarding the composition of our board of directors and its
committees;
|
|
|
|
reviews our legal compliance policies; and
|
|
|
|
makes recommendations to our board of directors concerning our
corporate governance guidelines and other corporate governance
matters.
|
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Since August 1, 2008, the following directors and former
directors have at one time been members of our compensation
committee: Messrs. Moritz and Smith, Ms. Hanna and a
former director, Donald B. Wiener. None of them has at any time
been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive
officers serves or in the past has served as a member of the
board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that
has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board
of directors or our compensation committee.
Preferred
Stock Financings
In December 2008, entities associated with Sequoia Capital
purchased 1,181,818 shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock. Mr. Moritz was then and is currently a
Managing Member of Sequoia Capital.
Warrant
Exercises
In March 2007, David W. Hanna, Trustee, David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989 exercised warrants to purchase
145,348 shares of our common stock. Mr. Hanna is the
spouse of Virginia L. Hanna.
Director
Compensation
The following table provides information for our fiscal year
ended July 31, 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009 regarding all plan and non-plan
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each non-employee
who served as a director for some portion or all of those
periods. In fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009, none of our directors received
compensation for his or her services as a director except the
chair of our audit committee, who received an equity award, with
a grant date fair value of $39,990, for serving in that role
during fiscal 2009. Other than reimbursement of reasonable
travel and related expenses incurred by non-employee directors
in connection with their attendance at meetings of our board of
directors and its committees and the payment to Mr. Ott of
$3,000 for attending a meeting of our board of directors prior
to his appointment as a non-employee director, we did not pay
any fees, make any equity or non-equity awards or pay any other
compensation to our non-employee directors in fiscal 2009 or in
the five months ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf
|
|
$
|
39,990
|
(1)
|
Virginia L. Hanna
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Moritz
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Ott, Jr.(2)
|
|
|
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Fisher*
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener*
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
* |
|
Former director. |
|
(1) |
|
Represents the grant date fair value of 3,720 fully-vested
shares of our common stock that were issued to
Mr. Greenleaf as compensation for his services as chair of
our audit committee on December 11, 2008 under our 2001
Stock Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Ott was appointed to our board of directors after the
completion of fiscal 2009 and did not receive any compensation
for fiscal 2009. |
Our non-employee directors are compensated with a combination of
cash and equity awards. Effective January 1, 2010, the
annual retainer fee for service on our board of directors is
$ and the additional annual
retainer fee for service:
|
|
|
|
|
on our audit committee is $ for
the chair of that committee and $
for each of its other members;
|
|
|
|
on our compensation committee is $
for the chair of that committee and
$ for each of its other members;
|
|
|
|
on our nomination and corporate governance committee is
$ for the chair of that committee
and $ for each of its other
members; and
|
|
|
|
as the Lead Independent Director is
$ .
|
In addition to cash retainer fees, non-employee directors
receive meeting fees of $ for each
meeting of our board of directors attended,
$ per meeting of our audit
committee attended and $ per
meeting of our compensation committee or nomination and
corporate governance committee attended.
Our board of directors has adopted a non-employee director
equity compensation policy for 2010 that provides for the
granting of an option to
purchase shares
of common stock under the 2001 Stock Plan to any non-employee
director who first becomes a member of our board of directors.
In addition, non-employee directors are eligible to receive
discretionary awards under the 2001 Stock Plan. The awards
granted in connection with commencement of service as a member
of our board of directors are fully vested and immediately
exercisable as of the grant date.
Non-employee directors are also eligible for and may elect to
receive medical, dental and vision benefits. These benefits are
available to our employees, officers and directors generally and
in operation provide for the same method of allocation of
benefits between management and non-management participants.
Non-employee directors receive no other form of remuneration,
perquisites or benefits, but are reimbursed for their expenses
in attending meetings, including travel, meal and other expenses
incurred to attend meetings solely among the non-employee
directors.
In February 2010, in connection with his appointment to our
board of directors, we awarded Mr. Ott an option to
purchase 17,000 shares of our Class B common stock,
with an exercise price of $25.00 per share. This award had a
grant date fair value of $220,660. Also in February 2010, we
issued 1,600 fully-vested shares of our common stock to Mr.
Greenleaf under our 2001 Stock Plan as compensation for his
services as chair of our audit committee. This award had a grant
date fair value of $40,000.
86
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion describes and analyzes our compensation
program for the five executive officers who are identified in
the Summary Compensation Table below (our
named executive officers). For fiscal 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009, our named executive
officers were:
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit, Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, or CEO;
|
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton, President, Cards and Network;
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley, Chief Financial Officer;
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci, General Counsel and Secretary; and
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell, Chief Operating Officer.
|
Compensation
Philosophy and Objectives
Our executive compensation program is designed to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract and retain talented and experienced executives;
|
|
|
|
motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and
performance are critical to our success;
|
|
|
|
link compensation to company performance and individual
achievement;
|
|
|
|
link specific cash-based elements of compensation to our
near-term financial performance; and
|
|
|
|
align the interests of our executive officers and those of our
stockholders by providing our executive officers with long-term
incentives to increase stockholder value.
|
We have endeavored to create an executive compensation program
that provides a mix of short-term and long-term payments and
awards, cash payments and equity awards, and fixed and variable
payments and awards that we believe appropriately motivates our
executive officers and discourages them from taking excessive or
unnecessary risks. We view these components of compensation as
related but distinct. Although our compensation committee
considers the value of total compensation of our executive
officers, neither our board of directors nor our compensation
committee believes that significant compensation derived from
one component of compensation should negate or reduce
compensation derived from other components. Except as described
below, neither our compensation committee nor our board of
directors has adopted any formal or informal policies or
guidelines for allocating total target compensation between
short-term and long-term compensation, between cash payments and
equity awards or between fixed and variable payments and awards.
However, in general, our compensation committee and our board of
directors believe a significant portion of the value of total
target compensation for each named executive officer should be
in the form of performance-based compensation. In addition, our
compensation committee and our board of directors strive to keep
cash compensation at a competitive level while providing
executive officers with the opportunity to be well rewarded
through equity awards if our company performs well over time.
From time to time, special business conditions may warrant
additional compensation to attract, retain or motivate executive
officers. Examples of these conditions include the need to
recruit or retain individuals with specific or unique talents,
and to recognize exceptional contributions. In these situations,
we consider our business needs and the potential costs and
benefits of special rewards. For instance, in fiscal 2009, we
awarded Mr. Sowell a housing and travel allowance under his
offer letter.
87
Historical Compensation Decision Process
Our compensation committee oversees the compensation of our
named executive officers and our executive compensation programs
and initiatives. Our compensation committee typically reviews
executive officer compensation, both base salary levels and the
target levels for variable cash incentive awards, following the
end of each fiscal year. In connection with this review, our
compensation committee considers any input it may receive from
our CEO (with respect to executive officers other than himself)
in evaluating the performance of each executive officer and sets
each executive officers total target cash compensation for
the current year based on this review and the other factors
described below. We pay cash incentive awards under our
management cash incentive compensation plans, which are designed
to compensate our named executive officers for their
contribution to achieving semi-annual financial goals contained
in our company financial plan, as explained in further detail
below. This plan informally resets each year when our board of
directors approves our company financial plan for the next
fiscal year unless and until our compensation committee or our
board of directors determines otherwise. In connection with its
annual review and any reviews that occur during the fiscal year,
our compensation committee also recommends to our board of
directors any equity compensation to be awarded to the named
executive officers. Authority to make equity award grants to our
named executive officers currently rests with our board of
directors.
We have based most, if not all, of our prior compensation
determinations, including those made for fiscal 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009, on a variety of
factors, including our performance, our financial condition and
available resources, individual performance, our need for a
particular position to be filled and the recommendations of our
CEO (other than with respect to his own compensation). In
addition, we have based our prior compensation determinations on
our compensation committees
and/or our
board of directors evaluation of the competitive market
based on their respective members experience with other
companies and the competitive market, compensation survey data
available from outside sources and, to a lesser degree, the
compensation levels of our other executive officers, each as of
the time of the applicable compensation decision. Although our
compensation committee members refer to compensation survey
data, they do not formally benchmark executive compensation
against a particular set of comparable companies or use a
formula to set the compensation for our executives in relation
to survey data. Substantially all of our compensation
committees discussions and decisions about executive
compensation occur outside of formal meetings through
e-mails and
other informal communications. In establishing compensation for
executive officers other than our CEO, our compensation
committee gives weight to the recommendations of our CEO, which
are communicated to the chair of our compensation committee, but
final decisions about the compensation of our named executive
officers are typically made solely by our compensation committee.
We expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components
of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve as
we gain experience operating as a public company. Accordingly,
the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal
2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 is not
necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named
executive officers following this offering.
Elements of Compensation
Our current executive compensation program consists of the
following primary components:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
variable and other cash incentive awards linked to corporate
and/or
individual objectives; and
|
|
|
|
periodic grants of long-term equity-based awards.
|
Base Salary. We seek to provide each member of
our senior management with a base salary that is appropriate for
his roles and responsibilities, and that provides him with a
level of income stability. Our compensation committee reviews
the base salaries of our executive officers annually,
88
with significant input from our CEO, to determine whether any
adjustment is warranted. In considering a base salary
adjustment, our compensation committee considers our
companys overall performance and the executive
officers performance, individual contribution, changes in
responsibilities and prior experience. Our compensation
committee may also take into account the executive
officers current salary and equity ownership and the
amounts paid to other executive officers of our company. Our
compensation committee relies upon its members experience
with the compensation practices of other companies, compensation
survey data available from outside sources and its members
familiarity with the competitive market.
For fiscal 2009, we determined the base salaries of each named
executive officer by evaluating our companys overall
performance and his performance, contributions and prior
experience. Our compensation committee made its compensation
decisions for fiscal 2009 based on its subjective judgment
taking into account the available information, including our
CEOs recommendations and the experience of the members of
our compensation committee with the compensation practices of
other companies, compensation survey data available from outside
sources and their familiarity with the competitive market. After
careful consideration, in October 2008, our compensation
committee increased the annual base salaries of
Messrs. Troughton, Keatley and Ricci by $50,000 (to
$350,000), $50,000 (to $300,000) and $25,000 (to $275,000),
respectively. Our compensation committee made these adjustments
to make these base salaries more competitive with those of other
companies and to compensate these named executive officers for
increased responsibilities associated with our companys
growth. Consistent with his request, Mr. Streit did not
receive a base salary increase. Our compensation committee
believed Mr. Streits then-current salary level was
competitive, and his salary, together with his equity ownership
in our company and vested stock option awards, would serve as an
effective means of retaining and incentivizing him.
In connection with the hiring of Mr. Sowell as our Chief
Operating Officer in March 2009, we negotiated an employment
arrangement with him that provided for an annual base salary of
$235,000. In negotiating and setting Mr. Sowells base
salary, we offered him the amount of compensation we believed
was necessary to attract a qualified candidate, taking into
account the other cash compensation and personal benefits
offered, including Mr. Sowells $4,000 per month
housing and travel allowance. See Other
Executive Benefits and Perquisites below for a description
of this benefit. In July 2009, we increased
Mr. Sowells base salary by $50,000 (to $285,000) in
recognition of the fact that Mr. Sowells
responsibilities within our company were greater than originally
anticipated and to achieve internal equity among our named
executive officer team.
During the five months ended December 31, 2009, the
compensation committee evaluated the base salary of each named
executive officer and made compensation decisions for the year
ending December 31, 2010 based on its subjective judgment
taking into account the available information, including among
other things the CEOs recommendations. Effective in
January 2010, the annual base salaries of Messrs. Streit,
Troughton, Keatley and Ricci were increased to $525,000,
$475,000, $425,000 and $350,000, respectively.
The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers in
fiscal 2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 are
set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.
Cash Incentive Awards. We utilize cash bonuses
to incentivize our executive officers to achieve company
and/or
individual performance goals on a semi-annual basis, and to
reward extraordinary accomplishments. We establish bonus targets
for variable cash incentive awards annually, following the end
of the fiscal year, and we pay bonuses following the applicable
performance period (i.e., the first and second halves of each
fiscal year). Each executive officers on-target bonus
amount is a pre-determined amount that is intended to provide a
competitive level of compensation if the executive officer
achieves his performance targets. Performance targets consist of
one or more company performance objectives
and/or
individual objectives established by our CEO for the particular
executive officer. In general, we use performance targets to
ensure that our executive compensation program aligns the
interests of each of the named executive officers with those of
our stockholders and that we
89
provide the named executive officers with incentives to maximize
their efforts throughout the year. Our annual variable cash
incentive awards are intended to compensate our named executive
officers for their contribution to achieving semi-annual
financial goals contained in our company financial plan and for
success in meeting any individual performance objectives. We
determine the actual bonus award for each named executive
officer according to his level of achievement of his performance
objectives. For more information about our variable cash
incentive awards, see FY2009 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan and FY2010
Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan below.
Our compensation committee may grant non-plan cash incentive
awards at any time during the fiscal year to reward an executive
officer who accomplishes pre-established extraordinary or
nonrecurring business objectives on behalf of our company. To
date, the compensation committee has granted these awards
infrequently. In October 2008, our compensation committee
approved a $50,000 award to Mr. Troughton, conditioned upon
his success at securing a key commercial agreement on acceptable
terms. We paid Mr. Troughton this amount in full in January
2009 pursuant to the terms of the award.
The actual cash incentive awards paid to our named executive
officers in fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009, as determined in accordance with the
management cash incentive compensation plan for the applicable
period (described below) or otherwise, are set forth in the
Summary Compensation Table below under the column
captioned Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan. We calculated all variable cash incentive
awards under our FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan by multiplying the individuals on-target bonus amount
by the percentage of achievement of corporate objectives and, if
applicable, by the percentage of achievement of individual
objectives. In keeping with past practice, in early fiscal 2009
we established no individual objectives for our named executive
officers for any of the periods under the plan. In March 2009,
we tied our new Chief Operating Officers cash incentive
award to both corporate objectives and individual objectives, as
explained below.
For fiscal 2009, our compensation committee set the annual
on-target bonus amount for each executive officer at a value
that it believed would provide a competitive level of
compensation if the executive officer achieved his performance
targets, based on its subjective judgment taking into account
the available information, including our CEOs
recommendations and its members experience with the
compensation practices of other companies, compensation survey
data available from outside sources and its members
familiarity with the competitive market. For fiscal 2009, the
individual on-target bonus amounts for the named executive
officers ranged from 17% to 36% of their respective base annual
salaries. The on-target bonus amounts for our named executive
officers for fiscal 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On-Target
|
Executive Officer
|
|
Bonus Amount
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
28,471
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Sowells annual on-target bonus amount was
$70,500, prorated based on his date of hire of March 2,
2009. In connection with the hiring of Mr. Sowell as our
Chief Operating Officer in March 2009, we negotiated an
employment arrangement with him that provided for an on-target
bonus amount equal to 30% of his base annual salary, which we
believed was the level of variable cash incentive compensation
required to attract qualified candidates and provide the
candidate selected with appropriate incentives during his first
year of service. |
90
The actual on-target bonus amounts in each of the applicable
semi-annual periods were 50% of the amounts stated above. As
explained below, the actual amount of any variable cash
incentive award paid to a named executive officer could be less
than 100% of the applicable on-target bonus amount, depending on
the percentage of achievement of corporate and individual
objectives. Our FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan provides that the amount of the actual bonus payment cannot
exceed the on-target bonus amount.
Our board of directors approves a financial plan for our company
for each fiscal year and, in practice, that action resets our
management cash incentive compensation plan for that year,
establishing the corporate objective under the plan. For fiscal
2009, the bonuses were earned and paid semi-annually based upon
attainment of the semi-annual goals contained in our company
financial plan for profit before tax, or PBT, which is
calculated by adding the amount of stock-based compensation to
the amount of income before income taxes reflected in our
consolidated statements of operations. PBT was originally chosen
as the corporate objective under the plan because we believed it
to be the best indicator of financial success and stockholder
value creation for our company. We also believe that the focus
on PBT as the corporate objective discourages inappropriate risk
taking by our executives as it encourages them to take a
balanced approach that focuses on corporate profitability. The
PBT targets were set at levels that were intended to reward the
named executive officers for achieving results that met our
expectations. We believe that, to provide for an appropriate
incentive effect, the goals should be such that to achieve 100%
of the objective, the performance for the applicable period must
be aligned with our company financial plan, and that named
executive officers should not be rewarded for company
performance that did not approximate our company financial plan.
Accordingly, as discussed below, we would have paid our named
executive officers nothing if the PBT achieved in a particular
semi-annual period was less than 90% of the PBT target for that
period.
For the first and last six months of fiscal 2009, the PBT
targets under the plan were $24.3 million (145%
year-over-year growth) and $36.4 million (69%
year-over-year growth), respectively, and actual results were
$24.2 million (144% year-over-year growth) and
$42.4 million (96% year-over-year growth), respectively. We
determined that the company objective percentage was 100% for
both periods, which under the above formula resulted in 100% of
the on-target bonus amounts being payable to the executive
officer participants, subject to the impact of any individual
objective(s) established for the participants.
We may also set individual objectives under our management cash
incentive compensation plan to promote achievement of
non-financial operational goals. According to the plan, these
objectives should be:
|
|
|
|
|
directly or indirectly linked to our companys achievement
of its objectives;
|
|
|
|
aspirational i.e., their achievement should
represent a bonus-worthy accomplishment; and
|
|
|
|
linked to the executive officers job description and
direct responsibilities.
|
For purposes of the formula contained in the FY2009 Management
Cash Incentive Compensation Plan, we based the percentage of
achievement of individual objectives on the degree to which each
of the objectives is achieved, as determined by the assessments
and recommendations of our CEO. Any particular individual
objective that is achieved at less than 90% of the target for
that objective would be counted as zero, causing the amount that
has been allocated to that objective to be zero and, as a
result, reducing the total amount paid.
For fiscal 2009, our compensation committee determined not to
establish individual objectives for our named executive officers
other than our new Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Sowell,
because it believed that, in general, their cash incentive
compensation should be based solely on our financial
performance. In October 2008, our compensation committee, to
ensure internal equity among executive officers under the plan,
approved a $50,000 non-plan incentive award to
Mr. Troughton that was conditioned upon his success at
securing a key commercial agreement on acceptable terms and that
was paid in full in January 2009.
91
As a managerial decision, in connection with the commencement of
the employment of our new Chief Operating Officer,
Mr. Sowell, our CEO established individual objectives for
Mr. Sowell for the second half of fiscal 2009 under our
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan. The fiscal
2009 individual objectives of Mr. Sowell focused on
operational activities within his area of responsibility,
including the re-launch of our Green Dot-branded GPR card,
integration of PayPal as a network acceptance member and
developing enterprise processes for coordinating new product
development and assessing organizational risk. For the last six
months of fiscal 2009, our CEO determined that Mr. Sowell
achieved at least 90% of each of the individual objectives
contained in his cash incentive award and, on a combined basis,
achieved 91.5% of his individual objectives. Under the formula
contained in the plan, which provides for the on-target bonus
amount to be multiplied by the percentage achievement of
corporate objectives (i.e., 100%) and the percentage achievement
of individual objectives (i.e., 91.5%), we paid Mr. Sowell 91.5%
of his on-target bonus amount.
FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan. Prior to the change in our fiscal year-end
to December 31, our compensation committee established the
FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan as the
primary means of providing cash incentive compensation to our
named executive officers for the year ending July 31, 2010.
The FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan was
identical to the FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan, except the payments to named executive officers thereunder
depended solely on the achievement of corporate objectives,
which were set in the same manner and for the same reasons that
the corporate objectives were set for the FY2009 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan. For the first six months of the
year ending July 31, 2010, the PBT target under the plan
was $57.2 million (35% year-over-year growth). As a result
of the change in our fiscal year-end to December 31, the
end of this performance period was shortened by one month to
coincide with our new fiscal year-end and the plan was replaced
in January 2010 with a new 2010 Management Cash Incentive
Compensation Plan that contains two six-month performance
periods. Consequently, the PBT target for the first and only
performance period under the FY2010 Management Cash Incentive
Compensation Plan was changed to $27.3 million (47%
year-over-year growth), reflecting the financial plan for our
company for the five months ended December 31, 2009. Actual
results were $30.2 million (62% year-over-year growth).
Accordingly, we determined that the company objective percentage
was 100% for this new five-month payment period, which resulted
in 100% of the awards being payable to the executive officer
participants. For the adjusted threshold, target and maximum
bonus amounts for each of the named executive officers, see the
Grants of Plan-Based Awards table below.
Long-Term Equity-Based Awards. We utilize
equity awards, principally stock options, to ensure that our
named executive officers have a continuing stake in our
long-term success. Because we award our executive officers stock
options with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair
market value of our common stock on the date of grant, the
determination of which is discussed below, these options will
have value to our named executive officers only if the market
price of our common stock increases after the date of grant.
Typically, our stock options vest and become exercisable as to
25% of the shares underlying the option on the first anniversary
of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder of the
shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the next three
years. Our board of directors believes that these features of
the awards align the interests of our named executive officers
with those of the stockholders because they create the incentive
to build stockholder value over the long-term. In addition,
equity awards improve our ability to attract and retain our
executives by providing compensation that is competitive with
market levels.
We typically grant stock options to executive officers upon
hiring or promotion, in connection with a significant change in
responsibilities, to recognize extraordinary performance, or to
achieve internal equity. At least annually, our compensation
committee
and/or our
board of directors review the equity ownership of our executive
officers and consider whether to make additional awards.
Typically, our board of directors determines to make equity
awards upon the recommendation of our compensation committee. In
making its recommendation or determination, our compensation
committee or our board of directors (as applicable) takes into
account, on a subjective basis, various factors. These factors
92
include the responsibilities, past performance and anticipated
future contributions of the executive officer, and the
competitiveness of the executive officers overall
compensation package, as well as the executive officers
existing equity holdings, the extent to which these holdings are
vested, the potential reward to the executive officer if the
market value of our common stock appreciates, and the
recommendations of our CEO. Frequently, the amount of each award
is determined with reference to a specified percentage of equity
ownership in our company that is deemed appropriate for the
individual, based on the foregoing factors.
We grant stock options with an exercise price equal to or
greater than the fair value of our stock on the applicable date
of grant. During fiscal 2009, our board of directors determined
the value of our common stock based on the methodologies and
other relevant factors discussed under Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates Stock-Based Compensation. Upon
completion of this offering, we expect to determine fair value
for purposes of stock option pricing based on the closing price
of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant.
During fiscal 2009, our compensation committee reviewed equity
compensation for the named executive officers and, with input
from our CEO, determined that it was appropriate to provide
additional incentive for Messrs. Keatley and Ricci to help
us achieve our long-term growth objectives. Accordingly, in
December 2008, upon the recommendation of our compensation
committee, our board of directors approved grants of options to
purchase 225,000 and 100,000 shares of our common stock to
Messrs. Keatley and Ricci, respectively, each with an
exercise price of $10.75 per share. The determination of the
number of shares of our common stock underlying each stock
option grant was made with reference to a specified percentage
of equity ownership in our company based on our compensation
committees recommendation in light of those
individuals respective performances, equity ownership and
level of vesting and the equity positions of our other named
executive officers. Based on our compensation committees
determination that the February 2008 stock option grants to
Messrs. Streit and Troughton were providing them with
sufficient incentive to help us achieve our long-term growth
objectives, our compensation committee did not recommend and our
board of directors did not grant awards of stock options to
Messrs. Streit or Troughton in fiscal 2009. However, based
on our CEOs recommendation, our compensation committee
converted the vesting terms of an option to purchase
400,000 shares of our common stock granted to
Mr. Troughton in February 2008 from vesting conditioned
upon our achievement of annual revenue goals to time-based
vesting because, in view of our revenue growth during the first
eight months of his vesting period and other factors, our board
of directors determined that the performance goals were no
longer necessary.
In connection with the hiring of Mr. Sowell in March 2009,
we negotiated an employment arrangement with him that provided
for an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common
stock, which our compensation committee believed was the level
of compensation required to attract a qualified candidate and
retain and provide him with incentives to perform as required
over the duration of vesting of that award. In March 2009, our
board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Sowell of
options to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock with
an exercise price of $10.84 per share, pursuant to
Mr. Sowells employment arrangement. In July 2009, our
compensation committee recommended that our board of directors
grant Mr. Sowell an additional option to purchase
100,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price
of $17.19. Our compensation committee made this recommendation
based on our CEOs recommendation and in recognition of the
fact that Mr. Sowells responsibilities within our
company were greater than originally anticipated and to achieve
internal equity among our named executive officer team. This
award was granted in August 2009.
During the five months ended December 31, 2009, our
compensation committee reviewed equity compensation for the
named executive officers and, with input from our CEO (other
than with respect to his own compensation), determined that it
was appropriate to provide additional incentives for
Messrs. Streit, Troughton, Keatley and Ricci to help us
achieve our long-term growth and operational objectives,
particularly those we expect to have as a public company.
Accordingly, in November 2009, upon the recommendation of our
compensation committee, our board of directors approved grants
of
93
options to purchase 400,000, 200,000, 150,000 and
100,000 shares of our common stock to Messrs. Streit,
Troughton, Keatley and Ricci, respectively, each with an
exercise price of $20.01 per share. The determination of the
number of shares of our common stock underlying each stock
option grant was made with reference to a specified percentage
of equity ownership in our company based on our compensation
committees recommendation in light of those
individuals respective performances, equity ownership and
level of vesting and the equity positions of our other named
executive officers. Based on our compensation committees
determination that the March and August 2009 stock option grants
to Mr. Sowell were providing him with sufficient incentive
to help us achieve our long-term growth objectives, our
compensation committee did not recommend and our board of
directors did not grant awards of stock options to
Mr. Sowell. In December 2009, our board of directors
awarded 257,984 shares of common stock to Mr. Streit
to compensate him for past services rendered to our company and
further align his interests with those of our stockholders to
increase the future value of our company. The number of shares
awarded was equal to the number of shares underlying
fully-vested stock options that were unintentionally allowed to
expire unexercised in June 2009. This award restored
Mr. Streits equity ownership to the level our
compensation committee and board of directors had sought to
establish in November 2009.
In the case of each of the stock option grants described above,
the exercise price of the stock option equaled 100% of the fair
value on the date of grant in accordance with the terms of our
2001 Stock Plan. Each stock option vests and becomes exercisable
as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on the first
anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder
of the shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the
next three years. Each of these stock options has a ten-year
term.
In general, our stock option grants to date have been made under
our 2001 Stock Plan. We expect to adopt a new equity incentive
plan. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will replace our 2001 Stock
Plan and will afford greater flexibility in making a wide
variety of equity awards, including stock options, shares of
restricted stock and stock appreciation rights, to executive
officers and our other employees. See Employee
Benefit Plans below for descriptions of our 2001 Stock
Plan and 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
Severance and
Change of Control Agreements
As the result of arms-length negotiations in connection
with our offer letter to Mr. Sowell, we have agreed to
provide Mr. Sowell severance benefits if his employment is
terminated by our company without cause. In such an event,
Mr. Sowell would be entitled to continued payment of his
base salary for twelve months. During 2010, we entered into
severance arrangements with four of our named executive
officers. These arrangements included severance pay and
accelerated vesting of equity awards. These arrangements were
designed to improve retention of our senior executive team or,
in the case of Mr. Troughton only, replace an existing
employment agreement that contained a similar cash severance
arrangement. Details of each named executive officers
severance arrangements, including estimates of amounts payable
in specified circumstances, are disclosed under
Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below. The value of our severance arrangements
for these named executive officers was not a material factor in
our compensation committees or our board of
directors determination of the level of any other element
of their compensation.
We have routinely granted and will continue to grant our named
executive officers stock options under our equity incentive
plans. As further described in Severance and Change
of Control Agreements below, some of the option agreements
for our executive officers provide for acceleration of vesting
of the awards for up to 100% of the unvested shares in the event
of a change of control.
Other
Executive Benefits and Perquisites
We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on
the same basis as our other eligible employees:
|
|
|
|
|
health insurance;
|
|
|
|
vacation, personal holidays and sick days;
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
life insurance and supplemental life insurance;
|
|
|
|
short-term and long-term disability insurance; and
|
|
|
|
a 401(k) retirement plan with matching contributions.
|
We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those
offered by other companies and specifically with those companies
with which we compete for employees.
In addition to the foregoing, we reimburse
Mr. Streits cost of insurance premiums under our
healthcare plans, continuing the benefit we provided him under
our employment agreement with him that expired in January 2004.
Under the terms of his offer letter, we provide Mr. Sowell
with a housing and travel allowance of up to $4,000 per month.
We believed that this personal benefit was necessary to attract
and retain Mr. Sowell, who resides in Texas and was not
willing to relocate to Southern California on a full-time basis.
In the event that Mr. Sowell terminates his employment with
us before March 2, 2011, he is required to reimburse us for
all amounts advanced to him under this allowance.
Other
Compensation Practices and Policies
Stock Ownership Guidelines. We do not
currently have equity securities ownership guidelines.
Tax Considerations. Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code,
disallows a tax deduction by any publicly-held corporation for
individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any
taxable year for its chief executive officer and each of the
other named executive officers (other than its chief financial
officer), unless compensation is performance-based. As we are
not currently publicly-held, our board of directors has not
previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by
Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation.
We expect, however, that our compensation committee will adopt a
policy that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to
qualify the variable compensation paid to our executive officers
for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of
Section 162(m). Thus, in approving the amount and form of
compensation for our executive officers in the future, our
compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to
our company of providing this compensation, including the
potential impact of Section 162(m). However, our
compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize
compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in
Section 162(m) when it believes these payments are
appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
Policy Regarding the Timing of Equity
Awards. Because we are a privately-held company,
there has been no market for our common stock. Accordingly, in
fiscal 2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009, we
had no program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of
stock option grants to executive officers relative to the timing
of the release of material nonpublic information. We do not, as
of yet, have any plans to implement such a program, plan or
practice after becoming a public company. However, we intend to
implement policies to ensure that equity awards are granted at
fair market value on the date that the grant occurs.
Policy Regarding Restatements. We do not have
a formal policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or
payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they
are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that
would reduce the size of the award or payment. Under those
circumstances, our board of directors or our compensation
committee would evaluate whether adjustments or recoveries of
awards were appropriate based upon the facts and circumstances
surrounding the restatement or adjustment.
95
Executive
Compensation Tables
The following table provides information regarding all plan and
non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our
principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and
our three other most highly compensated executive officers
serving as such at December 31, 2009 for all services
rendered in all capacities to us during fiscal 2009 and the five
months ended December 31, 2009. We refer to these five
executive officers as our named executive officers.
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
Awards(2)
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
Compensation(4)
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total(5)
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
$
|
190,385
|
|
|
$
|
5,162,260
|
|
|
$
|
3,788,518
|
|
|
$
|
31,250
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
(6)
|
|
$
|
9,173,694
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
2009
|
|
|
450,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
3,209
|
(6)
|
|
|
528,209
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
148,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,894,259
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,084,003
|
|
President, Cards and Network
|
|
2009
|
|
|
339,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
489,231
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
126,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,420,694
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,589,284
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
2009
|
|
|
289,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,262,215
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,651,446
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
116,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
947,130
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,105,143
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
2009
|
|
|
269,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560,985
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
930,600
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
8/09-12/09*
|
|
|
120,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
949,938
|
|
|
|
48,231
|
|
|
|
52,147
|
(9)
|
|
|
1,170,892
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
2009(8)
|
|
|
94,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,055
|
|
|
|
26,051
|
|
|
|
24,176
|
(9)
|
|
|
378,186
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Effective September 2009, we changed our fiscal year-end from
July 31 to December 31. Amounts in this row are for
the five months ended December 31, 2009. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Effective in October 2008, the following named executive
officers received an increase in annual base salary to the
amounts set forth after their names:
Mr. Troughton $350,000;
Mr. Keatley $300,000 and
Mr. Ricci $275,000. Effective in July 2009,
Mr. Sowell received an increase in annual base salary to
$285,000. Effective in January 2010, the following named
executive officers received an increase in annual base salary to
the amounts set forth after their names:
Mr. Streit $525,000;
Mr. Troughton $475,000;
Mr. Keatley $425,000; and
Mr. Ricci $350,000. |
|
(2) |
|
The amount in this column represents the grant date fair value
of the stock award granted to Mr. Streit, as discussed in
note 11 of our notes to consolidated financial statements. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair values
of stock option awards granted to the named executive officers
in the applicable period, as discussed in note 11 of our
notes to consolidated financial statements. See the Grants
of Plan-Based Awards table below for information on stock
option grants made during fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
The amounts in this column generally (see footnote 7) represent
total performance-based bonuses under our FY2010 and FY2009
Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plans earned for services
rendered in the applicable period. See the Grants of
Plan-Based Awards table below for information on awards
made under these plans. |
|
(5) |
|
The amounts in this column represent the sum of the compensation
amounts reflected in the other columns of this table. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents a health insurance premium paid by us in the
applicable period on behalf of Mr. Streit. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes a $50,000 incentive bonus awarded in January 2009 for
Mr. Troughtons success at securing a key commercial
agreement on acceptable terms. This bonus was not awarded under
our FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
(8) |
|
Mr. Sowell joined our company in March 2009 and his
compensation set forth in this row represents the amount earned
from the commencement of his employment through July 31,
2009. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents perquisites and personal benefits received in the
applicable period pursuant to Mr. Sowells housing and
travel allowance. |
96
In December 2008, we amended an option to purchase
400,000 shares of our common stock that was granted to
Mr. Troughton in February 2008 to change the terms of
vesting from performance-based to time-based vesting. See
Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Elements of Compensation
Long-Term
Equity-Based
Awards above for further discussion of this award.
The following table provides information with regard to
potential cash bonuses paid or payable for fiscal 2009 and the
five months ended December 31, 2009 under our
performance-based, non-equity incentive plan, and with regard to
each stock option or stock award granted to a named executive
officer during fiscal 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009. There were no equity incentive
plan awards made in either period.
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Possible Payouts Under
|
|
Number of
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Price of
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Stock
|
|
Awards(1)
|
|
Awards(2)
|
|
Awards(3)
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
$
|
37,500
|
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
15,625
|
|
|
|
31,250
|
|
|
|
31,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/02/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
$
|
20.01
|
|
|
$
|
3,788,518
|
|
|
|
12/30/09(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,162,260
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
20,833
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/02/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
1,894,259
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
20,833
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/11/08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
1,262,215
|
|
|
|
11/02/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
1,420,694
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
FY09(4)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
20,833
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/11/08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
560,985
|
|
|
|
11/02/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
947,130
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
FY09(4)(7)
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
|
|
32,708
|
|
|
|
32,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FY10(4)
|
|
|
24,115
|
|
|
|
48,231
|
|
|
|
48,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
03/19/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
10.84
|
|
|
|
233,055
|
|
|
|
08/03/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
949,938
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These option awards vest as to 25% of the shares of common stock
underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting
commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting
monthly in equal installments over the next three years. All
options were granted under our 2001 Stock Plan, which is
described below under Employee Benefit
Plans, and contain provisions that call for accelerated
vesting upon a change of control as discussed above in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis and
below in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock,
as determined by our board of directors, on the options
grant date. Please see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates
Stock-Based
Compensation above for a discussion of how we have valued
our common stock. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair values
for equity awards granted to the named executive officers as
discussed in note 11 of our notes to consolidated financial
statements. |
|
(4) |
|
These rows represent possible cash incentive awards under our
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (FY09) or
FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (FY10), as
the case may be, upon our achievement of applicable corporate
profit goals. Actual awards are only payable if the corporate
objectives (i.e., PBT targets) are achieved at a level of at
least 90%. Actual awards cannot exceed 100% of the target amount
and are adjusted downward in the event corporate objectives are
achieved at a level between 90% and 100% by subtracting |
97
|
|
|
|
|
the actual percentage achievement from 100%, multiplying that
percentage by 5 and subtracting the resulting percentage from
100%, which is then multiplied against the target bonus amount.
Bonuses were paid on a semi-annual basis. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
above for further discussion of these awards. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
In December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to Mr. Streit to
compensate him for past services rendered to our company. The
number of shares awarded was equal to the number of shares
underlying fully-vested stock options that were unintentionally
allowed to expire unexercised in June 2009. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Represents a cash incentive award conditioned upon
Mr. Troughtons success at securing a key commercial
agreement on acceptable terms. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
above for additional information regarding this award. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Mr. Sowells award under our FY2009 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan was also based on individual
objectives intended to promote achievement of non-financial
operational goals within his area of responsibility, as further
discussed in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis above, including the re-launch of our new Green
Dot-branded GPR card, integration of PayPal as a network
acceptance member and developing enterprise processes for
coordinating new product development and assessing
organizational risk. |
The following table provides information regarding each
unexercised stock option held by our named executive officers as
of December 31, 2009.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options(1)
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Price(2)
|
|
Date
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
536,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.55
|
|
|
|
6/05/14
|
|
|
|
|
116,666
|
|
|
|
83,334
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/12/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/02/19
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
145,833
|
|
|
|
7,292
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
1/17/16
|
|
|
|
|
262,500
|
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/12/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/02/19
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
9/15/14
|
|
|
|
|
3,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
8/22/15
|
|
|
|
|
22,917
|
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
1/17/16
|
|
|
|
|
24,374
|
|
|
|
4,167
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
4/24/16
|
|
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/12/18
|
|
|
|
|
56,250
|
|
|
|
168,750
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
12/9/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/02/19
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
65,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.83
|
|
|
|
4/25/13
|
|
|
|
|
192,029
|
|
|
|
5,209
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
|
1/17/16
|
|
|
|
|
71,154
|
|
|
|
52,084
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
2/12/18
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
10.75
|
|
|
|
12/9/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
11/02/19
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
10.84
|
|
|
|
3/17/19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
08/03/19
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
All options vest as to 25% of the shares of common stock
underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting
commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting
monthly in equal installments over the next three years. |
98
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock,
as determined by our board of directors, on the options
grant date. Please see Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates
Stock-Based
Compensation for a discussion of how we have valued our
common stock. |
Option Exercises
and Stock Vested
The following table provides information concerning each
exercise of stock options by, and each vesting of stock awards
for, each of our named executive officers during the five months
ended December 31, 2009. No shares were acquired pursuant
to the exercise of stock options by, and no stock awards vested
for, any of our named executive officers in fiscal 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Realized
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Realized
|
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
on
|
|
|
on
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
257,984
|
|
|
$
|
5,162,260
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
153,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
58,924
|
|
|
|
1,008,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment
Agreements, Offer Letters and Arrangements
Steven W. Streit. Mr. Streits
current annual base salary is $525,000, and his maximum bonus
under our 2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is
$125,000. Mr. Streits employment is at will and may
be terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Streit without
cause (as defined in his severance agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
Mark T. Troughton. Mr. Troughtons
current annual salary is $475,000, and his maximum bonus under
our 2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is
$100,000. Mr. Troughtons employment is at will and
may be terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Troughton
without cause (as defined in his agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
John L. Keatley. Mr. Keatleys
current annual base salary is $425,000, and his maximum bonus
under our 2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is
$100,000. Mr. Keatleys employment is at will and may
be terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Keatley without
cause (as defined in his severance agreement), we have agreed to
pay him six months of his then-current annual base salary.
John C. Ricci. Mr. Riccis current
annual base salary is $350,000, and his maximum bonus under our
2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan is $100,000.
Mr. Riccis employment is at will and may be
terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Ricci without
cause (as
99
defined in his severance agreement), we have agreed to pay him
six months of his then-current annual base salary.
William D. Sowell. Our offer letter to
Mr. Sowell, dated January 28, 2009, provides for an
initial annual base salary and eligibility for our standard
benefits and bonus programs. Pursuant to the offer letter,
Mr. Sowell also received an option to purchase
40,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant. Mr. Sowells current annual base salary is
$285,000, and his maximum bonus under our 2010 Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan is 40% of his base salary. In
addition, we have agreed to provide Mr. Sowell with a
housing and travel allowance of up to $4,000 per month for
housing and travel expenses. In the event that Mr. Sowell
terminates his employment with us before March 2, 2011, he
would be required to reimburse us for the cumulative amounts
advanced to him in connection with this allowance.
Mr. Sowells employment is at will and may be
terminated at any time, with or without formal cause. As
discussed in Severance and Change of Control
Agreements below, if we terminate Mr. Sowells
employment without cause (as defined in his offer letter), we
have agreed to pay him twelve months of his then-current salary.
Severance and
Change of Control Agreements
Severance Arrangements. Under our severance
agreements with each of our named executive officers, except
William D. Sowell, we have agreed, if we terminate his
employment without cause (as defined in his employment or
severance agreement), to pay each six months of his then-current
salary and to accelerate fully the vesting of all unvested
shares underlying his then-outstanding equity awards. The
following table summarizes the cash severance amount and the
value of the acceleration payout each named executive officer
would have been entitled to receive assuming a qualifying
termination as of December 31, 2009. Acceleration values
are based upon the per share market price of the shares of our
common stock underlying options as of December 31, 2009,
which is assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
Name
|
|
Severance Amount
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
137,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowells Severance
Arrangement. Under our offer letter with
Mr. Sowell discussed above, we have agreed to pay him
twelve months of his then-current salary if we terminate him
without cause (as defined in his agreement). Assuming a
qualifying termination as of December 31, 2009,
Mr. Sowell would have been entitled to receive $285,000
pursuant to his offer letter.
Change in Control Arrangements. Certain option
agreements for the executive officers listed in the table below
provide for full vesting of the unvested shares underlying the
options in the event of a change in control. The following table
summarizes the value of the payouts to these executive officers
pursuant to these awards, assuming a qualifying change of
control as of December 31, 2009. Values are based upon the
per share market price of the shares of our common stock
underlying options as
100
of December 31, 2009, which is assumed to be the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, minus the exercise price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
Name
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
$
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Benefit
Plans
2001 Stock
Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved,
our 2001 Stock Plan in January 2001. The 2001 Stock Plan was
amended and restated in February 2008. The 2001 Stock Plan
provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which
qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under
Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as
well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock. We may
grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may
grant nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors,
consultants, independent contractors and advisors. The exercise
price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair
market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The
exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10%
stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum
permitted term of options granted under our 2001 Stock Plan is
ten years. In the event of a change in control, as
defined in the 2001 Stock Plan, the 2001 Stock Plan provides
that, unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise,
options held by current employees, directors and consultants
will vest in full if they are not assumed or substituted or if
the employee, director or consultant is involuntarily terminated
within six months following the change in control.
As of December 31, 2009, we had reserved
11,208,384 shares of our common stock for issuance under
our 2001 Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2009, options to
purchase 5,015,949 of these shares had been exercised, options
to purchase 5,687,321 of these shares remained outstanding and
200,145 of these shares remained available for future grant. In
addition, we had granted restricted stock awards and other stock
awards for 46,985 shares and 257,984 shares, respectively,
of common stock. The options outstanding as of December 31,
2009 had a weighted average exercise price of $7.98 per
share. Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective upon the
date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any
additional options under the 2001 Stock Plan following that date
and the 2001 Stock Plan will terminate. However, any outstanding
options granted under the 2001 Stock Plan will remain
outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2001 Stock Plan and
stock option agreements, until they are exercised or until they
terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the
2001 Stock Plan have terms similar to those described below with
respect to options granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan,
except
that .
2010 Equity
Incentive Plan
We anticipate that we will adopt a 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
that will become effective on the date of this prospectus and
will serve as the successor to our 2001 Stock Plan. We
anticipate that we will
reserve shares
of our Class A common stock to be issued under our 2010
Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the following shares will
again be available for grant or issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
shares subject to options granted under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option for any
reason other than exercise of the option;
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
shares subject to awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the
original issue price; and
|
|
|
|
shares subject to awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued.
|
We anticipate that our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate
ten years from the date on which our board of directors approves
the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of
directors. Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award
of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation
rights, restricted stock units and stock bonuses. No person will
be eligible to receive more
than shares
in any calendar year under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan other
than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no
more
than shares
under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee
commences employment.
Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our
compensation committee, all of the members of which are
non-employee directors under applicable federal securities laws
and outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax
laws. The compensation committee will have the authority to
construe and interpret our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, grant
awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable
for the administration of the plan.
We anticipate that our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan will provide
for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under
Section 422 of the Code only to our employees. All awards
other than incentive stock options may be granted to our
employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and
advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors and
advisors render services not in connection with the offer and
sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The
exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to
the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the
date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options
granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of
that value.
Our compensation committee may provide for options to be
exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable
with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of
repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. In general, options
will vest over a four-year period. The maximum term of options
granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.
A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our
Class A common stock subject to restrictions. The price (if
any) of a restricted stock award will be determined by the
compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the
compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease
on the date the participant no longer provides services to us
and unvested shares will be forfeited to us.
Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in
cash or shares of our Class A common stock, to the holder
based upon the difference between the fair market value of our
Class A common stock on the date of exercise and the stated
exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of
shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or
achievement of performance conditions.
A restricted stock unit is an award that covers a number of
shares of our Class A common stock that may be settled upon
vesting in cash, by the issuance of the underlying shares or a
combination of both. These awards are subject to forfeiture
prior to settlement because of termination of employment or
failure to achieve certain performance conditions.
Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for
services and/or performance, and therefore, not be issued in
exchange for cash.
Awards granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan may not be
transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation
committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our compensation
committee, awards that are nonstatutory stock options may be
exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the
optionee, the optionees
102
guardian or legal representative, or a family member of the
optionee who has acquired the option by a permitted transfer.
Awards that are incentive stock options may be exercised during
the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the
optionees guardian or legal representative. Options
granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be
exercised for a period of three months after the termination of
the optionees service to us. Options will generally
terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.
If we are dissolved or liquidated or have a change in control
transaction, outstanding awards, including any vesting
provisions, may be assumed or substituted by the successor
company. Outstanding awards that are not assumed or substituted
will expire upon the dissolution, liquidation or closing of a
change in control transaction. In the discretion of our
compensation committee, the vesting of these awards may be
accelerated upon the occurrence of these types of transactions.
401(k)
Plan
We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable
tax treatment under Section 401(k) of the Code. Employees
who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally
eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the
calendar month following the month in which employees commence
service with us. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to
the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily
prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code.
Participants who are 50 years of age or older may
contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for
catch-up
contributions. We also make a matching contribution equal to 50%
of the first 6% of the eligible earnings that a participant
contributes to the plan. Pre-tax contributions by participants
and any employer contributions that we make to the plan and the
income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable
to participants until withdrawn. Employer contributions that we
make to the plan are generally deductible when made. Participant
contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum
benefit is provided under the plan. An employees interest
in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed.
We are permitted to contribute to the plan on a discretionary
basis and did contribute $73,000, $8,000 and $58,000 for the
years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. We
did not make any discretionary contributions for the five months
ended December 31, 2009.
Limitation of
Liability and Indemnification of Directors and
Officers
Our restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions
that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages
to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently,
our directors will not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary
duties as directors, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases
or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which they derived an improper personal
benefit.
|
Our restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or
proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of
our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as
a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws provide
that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any
person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he
or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was
serving at our request as an employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise. Our restated bylaws also provide that we must
advance expenses incurred by or on behalf
103
of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of
any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.
We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the
limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our
directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by
reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a
director or officer, including claims relating to public
securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may
be made by us to these officers and directors pursuant to our
indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.
Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to enter into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers that may be broader than the specific
indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General
Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require
us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive
officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their
status or service. These indemnification agreements may also
require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and
executive officers in investigating or defending any such
action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are
necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve
as directors and executive officers.
At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or
proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our
directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was
serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we
are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in
claims for indemnification.
The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the
underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for
certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or
otherwise.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the
SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
104
TRANSACTIONS WITH
RELATED PARTIES, FOUNDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements, including
employment, termination of employment and
change-in-control
arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed, when
required, above under Management and Executive
Compensation, and the registration rights described below
under Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights, the following is a description of
each transaction since January 1, 2007 and each currently
proposed transaction in which:
|
|
|
|
|
we have been or are to be a participant;
|
|
|
|
the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and
|
|
|
|
any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than
5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or
person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had
or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
|
Repurchase of
Common and Preferred Stock
In January 2007, we repurchased 2,926,458 shares of our
capital stock for $6.8342 per share, or an aggregate of
$20.0 million. As part of this transaction, we repurchased
shares of our common stock from certain of our directors,
executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital
stock, as follows: Steven W. Streit
1,359,892 shares; TTP Fund, L.P.
199,711 shares; Mark T. Troughton
48,483 shares; and John C. Ricci
5,294 shares. In addition, Kenneth C. Aldrich donated to a
charitable organization 36,115 shares of our common stock,
which were repurchased by us in connection with the January 2007
repurchase transaction.
Series C-2
Preferred Stock Financing
In December 2008, we issued and sold 1,181,818 shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock for $11.00 per share, or an aggregate of
$13.0 million. All shares in the financing were sold to
entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, a holder of more than
5% of our capital stock, as follows: Sequoia Capital Franchise
Fund 775,774 shares, Sequoia Capital IX.1
Holdings LLC 288,247 shares, Sequoia Capital
Franchise Partners 105,787 shares and Sequoia
Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund
12,010 shares. Each of the shares of
Series C-2
Preferred Stock will automatically convert into one share of our
Class B common stock immediately prior to the closing of
this offering. The proceeds from this offering were used to
repurchase a portion of our then-outstanding Series D
Preferred Stock.
Series D
Preferred Stock Repurchase
In December 2008, we repurchased all of our 2,926,458
outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock from GE
Capital Equity Investments, Inc., then a holder of more than 5%
of our capital stock and an affiliate of Michael S. Fisher, a
former member of our board of directors, for $13.38 per share,
or approximately $39.2 million. As part of this
transaction, we also purchased a call option that gave us the
right to repurchase from GE Capital Equity Investments, Inc. an
outstanding warrant to purchase 500,000 shares of our
common stock. This call option was exercisable at any time
between March 1, 2009 and September 1, 2009. In June
2009, we exercised the call option and repurchased the warrant
for $2.0 million.
Warrant
Exercises
In March 2007, David W. Hanna, Trustee, David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989, exercised warrants to
purchase 145,348 shares of our common stock. Mr. Hanna
is the spouse of Virginia L. Hanna, a member of our board of
directors.
105
Loans to
Executive Officers
In March 2004 and February 2006, we loaned $3.0 million and
$800,000, respectively, to Steven W. Streit, our Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer. These loans bore interest
at rates of 3.5% and 4.5%, respectively, compounded
semi-annually, and would have matured in March 2011. The notes
were secured by 2,500,000 shares of our common stock owned
by Mr. Streit. In November 2009, Mr. Streit repaid in
full the principal and all accrued interest under these notes.
In May 2006, we loaned $622,000 to Mark T. Troughton, our
President, Cards and Network, and monthly from June 2006 through
October 2006, we loaned him $17,800. In May 2008, we loaned him
an additional $364,000. These loans, aggregating
$1.1 million, bore interest at rates of 2.72% to 5.14%,
compounded semi-annually, and would have matured in May 2013.
They were secured by 898,000 shares of our common stock
owned by Mr. Troughton. In November 2009,
Mr. Troughton repaid in full the principal and all accrued
interest under this note.
In February 2008, we loaned $120,000 to John L. Keatley, our
Chief Financial Officer. This loan bore interest at the rate of
3.48%, compounded semi-annually, and would have matured in
February 2015. It was secured by 85,000 shares of our
common stock owned by Mr. Keatley. In November 2009,
Mr. Keatley repaid in full the principal and all accrued
interest under this note.
Review, Approval
or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties
Our policy and the charters of the nominating and governance
committee and the audit committee adopted by our board of
directors
on ,
2010 require that any transaction with a related party that must
be reported under applicable rules of the SEC (other than
compensation-related matters) must be reviewed and approved or
ratified by the nominating and governance committee, unless the
related party is, or is associated with, a member of that
committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and
approved by the audit committee. These committees have not
adopted policies or procedures for review of, or standards for
approval of, related party transactions.
106
PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table presents information as to the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2010, and as
adjusted to reflect our sale and sale by the selling
stockholders of Class A common stock in this offering
assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more
than 5% of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each selling stockholder.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC and thus represents sole or shared voting or
investment power with respect to our securities. Unless
otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and
entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment
power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned,
subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares of
our Class B common stock subject to options or warrants
that are currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding
and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option or
warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of
that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose
of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Percentage ownership of our Class B common stock prior to
this offering is based on 37,883,489 shares of our
Class B common stock outstanding on March 31, 2010,
which includes 24,941,521 shares of Class B common
stock resulting from the automatic conversion of all outstanding
shares of our preferred stock immediately prior to the
completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred
as of March 31, 2010. Percentage ownership of our
Class A and Class B common stock after the offering
also assumes our sale
of shares
of Class A common stock by us and the automatic conversion
of shares
of Class B common stock
into shares
of Class A common stock in connection with and immediately
prior to the sale of those shares in this offering. Unless
otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and
entities named below is
c/o Green
Dot Corporation, 605 East Huntington Drive, Suite 205,
Monrovia, California 91016.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Offering
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned after the Offering
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class A
|
|
Class B
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Voting
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Being Offered
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Shares
|
|
%
|
|
Power
|
|
Sequoia Capital(1)
|
|
|
12,099,373
|
|
|
|
31.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Moritz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit(2)
|
|
|
5,015,688
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTP Fund, L.P.(3)
|
|
|
4,106,783
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton(4)
|
|
|
1,201,366
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia L. Hanna(5)
|
|
|
1,176,790
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf(6)
|
|
|
580,879
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YKA Partners Ltd.(7)
|
|
|
400,630
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci(8)
|
|
|
388,931
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley(9)
|
|
|
357,687
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Ott, Jr.(10)
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell(11)
|
|
|
11,666
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
(11 persons)(12)
|
|
|
25,356,793
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other selling stockholders(13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our
outstanding shares of common stock. |
|
** |
|
The shares of Class A common stock being offered by this
individual will be acquired through the exercise of options at
the closing of this offering, and thus the number of shares
shown in the footnotes as being subject to options will be
reduced by the same number after the offering. |
|
|
|
Each share of Class B common stock is immediately
convertible into one share of Class A common stock. As of
March 31, 2010, there were no shares of Class A common
stock outstanding. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2010, the
percentage of shares of Class B common stock beneficially
owned by each person is equal to both that persons total
beneficial ownership percentage and that persons
percentage of total voting power. |
|
|
|
Each share of Class B common stock is immediately
convertible into one share of Class A common stock.
Accordingly, for the purpose of computing the percentage of
Class A shares beneficially owned by each person who holds
Class B common stock after the offering, each share of
Class B common stock is deemed to have been converted into
a share of Class A common stock, but such shares of
Class B common stock are not deemed to have been converted
into Class A common stock for the purpose of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person. |
|
|
|
Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote
per share and holders of Class B common stock are entitled
to ten votes per share. Holders of common stock vote together as
a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders, subject to certain exceptions or unless otherwise
required by law. For the purpose of computing the percentage of
total voting power after the offering, each share of
Class B common stock is deemed not to have been converted
into a share of Class A common stock, and thus represents
ten votes per share. |
|
(1) |
|
Represents 7,778,099 shares owned by Sequoia Capital
Franchise Fund, 1,850,387 shares owned by Sequoia Capital
IX, 1,246,945 shares owned by Sequoia Capital US Growth
Fund IV, L.P., 1,060,650 shares owned by Sequoia
Capital Franchise Partners and 163,292 shares owned by
Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund. SCFF Management,
LLC is the sole general partner of Sequoia Capital Franchise
Fund and Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners. SCIX Management,
LLC is the sole general partner of Sequoia Capital IX and
Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund. SCGF IV Management, LP
(Cayman) is the mid-tier general partner and SCGF GenPar, Ltd.
(Cayman) is the top tier general partner of Sequoia Capital US
Growth Fund IV, LP. Michael J. Moritz, one of our
directors, is a Managing Director of SCGF GenPar, Ltd. (Cayman),
and he is a Managing Member of SCFF Management, LLC, SCIX
Management, LLC, SCGF IV Management, LP and SCGF IV Management,
LP (Cayman). Mr. Moritz may be deemed to have shared voting
and investment power over the shares held by Sequoia Capital
Franchise Fund, Sequoia Capital IX, Sequoia Capital US Growth
Fund IV, L.P., Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners and
Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund, as applicable.
Mr. Moritz disclaims beneficial ownership of those shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address for Mr. Moritz and each of these entities is 3000
Sand Hill Road, Building 4, Suite 250, Menlo Park,
California 94025. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents 4,311,713 shares owned by the Steven W. Streit
Family Trust, of which Mr. Streit is the trustee,
34,040 shares owned by his children and 669,935 shares
subject to options held by Mr. Streit that are exercisable
within 60 days of March 31, 2010. |
|
(3) |
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr., one of our directors, is a managing
partner of Total Technology Ventures, LLC, the general partner
of TTP Fund, L.P. The other managing partner is Gardiner W.
Garrard. The address for Mr. Smith and each of these
entities is 1230 Peachtree Street, Promenade II,
Suite 1190, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes 453,125 shares subject to options held by
Mr. Troughton that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2010. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents 1,029,955 shares held by the David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989, 78,635 shares held by
Tim J. Morgan, Trustee of the Hanna 2008 Annuity
Trust Dated 6/5/08 |
108
|
|
|
|
|
and 68,200 shares held by the Virginia L. Hanna Trust dated
August 16, 2001. Ms. Hanna disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares held by the David William Hanna Trust
dated October 30, 1989 and the shares held by Tim J.
Morgan, Trustee of the Hanna 2008 Annuity Trust dated 6/5/08,
except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The
address of these trusts is
c/o Hanna
Capital Management, 8105 Irvine Center Drive, Suite 1170,
Irvine, California 92618. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents 330,190 shares held by The Greenleaf Family
Trust Dated May 16, 1999, of which Timothy R.
Greenleaf, one of our directors, is the trustee, and
250,689 shares held by Mr. Greenleaf. |
|
(7) |
|
Represents shares held by YKA Partners Ltd., of which Kenneth C.
Aldrich, one of our directors, is the agent of the general
partner. |
|
(8) |
|
Represents 5,234 shares held by John C. Ricci,
4,460 shares held by his minor children and
379,237 shares subject to options held by Mr. Ricci that
are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010. |
|
(9) |
|
Represents 25,000 shares held by John L. Keatley,
3,000 shares held by his minor daughters and
329,687 shares subject to options held by Mr. Keatley
that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010.
This amount does not include 10,000 shares held by the
Keatley Family Trust, of which he is neither a trustee nor a
beneficiary. |
|
(10) |
|
Represents shares subject to options held by Mr. Ott that
are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010. |
|
(11) |
|
Represents shares subject to options held by Mr. Sowell
that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes 1,860,650 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2010. |
|
(13) |
|
Represents shares held
by
selling stockholders, no one of whom owns more than 1% of our
outstanding shares of Class B common stock or is selling
more
than shares. |
109
The following table presents information as to the beneficial
ownership of our Class A and Class B common stock as
of March 31, 2010, and as adjusted to reflect our sale and
the sale of the selling stockholders of Class A common
stock in this offering assuming exercise in full of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more
than 5% of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each selling stockholder.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined on the same basis as
described in the introductory paragraphs for and the footnotes
to the previous table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
after Offering if the
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Underwriters Option is
|
|
|
|
to be Sold if the
|
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
Class B
|
|
|
% Total
|
|
|
|
Option is
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Voting
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Exercised in Full
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Power
|
|
|
Sequoia Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Moritz
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTP Fund, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark T. Troughton
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Virginia L. Hanna
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Greenleaf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YKA Partners Ltd.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth C. Aldrich
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John L. Keatley
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William D. Sowell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William H. Ott, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110
DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK
Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital
stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of Class A
common stock, $0.001 par value per share,
100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock,
$0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.
The following description summarizes the most important terms of
our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not
contain all the information that may be important to you. For a
complete description, you should refer to our restated
certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are
included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of applicable
Delaware law.
Common
Stock
As of December 31, 2009, there were no shares of our
Class A common stock outstanding. Assuming the conversion
of all shares of our preferred stock into shares of our
Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to
the closing of this offering, as of December 31, 2009,
there were 37,801,856 shares of our Class B common
stock outstanding, held
by
stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock
outstanding. After this offering, there will
be shares
of our Class A common stock
and shares
of our Class B common stock outstanding. Our board of
directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue
additional shares of Class A and Class B common stock.
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that
may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the
time, the holders of outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends out
of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that
our board of directors may determine. In the event a dividend is
paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire
shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock
will receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire
Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders
of Class B common stock will receive Class B common
stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the
case may be. However, in general and subject to certain limited
exceptions, without approval of each class of our common stock,
we may not pay any dividends or make other distributions with
respect to any class of common stock unless at the same time we
make a ratable dividend or distribution with respect to each
outstanding share of common stock, regardless of class.
Voting Rights. Holders of our Class A
common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of
our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per
share. In general, holders of our Class A common stock and
Class B common stock will vote together as a single class
on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted
to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law.
Delaware law could require either our Class A common stock
or our Class B common stock to vote separately as a single
class in the following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
If we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation to
increase the authorized number of shares of a class of stock, or
to increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock, then
that class would be required to vote separately to approve the
proposed amendment; and
|
|
|
|
If we were to seek to amend our certificate of incorporation in
a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or
special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affected its
holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote
separately to approve the proposed amendment.
|
Our certificate of incorporation requires the separate vote and
majority approval of each class of our common stock prior to
distributions, reclassifications and mergers or consolidations
that would result in one class of common stock being treated in
a manner different from the other, subject to limited
exceptions, and amendments of our certificate of incorporation
that would affect our dual class stock structure.
111
We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of
directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. In
addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that a
holder, or group of affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of
our common stock may not vote shares representing more than
14.9% of the voting power represented by the outstanding shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights. Neither our
Class A nor our Class B common stock is entitled to
preemptive rights, and neither is subject to redemption.
Conversion. Our Class A common stock is
not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each
share of our Class B common stock is convertible at any
time at the option of the holder into one share of our
Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our
Class B common stock will convert automatically into one
share of our Class A common stock upon any transfer,
whether or not for value, except for estate planning,
intercompany and other similar transfers or upon the date that
the total number of shares of our Class B common stock
outstanding represents less than 10% of the total number of
shares of our Class A and Class B common stock
outstanding. Once transferred and converted into Class A
common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.
No class of our common stock may be subdivided or combined
unless the other class of our common stock concurrently is
subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same
manner.
Right to Receive Liquidation
Distributions. Upon our liquidation, dissolution
or
winding-up,
the assets legally available for distribution to our
stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of
our Class A and Class B common stock and any
participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after
payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding
shares of preferred stock and payment of other claims of
creditors.
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable. All of the
outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are, and the
shares of our Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to
this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred
Stock
Following this offering, our board of directors will be
authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law,
to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish
from time to time the number of shares to be included in each
series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and
rights of the shares of each series and any of its
qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case
without further action by our stockholders. Our board of
directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of
any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of
shares of that series then outstanding, unless approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our capital
stock entitled to vote, or such other vote as may be required by
the certificate of designation establishing the series. Our
board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock
with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of our Class A
and Class B common stock. The issuance of preferred stock,
while providing flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other
things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in our control and might adversely affect the market
price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other
rights of the holders of our Class A and Class B
common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
Warrants
As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding the following
warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Type of Capital Stock
|
|
to Warrants
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Class B common stock*
|
|
|
4,283,456
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
23.70
|
|
|
March 3, 2017(2)
|
Series C-1
preferred stock(3)
|
|
|
283,786
|
|
|
|
1.41
|
|
|
February 11, 2012
|
112
|
|
|
* |
|
This warrant is redeemable for cash if we fail to perform under
our commercial agreement with the holder. In addition, we have
the right to repurchase any shares previously issued upon the
exercise of the warrant if the holder fails to perform under the
same agreement. |
|
(1) |
|
Of these shares, 3,426,765 shares will vest and become
exercisable only upon the achievement of certain performance
goals prior to the earlier of March 3, 2014 or the
termination of our commercial agreement with the holder, and the
remaining shares will vest and become exercisable only if
certain other performance goals also take place prior to the
same deadline. |
|
(2) |
|
The warrant may expire earlier than this date. The warrant
provides that it expires on the earlier of March 3, 2014 or
the termination of our commercial agreement with the holder if
none of the shares subject to the warrant have vested prior to
the earlier event. Should any of the shares subject to the
warrant vest, the warrant expires on the earliest of the date on
which our commercial agreement with the holder is terminated,
the date of a change in control of our company or March 3,
2017. |
|
(3) |
|
If this warrant to purchase shares of our
Series C-1
preferred stock remains outstanding following the completion of
this offering, it will become exercisable for a like number of
shares of our Class B common stock. |
Registration
Rights
Pursuant to the terms of our eighth amended and restated
registration rights agreement, immediately following this
offering, the holders of
approximately shares
of our Class B common stock will be entitled to rights with
respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities
Act, as described below.
Demand Registration Rights. At any time
beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the
holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares having
registration rights can request that we file a registration
statement covering registrable securities with an anticipated
aggregate offering price of at least $5.0 million. We are
only required to file two registration statements upon exercise
of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing
of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a
12-month
period if we determine that the filing would be detrimental to
us and that it would be in our best interests to defer the
filing of the registration statement.
Piggyback Registration Rights. If we register
any of our Class A common stock for public sale, holders of
shares having registration rights will have the right to include
their shares in the registration statement. However, this right
does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee
benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate
reorganization or acquisition or a registration in which the
only Class A common stock being registered is Class A
common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that
are also being registered. The managing underwriter of any
underwritten offering will have the right, in its sole
discretion, to limit, because of market conditions, the number
of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number
of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among
these holders, according to the total amount of securities
entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually
agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to be
registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 25% of the
total value of the shares covered by the registration statement.
Form S-3
Registration Rights. The holders of at least 20%
of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights can
request that we register all or part of their shares on
Form S-3
if we are eligible to file a registration statement on
Form S-3
and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered
is at least $1.0 million. The stockholders may only require
us to file two registration statements on
Form S-3
in a
12-month
period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement
on
Form S-3
for up to 90 days once in a
12-month
period if we determine that the filing would be seriously
detrimental to us and our stockholders.
113
Expenses of Registration Rights. We will pay
all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions
and the fees and disbursements of more than one counsel for the
selling stockholders, incurred in connection with the
registrations described above.
Expiration of Registration Rights. The
registration rights described above will expire, with respect to
any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the
fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or when
that holder can sell all of its registrable securities in any
three-month period under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
The provisions of Delaware law, our dual class structure, and
the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and
our restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in our control.
Delaware Law. We are governed by the
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A
business combination includes mergers, asset sales
or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the
stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within
the prior three years did own, 15% or more of the
corporations outstanding voting stock. These provisions
may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in our control.
Dual Class Stock Structure. As discussed
above, our Class B common stock has ten votes per share,
while our Class A common stock, which is the class of stock
we and the selling stockholders are selling in this offering and
which will be the only class of stock which is publicly traded,
has one vote per share. After the offering, our current
directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our
common stock and their respective affiliates will, in the
aggregate, beneficially own
approximately % of our outstanding
Class A and Class B common stock, representing
approximately % of the total voting
power of our outstanding capital stock
(approximately % and
approximately %, respectively, if
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).
Because of our dual class structure, the holders of our
Class B common stock will continue to be able to control
all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if
they own significantly less than 50% of the shares of our
outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. This
concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any
potential merger, takeover or other change of control
transaction that other stockholders might view as beneficial.
Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder
approval, to issue additional shares of Class A and
Class B common stock.
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw
Provisions. Our restated certificate of
incorporation and our restated bylaws not only provide for a
dual class structure, but also include a number of other
provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or
prevent a change in our control, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Board of Directors Vacancies. Our restated
certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws authorize only
our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In
addition, the number of directors constituting our board of
directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by
a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These
provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size
of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board
of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own
nominees.
|
|
|
|
Classified Board. Our restated certificate of
incorporation and restated bylaws provide that our board is
classified into three classes of directors. This could delay a
successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our
board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
deter a potential offeror. In addition, stockholders are not
permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of
Stockholders. Our restated certificate of
incorporation provides that our stockholders may not take action
by written consent, but may only take action at annual or
special meetings of our stockholders. Our restated bylaws
further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be
called only by a majority of our board of directors, the
chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer
or our president.
|
|
|
|
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and
Director Nominations. Our restated bylaws provide advance
notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business
before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate
candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of
stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain
requirements regarding the form and content of a
stockholders notice. These provisions might preclude our
stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of
stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our
annual meeting of stockholders.
|
|
|
|
Limits on Voting Power. Our restated
certificate of incorporation provides that a holder, or group of
affiliated holders, of more than 24.9% of our common stock may
not vote shares representing more than 14.9% of the voting power
represented by the outstanding shares of our Class A and
Class B common stock. These provisions might make it more
difficult for, or discourage an attempt by, such a stockholder
to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer,
proxy contest or other means.
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our
board of directors has the authority, without further action by
the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences,
including voting rights, designated from time to time by our
board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued
shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to
render more difficult, or to discourage an attempt to obtain
control of us by means of, a merger, tender offer, proxy contest
or similar transaction.
|
Listing
We intend to apply for the listing of our Class A common
stock on the NYSE under the symbol GDOT.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A and
Class B common stock
is .
115
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if
any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common
stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common
stock for sale will have on the market prices of our
Class A common stock prevailing from time to time.
Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A
common stock, including shares of Class A common stock
issued upon conversion of Class B common stock issued upon
exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception
that those sales could occur, in the public market after this
offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from
time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital
through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of
shares outstanding as
of ,
2010, we will have a total
of shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding.
Of these outstanding shares, all of
the shares
of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be
freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates,
as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, will only be able to be sold in compliance with the
limitations described below.
The outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be
deemed restricted securities as defined in Rule 144.
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if
they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In
addition, all of our security holders have entered into market
standoff agreements with us or
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed,
subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for
at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.
Subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701,
based on an assumed offering date
of ,
2010, shares will be available for sale in the public market as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale beginning 90 days after the date
of this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
shares
will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
lock-up
and/or
market standoff agreements described below, subject in some
cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and
Rule 701 also described below.
|
Lock-Up
Agreements
All of our directors and officers and all of our security
holders are subject to
lock-up
agreements that, subject to exceptions described in the
Underwriting section below, prohibit them from
offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any
option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of
any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire
shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related
to this common stock, option or warrant for a period of at least
180 days following the date of this prospectus without the
prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In addition, all of
our security holders are subject to market standoff provisions
that contain restrictions similar to those contained in the
lock-up agreements.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we
have been subject to public company reporting requirements for
at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been
one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any
time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least
six months, including the holding period of any prior owner
other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares
without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with
116
the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such
person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for
at least one year, including the holding period of any prior
owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be
entitled to sell those shares immediately without complying with
any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our
affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates
are entitled to sell upon expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements described above, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our Class A and Class B
common stock then outstanding, which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common
stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling
shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased
shares of our Class A or Class B common stock pursuant
to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed
to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately
preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon
Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the
public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice
provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits
affiliates of our company to sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All
holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to
wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before
selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Stock
Options
We intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our
Class B common stock subject to options outstanding and the
shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance
under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration
statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this
offering. However, the shares registered on
Form S-8
may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale,
notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and
will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the
lock-up and
market standoff agreements to which they are subject.
Warrants
As of December 31, 2009, we had an outstanding warrant to
purchase 283,786 shares of Class B common stock. This
warrant contains a net exercise provision. This
provision allows the holder to exercise the warrant for a lesser
number of shares of Class B common stock in lieu of paying
cash. The number of shares that would be issued in this case
would be based upon the market price of the Class B common
stock at the time of the net exercise. Because this warrant has
been held for at least one year, any shares of Class B
common stock issued upon net exercise of this warrant could be
publicly sold under Rule 144 following completion of this
offering. After the
lock-up and
market
117
standoff agreements described above expire, an unvested warrant
to purchase up to 4,283,456 shares of our Class B
common stock, which also contains a net exercise provision, will
have been outstanding for at least one year, and any shares of
Class B common stock issued upon net exercise of that
warrant could be publicly sold under Rule 144. This warrant
vests and becomes exercisable only upon achievement of certain
performance goals. See Description of Capital
Stock Warrants.
Registration
Rights
We have granted demand, piggyback and
Form S-3
registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our
common stock. For a further description of these rights, see
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights.
118
UNDERWRITING
We are offering the shares of Class A common stock
described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of
the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and
the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting
agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and
conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling
stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each
underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of
shares of our Class A common stock listed next to its name
in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
UBS Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of our
Class A common stock offered by us and the selling
stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting
agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the Class A common stock
directly to the public at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain
dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of
$ per share. Any such dealers may
resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount
of up to $ per share from the
initial public offering price. After the initial public offering
of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside the
United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The
representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not
intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the
shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering.
The underwriters have an option to buy up
to
additional shares of our Class A common stock from us and
the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments, if any. The
underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus
to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are
purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will
purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in
the table above. If any additional shares of our Class A
common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the
additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares
are being offered.
The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to the
public offering price per share of our Class A common stock
less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling
stockholders per share of our Class A common stock. The
discounts and commissions are $
per share. The following table shows the per share and total
underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the
underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by Us
|
|
Paid by Selling Stockholders
|
|
Total
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
119
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including
registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal
and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting
discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$ .
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling
group members, if any, participating in the offering. The
underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling
group members that may make Internet distributions on the same
basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce
the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option
or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to
sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or
file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities
Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly
disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other
agreement that transfers all or a portion of the economic
consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of our
Class A common stock or any such other securities
(regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be
settled by the delivery of shares of our Class A common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each
case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus,
other than (A) the shares of our Class A common stock
to be sold by means of this prospectus, (B) grants,
exercises and settlements of awards under our stock plans that
are described in this prospectus, (C) the filing of a
registration statement in connection with an employee stock
compensation plan and (D) the issuance of securities in
connection with certain acquisitions, joint ventures or other
strategic transactions, provided that the aggregate number of
shares issued in all such transactions under this
clause (D) may not exceed 10% of our outstanding stock
following this offering and any recipient of any such shares
agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
(1) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
(2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
Our directors, executive officers and all of our security
holders have entered into
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which each of these
persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not,
without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
(1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell,
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right
or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common
stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for our Class A common stock (including,
without limitation, Class A common stock or such other
securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by these
directors, executive officers, managers and members in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and
securities that may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or
warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that
transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of our Class A common stock or such other
securities, whether any such transaction described in
clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery
of our Class A common stock or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise
any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our
Class A common stock or any security convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock.
Notwithstanding the
120
foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
(2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for,
purchasing and selling shares of our Class A common stock
in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a
decline in the market price of our Class A common stock
while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing
transactions may include making short sales of our Class A
common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a
greater number of shares of our Class A common stock than
they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing
shares of our Class A common stock in the open market to
cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be
covered shorts, which are short positions in an
amount not greater than the underwriters over-allotment
option referred to above, or may be naked shorts,
which are short positions in excess of that amount. The
underwriters may close out any covered short position either by
exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or
by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this
determination, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open
market compared to the price at which the underwriters may
purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short
position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are
concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of
our Class A common stock in the open market that could
adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering.
To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short
position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover
the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to
Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in
other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect
the price of our Class A common stock, including the
imposition of penalty bids. This means that, if the
representatives of the underwriters purchase our Class A
common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or
to cover short sales, the representatives can require the
underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to
repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing
or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A
common stock, and, as a result, the price of our Class A
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might
exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these
activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The
underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in
the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
Class A common stock. The initial public offering price
will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling
stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In
determining the initial public offering price, we and the
representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number
of factors including:
|
|
|
|
|
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the representatives;
|
|
|
|
our prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry
in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
an assessment of our management;
|
|
|
|
our prospects for future earnings;
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering;
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
|
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an
active trading market will develop for our Class A common
stock, or that the shares of our Class A common stock will
trade in the public market at or above the initial public
offering price.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us
or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the
securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where
action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by
this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering
material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale
of any such securities be distributed or published in any
jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in
compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that
jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus
comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any
restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of
this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to
sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered
by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or
a solicitation is unlawful.
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed
at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or
(ii) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or
(iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a)
to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being
referred to as relevant persons). The securities are
only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to
subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be
engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a
relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any
of its contents.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the European Union Prospectus Directive
(the EU Prospectus Directive) (each, a
Relevant Member State), from and including the date
on which the EU Prospectus Directive is implemented in that
Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation
Date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus
may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State
prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the
shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another
Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in
that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU
Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and
including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of
shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in
the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the book-running managers for any
such offer; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
EU Prospectus Directive.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of securities to the public in relation to any
securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication
in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the
terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to
enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the
securities, as the same may be varied in
122
that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus
Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression EU
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided
in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time
to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial
advisory, investment banking and other services to us and those
affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which
they have received and may continue to receive customary fees
and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the
underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for
their own account or the accounts of customers, and hold on
behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions
in our debt or equity securities or loans.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California, will
pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of our
Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Cravath,
Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, will act as
counsel to the underwriters.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial
statements at July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31,
2009, for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended
July 31, 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31 2009, as set forth in their report. We have
included our consolidated financial statements in this
prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to our Class A common
stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are
contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted
by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer
you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and
the consolidated financial statements and related notes filed as
a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in
this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any
other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or
document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that
has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a
contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all
respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration
statement should be reviewed for the complete contents of these
contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement,
including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements
and related notes filed as a part of the registration statement,
may be inspected without charge at the SECs Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of
the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the
payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for more information on the operation of the public reference
facilities. The SEC maintains a website at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding companies that file electronically
with it.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and,
in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic
reports, proxy statements and other information will be
available for inspection and copying at the SECs public
reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to
above.
123
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock and in
Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
F-1
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Green Dot Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Green Dot Corporation (the Company) as of July 31, 2008,
July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in redeemable
convertible preferred stock and in stockholders equity
(deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended July 31, 2009 and for the five months ended
December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of Green Dot Corporation at July 31,
2008, July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2009
and for the five months ended December 31, 2009 in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 26, 2010
F-2
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
(Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Assets
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
39,285
|
|
|
$
|
26,564
|
|
|
$
|
56,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement assets
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
14,080
|
|
|
|
19,967
|
|
|
|
29,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
5,700
|
|
|
|
6,317
|
|
|
|
7,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
4,446
|
|
|
|
5,681
|
|
|
|
4,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
82,044
|
|
|
|
94,099
|
|
|
|
145,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
2,328
|
|
|
|
15,367
|
|
|
|
15,381
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
1,115
|
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
7,096
|
|
|
|
8,679
|
|
|
|
11,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred expenses
|
|
|
4,949
|
|
|
|
2,652
|
|
|
|
8,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
97,246
|
|
|
$
|
123,269
|
|
|
$
|
183,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and
Stockholders Equity
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
4,464
|
|
|
$
|
8,359
|
|
|
$
|
9,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement obligations
|
|
|
17,445
|
|
|
|
35,570
|
|
|
|
42,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
23,578
|
|
|
|
18,269
|
|
|
|
23,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
9,360
|
|
|
|
6,865
|
|
|
|
13,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
8,351
|
|
|
|
7,404
|
|
|
|
15,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
63,198
|
|
|
|
76,804
|
|
|
|
104,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
2,561
|
|
|
|
2,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
2,024
|
|
|
|
1,528
|
|
|
|
4,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
65,962
|
|
|
|
81,031
|
|
|
|
111,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value:
2,926 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at
July 31, 2008, reported at redemption value; no shares
issued and outstanding at July 31, 2009 or
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
26,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
24,372 shares authorized, 23,837 shares issued and
outstanding as of July 31, 2008; 25,554 shares
authorized, 24,942 shares issued and outstanding as of
July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009; liquidation
preference of $18,345 as of July 31, 2008 and $31,322 as of
July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009
|
|
|
18,345
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 50,000 shares
authorized as of July 31, 2008 and 2009 and
December 31, 2009; 11,753, 12,040 and 12,860 shares
issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2008 and 2009 and
December 31, 2009, respectively
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
3,593
|
|
|
|
2,955
|
|
|
|
12,603
|
|
|
|
43,900
|
|
Related party notes receivable
|
|
|
(5,235
|
)
|
|
|
(5,814
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
(12,247
|
)
|
|
|
13,763
|
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
27,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
|
|
42,238
|
|
|
|
71,364
|
|
|
$
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
97,246
|
|
|
$
|
123,269
|
|
|
$
|
183,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
45,717
|
|
|
$
|
91,233
|
|
|
$
|
119,356
|
|
|
$
|
50,895
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
25,419
|
|
|
|
45,310
|
|
|
|
62,396
|
|
|
|
30,509
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
12,488
|
|
|
|
31,583
|
|
|
|
53,064
|
|
|
|
31,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
168,126
|
|
|
|
234,816
|
|
|
|
112,757
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
38,838
|
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
75,786
|
|
|
|
31,333
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
20,610
|
|
|
|
28,303
|
|
|
|
40,096
|
|
|
|
26,610
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
9,809
|
|
|
|
21,944
|
|
|
|
32,320
|
|
|
|
17,480
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
|
19,124
|
|
|
|
22,944
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
82,469
|
|
|
|
138,948
|
|
|
|
171,146
|
|
|
|
89,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
29,178
|
|
|
|
63,670
|
|
|
|
23,314
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(625
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
|
64,065
|
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
|
12,261
|
|
|
|
26,902
|
|
|
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
Dividends, accretion, and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
(5,157
|
)
|
|
|
(13,650
|
)
|
|
|
(29,000
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
Weighted-average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common share (unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average shares issued and outstanding
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock and in Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
|
Redeemable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Party
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,088
|
|
|
$
|
18,540
|
|
|
|
11,508
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
1,318
|
|
|
$
|
(4,020
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,695
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,155
|
|
Exercise of warrants and options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,361
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
(191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
Issuance of new shares and repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of existing shares, net
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
18,701
|
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(195
|
)
|
|
|
(2,675
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,419
|
)
|
|
|
(18,808
|
)
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
4,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
22,336
|
|
|
|
|
23,837
|
|
|
|
18,345
|
|
|
|
10,194
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
(4,922
|
)
|
|
|
(25,102
|
)
|
|
|
(11,130
|
)
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,559
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,480
|
)
|
|
|
(4,480
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
17,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2008
|
|
|
2,926
|
|
|
|
26,816
|
|
|
|
|
23,837
|
|
|
|
18,345
|
|
|
|
11,753
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
3,593
|
|
|
|
(5,235
|
)
|
|
|
(12,247
|
)
|
|
|
4,468
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
Issuance of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
(215
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
Issuance of new shares and repurchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of existing shares, net
|
|
|
(2,926
|
)
|
|
|
(28,772
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
12,977
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,778
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,197
|
)
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
Exercise of call option on warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
37,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at July 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
12,040
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2,955
|
|
|
|
(5,814
|
)
|
|
|
13,763
|
|
|
|
42,238
|
|
Exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
Interest on related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,869
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
13,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
|
12,860
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
12,603
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,426
|
|
|
$
|
71,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Green Dot
Corporation
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,647
|
|
|
$
|
17,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,524
|
|
|
|
4,407
|
|
|
|
4,593
|
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
7,909
|
|
|
|
16,135
|
|
|
|
22,548
|
|
|
|
11,218
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
|
6,782
|
|
Provision (benefit) for uncollectible trade receivables
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Impairment of capitalized software
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(2,635
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
3,530
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,866
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement assets
|
|
|
(2,544
|
)
|
|
|
(2,033
|
)
|
|
|
(18,125
|
)
|
|
|
(6,999
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(11,001
|
)
|
|
|
(24,717
|
)
|
|
|
(29,853
|
)
|
|
|
(20,241
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
|
(2,263
|
)
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
(919
|
)
|
Deferred expenses
|
|
|
(862
|
)
|
|
|
(2,750
|
)
|
|
|
2,297
|
|
|
|
(5,548
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
2,607
|
|
|
|
4,665
|
|
|
|
3,170
|
|
|
|
8,135
|
|
Settlement obligations
|
|
|
3,983
|
|
|
|
4,529
|
|
|
|
18,125
|
|
|
|
6,999
|
|
Amounts due to card issuing banks for overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
3,888
|
|
|
|
10,785
|
|
|
|
(5,309
|
)
|
|
|
5,153
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
4,394
|
|
|
|
(978
|
)
|
|
|
7,603
|
|
Income taxes payable (receivable)
|
|
|
(4,527
|
)
|
|
|
3,713
|
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
(3,780
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
|
35,006
|
|
|
|
35,297
|
|
|
|
26,121
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(13,039
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(4,298
|
)
|
|
|
(5,120
|
)
|
|
|
(6,361
|
)
|
|
|
(5,049
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(4,558
|
)
|
|
|
(5,163
|
)
|
|
|
(19,400
|
)
|
|
|
5,063
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on short-term debt
|
|
|
(2,584
|
)
|
|
|
(2,446
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments on line of credit
|
|
|
(148,560
|
)
|
|
|
(76,961
|
)
|
|
|
(12,404
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from line of credit
|
|
|
151,056
|
|
|
|
74,465
|
|
|
|
12,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants and options
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
Excess tax benefits from exercise of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,866
|
|
Exercise of call option on warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of preferred shares and freestanding warrant
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of preferred and common shares
|
|
|
(20,109
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,770
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the repayment of related party notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
(3,264
|
)
|
|
|
(28,618
|
)
|
|
|
8,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,939
|
)
|
|
|
26,579
|
|
|
|
(12,721
|
)
|
|
|
29,739
|
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
14,645
|
|
|
|
12,706
|
|
|
|
39,285
|
|
|
|
26,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
12,706
|
|
|
$
|
39,285
|
|
|
$
|
26,564
|
|
|
$
|
56,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
427
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
3,805
|
|
|
$
|
8,104
|
|
|
$
|
27,403
|
|
|
$
|
10,032
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Green Dot
Corporation
Green Dot Corporation (we, us and
our refer to Green Dot Corporation and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Next Estate Communications, Inc.) is
one of the leading providers of general purpose reloadable
prepaid debit cards and cash loading and transfer services in
the United States. Our products include Green Dot
MasterCard®
and
Visa®-branded
prepaid debit cards and several co-branded reloadable prepaid
card programs, collectively referred to as our GPR cards;
Visa-branded gift cards; and our
MoneyPak®
and swipe reload proprietary products, collectively referred to
as our cash transfer products, which enable cash loading and
transfer services through our Green Dot Network. The Green Dot
Network enables consumers to use cash to reload our prepaid
debit cards or to transfer cash to any of our Green Dot Network
acceptance members, including competing prepaid card programs
and other online accounts.
We market our cards and financial services to banked,
underbanked, and unbanked consumers in the United States using
distribution channels other than traditional bank branches, such
as retailer locations nationwide and the Internet. Our prepaid
debit cards are issued by third-party issuing banks, and we have
relationships with several large card issuers including GE Money
Bank, Columbus Bank and Trust Company, and National Bank of
South Carolina. We also have distribution arrangements with many
large and medium-sized retailers, such as Walmart, Walgreens,
CVS, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven, Kroger, Kmart, Meijer and Radio Shack,
and with various industry resellers, such as Incomm, PaySpot,
and Coinstar. We refer to participating retailers collectively
as our retail distributors.
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Presentation
We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. We have eliminated all
significant intercompany balances and transactions in
consolidation.
We consider an operating segment to be any component of our
business whose operating results are regularly reviewed by our
chief operating decision-maker to make decisions about resources
to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance based
on discrete financial information. Our Chief Executive Officer,
our chief operating decision-maker, reviews our operating
results on an aggregate basis and manages our operations and the
allocation of resources as a single operating
segment prepaid cards and related services.
Change in Fiscal
Year
On September 29, 2009, our board of directors approved a
change to our fiscal year-end from July 31 to December 31.
Included in this report is the transition period for the five
months ended December 31, 2009. Accordingly, these
financial statements present our financial position as of
July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009, and the
results of our operations, cash flows and changes in redeemable
convertible preferred stock and in stockholders equity
(deficit) for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
and the five months ended December 31, 2009.
Unaudited Pro
Forma Information
In February 2010, our board of directors authorized us to file a
Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or the SEC, to permit us to proceed with an initial
public offering of our common stock. Upon the consummation of
the initial public offering contemplated, all of the outstanding
shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert
into shares of common stock. We prepared unaudited pro forma
stockholders equity as of December 31, 2009 assuming
the
F-7
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding as of
that date into 24,941,521 shares of common stock. The pro
forma stockholders equity as of December 31, 2009
reflects the impact of the conversion as if the offering was
consummated on December 31, 2009. We computed unaudited pro
forma earnings per common share for the year ended July 31,
2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 using the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including
the pro forma effect of the conversion of all currently
outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of our
common stock, as if such conversion had occurred at the
beginning of the respective periods. Our pro forma earnings per
common share calculation for the year ended July 31, 2009
also included the effect of the redemption of our Series D
redeemable convertible preferred stock as if that redemption had
occurred at the beginning of the year ended July 31, 2009.
As discussed in Note 16 Subsequent
Events, our board of directors amended our Certificate of
Incorporation, effective March 31, 2010, to adopt a dual
class structure for our common stock.
Unaudited
Comparative Financial Information
As a result of our change in fiscal year-end, we have presented
below, for comparative purposes, our unaudited consolidated
statement of operations and condensed consolidated statement of
cash flows for the five months ended December 31, 2008. In
our opinion, the unaudited consolidated financial information
reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring
adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results
of our operations and our cash flows for the five months ended
December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
Card revenues
|
|
$
|
46,460
|
|
Cash transfer revenues
|
|
|
24,391
|
|
Interchange revenues
|
|
|
18,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
|
89,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expenses
|
|
|
35,001
|
|
Compensation and benefits expenses
|
|
|
15,409
|
|
Processing expenses
|
|
|
11,765
|
|
Other general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
9,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
71,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
17,425
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
255
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
17,679
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
7,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10,255
|
|
Dividends, accretion, and allocated earnings of preferred stock
|
|
|
(11,153
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(898
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss per common share
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.07
|
)
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
12,028
|
|
Weighted-average diluted common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
12,028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
5,999
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,452
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(26,140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
(22,593
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
approved the Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, as the
single source of authoritative accounting and reporting
standards for all nongovernmental entities, with the exception
of guidance issued by the SEC and its staff. The FASB ASC is
effective for interim or annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. All existing accounting standards have
been superseded, and all accounting literature not included in
the FASB ASC is considered nonauthoritative. Our adoption of
FASB ASC did not have an impact on our consolidated financial
statements because it only amends the referencing to existing
accounting standards.
In May 2009, the FASB issued a new standard for disclosing
events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the
financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.
Additionally, the standard requires companies to disclose
subsequent events as defined in the standard and to disclose the
date through which we have evaluated subsequent events. The
standard is effective for interim and annual periods ending
after June 15, 2009. Our adoption of the standard did not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
See Note 16 Subsequent Events for
additional details.
In April 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that
requires us to include fair value disclosures of financial
instruments for each interim and annual period for which
financial statements
F-9
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
are prepared. Our adoption of the standard did not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. See
Note 8 Fair Values of Financial Instruments
for additional details.
In June 2008, the FASB issued a new accounting standard on
determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment
transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and
therefore need to be included in the earnings allocation in
calculating earnings per share under the two-class method.
Unvested share-based payment awards that have non-forfeitable
rights to dividend or dividend equivalents are treated as a
separate class of securities in calculating earnings per share.
The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008; earlier application was not permitted.
Our adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on
our results of operations or earnings per share.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that modifies the
accounting for business combinations and requires, with limited
exceptions, the acquirer in a business combination to recognize
100% of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any
noncontrolling interest in the acquired company at fair value on
the date of acquisition. In addition, the guidance requires that
the acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs be
charged to expense as incurred, and requires that certain
contingent assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as
contingent consideration, be recognized at fair value. This
guidance also modifies the accounting for certain acquired
income tax assets and liabilities. Further, the guidance
requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a
business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized
at fair value on the acquisition date if fair value can be
determined during the measurement period. If fair value cannot
be determined, companies should typically account for the
acquired contingencies under existing accounting guidance. This
new guidance is effective for acquisitions consummated on or
after January 1, 2009. This guidance will be applicable to
our pending acquisition of a bank holding company and its
subsidiary commercial bank. See Note 16
Subsequent Events for additional details.
Use of Estimates
and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements,
including the accompanying notes. We base our estimates and
assumptions on historical factors, current circumstances, and
the experience and judgment of management. We evaluate our
estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Unrestricted Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all unrestricted highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less to be unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash
We maintain restricted deposits in bank accounts to
collateralize our line of credit.
Settlement Assets
and Obligations
Our retail distributors collect customer funds for purchases of
new cards and cash transfer products and then remit these funds
directly to bank accounts established on behalf of those
customers by the third-party card issuing banks. The remittance
of these funds by our retail distributors takes an average of
three business days.
F-10
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Settlement assets represent the amounts due from our retail
distributors for customer funds collected at the point of sale
that have not yet been remitted to the card issuing banks.
Settlement obligations represent the amounts due from us to the
card issuing banks for funds collected but not yet remitted by
our retail distributors and not funded by our line of credit.
We have no control over or access to customer funds remitted by
our retail distributors to the bank accounts. Customer funds
therefore are not our assets, and we do not recognize them in
our consolidated financial statements. As of July 31, 2008
and 2009 and December 31, 2009, total funds held in the
bank accounts on behalf of our customers totaled
$86.7 million, $127.5 million and $194.1 million,
respectively, of which $7.6 million, $13.0 million and
$19.8 million, respectively, related to funds for prepaid
debit cards and cash transfer products that had not yet been
activated by the customers.
Accounts
Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable is comprised principally of receivables due
from card issuing banks, over-drawn account balances due from
cardholders, trade accounts receivable, and other receivables.
We record accounts receivable net of reserves for estimated
uncollectible accounts.
Overdrawn Account Balances Due from Cardholders and Reserve
for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts
Cardholder account overdrafts arise from fee assessments or from
purchase transactions that we honor, in each case in excess of
the funds in a cardholders account. We are exposed to
losses from unrecovered cardholder account overdrafts. We
establish a reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts for
both fees assessed and purchase transactions in excess of a
cardholders account balance. The reserve for uncollectible
overdrawn accounts represents our estimate of the portion of
these receivables that will not be recovered. We base our
estimate of the reserve upon historical overdraft recovery rates
and our judgment regarding overall adequacy of the reserve. When
a cardholder account has more than 90 days of inactivity,
we consider the probability of recovery to be remote and we
charge off the full amount of the overdrawn account balance. We
include our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
related to fees as an offset to card revenues in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We include
our provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts related to
purchase transactions as other general and administrative
expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations.
Property and
Equipment
We carry our property and equipment at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. We generally compute depreciation
on property and equipment using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets, except for
internal-use software in development, which is not depreciated.
We generally compute amortization on tenant improvements using
the straight-line method over the shorter of the related lease
term or estimated useful lives of the improvements. We expense
expenditures for maintenance and repairs as incurred.
F-11
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
The estimated useful lives of the respective classes of assets
are as follows:
|
|
|
Computer equipment, furniture and office equipment
|
|
3 4 years
|
Computer software purchased
|
|
3 years
|
Capitalized internal-use software
|
|
2 years
|
Tenant improvements
|
|
Shorter of the useful life or the lease term
|
We capitalize certain internal and external costs incurred to
develop internal-use software during the application development
stage. We also capitalize the cost of specified upgrades and
enhancements to internal-use software that result in additional
functionality. Once a development project is substantially
complete and the software is ready for its intended use, we
begin depreciating these costs on a straight-line basis over the
internal-use softwares estimated useful life.
Impairment of
Long Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an
asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of expected
undiscounted future cash flows from an asset is less than the
carrying amount of the asset, we recognize an impairment loss.
We measure the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount
exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of
estimated net future cash flows. Included in other general and
administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of
operations for the year ended July 31, 2009 and the five
months ended December 31, 2009 were $405,000 and $77,000,
respectively, of recognized impairment losses on internal-use
software. We identified no indicators of impairment during the
years ended July 31, 2007 and 2008.
Amounts Due to
Card Issuing Banks for Overdrawn Accounts
Our card issuing banks fund overdrawn cardholder account
balances on our behalf. Amounts funded are due from us to the
card issuing banks based on terms specified in the agreements
with the card issuing banks. Generally, we expect to settle
these obligations within 12 months.
Amounts Due Under
Line of Credit
After a consumer purchases a new card or cash transfer product
at a retail location, we make the funds immediately available
once the consumer goes online or calls a toll-free number to
activate the new card or add funds from a cash transfer product.
Since our retail distributors do not remit funds to our card
issuing banks, on average, for three business days, we maintain
a line of credit with certain card issuing banks that is
available to fund any cash requirements related to the timing
difference between funds remitted by our retail distributors to
the card issuing banks and funds utilized by consumers. We repay
any draws on this line of credit when our retail distributors
remit the funds to the card issuing banks bank accounts.
Revenue
Recognition
Our operating revenues consist of card revenues, cash transfer
revenues, and interchange revenues. We recognize revenue when
the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, the product is sold or the service is
performed, and collectibility of the resulting receivable is
reasonably assured.
F-12
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Card revenues consist of new card fees, monthly maintenance
fees, ATM fees, and other revenues. We charge new card fees when
a consumer purchases a new card in a retail store. We defer and
recognize new card fee revenues on a straight-line basis over
our average card lifetime, which is currently nine months for
our GPR cards and six months for our gift cards. We determine
the average card lifetime based on our recent historical data
for comparable products. We measure card lifetime for our GPR
cards as the period of time, inclusive of reload activity,
between sale (or activation) of the card and the date of the
last positive balance. We measure the card lifetime for our gift
cards as the redemption period during which cardholders perform
the substantial majority of their transactions. We report the
unearned portion of new card fees as a component of deferred
revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. We charge
maintenance fees on a monthly basis pursuant to the terms and
conditions in the applicable cardholder agreements. We recognize
monthly maintenance fees ratably over the month for which they
are assessed. We charge ATM fees to cardholders when they
withdraw money or conduct other transactions at certain ATMs in
accordance with the terms and conditions in the applicable
cardholder agreements. We recognize ATM fees when the withdrawal
is made by the cardholder, which is the same time our service is
completed and the fees are assessed. Other revenues consist of
customer service fees, and fees associated with optional
products or services, which we generally offer to consumers
during the card activation process. We charge customer service
fees pursuant to the terms and conditions in the applicable
cardholder agreements and recognize them when the underlying
services are completed. Optional products and services that
generate other revenues include providing a second card for an
account, expediting delivery of the personalized debit card that
replaces the temporary card obtained at the retail store, and
upgrading a cardholder account to one of our upgrade programs.
We generally recognize revenue related to optional products and
services when the underlying services are completed, but we
treat revenues related to our upgrade programs in a manner
similar to new card fees and monthly maintenance fees.
We generate cash transfer revenues when consumers purchase our
cash transfer products (reload services) in a retail store. We
recognize these revenues when the cash transfer transactions are
completed, generally within three business days from the time of
sale of these products.
We earn interchange revenues from fees remitted by the
merchants bank, which are based on rates established by
Visa and MasterCard, when cardholders make purchase transactions
using our cards. We recognize interchange revenues as these
transactions occur.
We report our different types of revenues on a gross or net
basis based on our assessment of whether we act as a principal
or an agent in the transaction. To the extent we act as a
principal in the transaction, we report revenues on a gross
basis. In concluding whether or not we act as a principal or an
agent, we evaluate whether we have the substantial risks and
rewards under the terms of the revenue-generating arrangements,
whether we are the party responsible for fulfillment of the
services purchased by the cardholders, and other factors. For
all of our significant revenue-generating arrangements,
including GPR and gift cards, we record revenues on a gross
basis.
Generally, customers have limited rights to a refund of a new
card fee or a cash transfer fee. We have elected to recognize
revenues prior to the expiration of the refund period, but
reduce revenues by the amount of expected refunds, which we
estimate based on actual historical refunds.
On occasion, we enter into incentive agreements with our retail
distributors designed to increase product acceptance and sales
volume. We capitalize incentive payments that we make in
instances where we receive a preferred product placement for a
negotiated period of time. We amortize capitalized amounts as a
reduction of revenues over that period.
F-13
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Sales and
Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales
commissions, advertising and marketing expenses, and the costs
of manufacturing and distributing card packages, placards, and
promotional materials to our retail distributors locations
and personalized GPR cards to consumers who have activated their
cards.
We pay our retail distributors and brokers commissions based on
sales of our prepaid debit cards and cash transfer products in
their stores. We defer and expense commissions related to new
cards sales ratably over the average card lifetime, which is
currently nine months for our GPR cards and six months for our
gift cards. We expense commissions related to cash transfer
products when the cash transfer transactions are completed.
Sales commissions were $26.2 million, $40.7 million,
and $50.8 million for the years ended July 31, 2007,
2008, and 2009, respectively, and $19.0 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009.
We expense costs for the production of advertising as incurred.
The cost of media advertising is expensed when the advertising
first takes place. Advertising and marketing expenses were
$7.2 million, $13.6 million, and $7.0 million for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, and $1.5 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009.
We record the costs associated with card packages and placards
as prepaid expenses, and we record the costs associated with
personalized GPR cards as deferred expenses. We recognize the
prepaid cost of card packages and placards over the related
sales period, and we amortize the deferred cost of personalized
GPR cards, when activated, over the average card lifetime,
currently nine months. Our manufacturing and distributing costs
were $5.5 million, $15.3 million, and
$18.0 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, and $10.8 million for the five
months ended December 31, 2009. Included in our
manufacturing and distributing costs were shipping and handling
costs of $0.5 million, $1.3 million, and
$2.3 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, and $1.2 million for the five
months ended December 31, 2009. Also included in our
manufacturing and distributing costs was a liability that we
incurred for use tax to various states related to purchases of
materials since no sales tax is charged to customers when new
cards or cash transfer transactions are purchased.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Effective August 1, 2006, we adopted a new accounting
standard related to stock-based compensation. We adopted the new
standard using the prospective transition method, which required
compensation expense to be recognized on a prospective basis,
and therefore prior period financial statements do not include
the impact of our adoption of this standard. Compensation
expense recognized relates to stock options granted, modified,
repurchased, or cancelled on or after August 1, 2006. We
record compensation expense using the fair value method of
accounting. For stock options, we base compensation expense on
option fair values estimated at the grant date using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For stock awards, we base
compensation expense on the estimated fair value of our common
stock at the grant date. We recognize compensation expense for
awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting
schedules on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of
the award. Vesting is based upon continued service to our
company.
We continued to account for stock options granted to employees
prior to August 1, 2006, using the intrinsic value method.
Under the intrinsic value method, compensation associated with
stock awards to employees was determined as the difference, if
any, between the fair value of the underlying
F-14
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
common stock on the grant date, and the price an employee must
pay to exercise the award. For additional information, refer to
Note 11 Stock-Based Compensation.
We also measure the fair value of equity instruments issued to
non-employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and
recognize related expense in the same periods that the goods or
services are received. For additional information, refer to
Note 10 Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock and Stockholders Equity (Deficit).
Income
Taxes
Our income tax expense is comprised of current and deferred
income tax expense. Current income tax expense approximates
taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred
income tax expense results from the changes in deferred tax
assets and liabilities during the periods. These gross deferred
tax assets and liabilities represent decreases or increases in
taxes expected to be paid in the future because of future
reversals of temporary differences between the bases of assets
and liabilities as measured by tax laws and their bases as
reported in our consolidated financial statements. We also
recognize deferred tax assets for tax attributes such as net
operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. We
record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the
amounts we conclude are more
likely-than-not
to be realized in the foreseeable future.
We recognize and measure income tax benefits based upon a
two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more
likely-than-not
to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to
be recognized, and 2) the benefit is measured as the
largest dollar amount of that position that is more
likely-than-not
to be sustained upon settlement. The difference between the
benefit recognized for a position and the tax benefit claimed on
a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. We
accrue income tax related interest and penalties, if applicable,
within income tax expense.
For additional information, refer to Note 6
Income Taxes.
Earnings (Loss)
Per Common Share
The holders of our preferred stock are entitled to participate
in dividends and earnings of our company. Therefore, we apply
the two-class method in calculating earnings per common share.
The two-class method requires net income, after deduction of any
preferred stock dividends, deemed dividends on preferred stock
redemptions, and accretions in the carrying value on preferred
stock, to be allocated between the common and preferred
stockholders based on their respective rights to receive
dividends, whether or not declared. Basic earnings (loss) per
common share is then calculated by dividing net income (loss)
allocated to common stockholders, after the reduction for
earnings allocated to preferred stock, by the weighted-average
common shares issued and outstanding.
In addition, for diluted earnings per common share, the
conversion of convertible preferred stock can affect net income
(loss) allocated to common stockholders. Where the effect of
this conversion is dilutive, we adjust net income (loss)
allocated to common stockholders by the associated preferred
dividends. We divide adjusted net income by the weighted-average
number of common shares issued and outstanding for each period
plus amounts representing the dilutive effect of outstanding
stock options and outstanding warrants, and the dilution
resulting from the conversion of convertible preferred stock, if
applicable. We exclude the effects of convertible preferred
stock and outstanding warrants and stock options from the
computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share in
periods in which the effect would be antidilutive. We calculate
dilutive potential common shares using the treasury stock
method, if-converted method and the two-class method, as
applicable.
For additional information, refer to Note 12
Earnings Per Common Share.
F-15
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
|
Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Overdrawn account balances due from cardholders
|
|
$
|
9,231
|
|
|
$
|
10,165
|
|
|
$
|
12,072
|
|
Reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
|
|
|
(5,277
|
)
|
|
|
(6,448
|
)
|
|
|
(7,460
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net overdrawn account balances due from cardholders
|
|
|
3,954
|
|
|
|
3,717
|
|
|
|
4,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
|
|
647
|
|
Reserve for uncollectible trade receivables
|
|
|
(248
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade receivables
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
1,029
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables due from card issuing banks
|
|
|
8,989
|
|
|
|
14,870
|
|
|
|
22,123
|
|
Payroll taxes due from related parties (Note 5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,417
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
1,708
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
14,080
|
|
|
$
|
21,324
|
|
|
$
|
30,287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables due from card issuing banks primarily represents
revenue-related funds collected by the card issuing banks from
our retail distributors, merchant banks and cardholders that
have yet to be remitted to us. These receivables are generally
collected within a short period of time based on the remittance
terms in our agreements with the card issuing banks.
Activity in the reserve for uncollectible overdrawn accounts
consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
2,104
|
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
5,277
|
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
Provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees
|
|
|
6,519
|
|
|
|
13,652
|
|
|
|
20,187
|
|
|
|
10,255
|
|
Purchase transactions
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
|
|
2,483
|
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
|
|
963
|
|
Charge-offs
|
|
|
(7,295
|
)
|
|
|
(13,576
|
)
|
|
|
(21,377
|
)
|
|
|
(10,206
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of year
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
5,277
|
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
|
$
|
7,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Accounts
Receivable (Continued)
|
|
|
4.
|
Property and
Equipment
|
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Computer equipment, furniture, and office equipment
|
|
$
|
6,296
|
|
|
$
|
7,812
|
|
|
$
|
10,180
|
|
Computer software purchased
|
|
|
2,062
|
|
|
|
2,879
|
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
Capitalized internal-use software
|
|
|
9,470
|
|
|
|
13,078
|
|
|
|
15,114
|
|
Tenant improvements
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
|
|
1,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,710
|
|
|
|
24,866
|
|
|
|
30,373
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(11,614
|
)
|
|
|
(16,187
|
)
|
|
|
(18,400
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
7,096
|
|
|
$
|
8,679
|
|
|
$
|
11,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense was $3.5 million,
$4.4 million, and $4.6 million for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and
$2.3 million for the five months ended December 31,
2009. Included in those amounts are depreciation expense related
to internal-use software of $1.7 million,
$2.4 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and
$1.3 million for the five months ended December 31,
2009. The net carrying value of capitalized internal-use
software was $3.0 million, $3.6 million,
$4.7 million and $5.5 million at July 31, 2007,
2008, and 2009 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
|
|
5.
|
Related Party
Transactions
|
We loaned $3.0 million in March 2004 and $0.8 million
in February 2006 to our current Chief Executive Officer bearing
interest at rates of 3.5% and 4.5%, respectively, compounded
semiannually. All principal and unpaid interest outstanding
under the loans is due in March 2011. The loans are
collateralized by 2,500,000 shares of our common stock
owned by the officer and pledged under a stock pledge agreement.
We classified the outstanding balance of these loans, including
capitalized interest of $575,000, $735,000 and $776,000 at
July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009,
respectively, as a reduction in stockholders equity. We
recorded interest on these loans of $150,000, $155,000, and
$160,000 for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, and $41,000 for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 as additional
paid-in-capital.
During the three-year period ended July 31, 2009, we loaned
an aggregate amount of $1.1 million to an executive to
purchase common stock. The $1.1 million was loaned in seven
installments, each installment ranging from $18,000 to $622,000.
The interest rate on the loan is specified for each installment
and ranges from 2.72% to 5.14%, compounded semiannually. All
principal and unpaid interest outstanding under the loan is due
in May 2013. The loan is collateralized by 898,000 shares
of our common stock owned by the officer and a full recourse
promissory note. We classified the outstanding balance of the
loan, including capitalized interest of $77,000, $127,000 and
$140,000 at July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31,
2009, respectively, as a reduction in stockholders equity.
We recorded interest on these loans of $41,000, $36,000, and
$50,000 for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, and $13,000 for the five months ended
December 31, 2009 as additional
paid-in-capital.
We loaned $120,000 in February 2008 to our current Chief
Financial Officer to purchase common stock. The loan bears an
interest rate of 3.48%, compounded semiannually. All principal
and unpaid interest outstanding under the loan is due in
February 2015. The loan is collateralized by 85,000 shares
of our common stock owned by the officer and a full recourse
promissory note. We classified the outstanding balance of the
loan, including capitalized interest of $2,000, $7,000 and
$8,000 at July 31,
F-17
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
5.
|
Related Party
Transactions (Continued)
|
2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009, respectively, as a
reduction in stockholders equity. We recorded interest on
the loan of $2,000 and $5,000 for the years ended July 31,
2008 and 2009, respectively, and $1,000 for the five months
ended December 31, 2009 as additional
paid-in-capital.
All of these related party notes receivable were repaid in full,
including accrued interest of $936,000, in November 2009.
At December 31, 2009, we had receivables of
$2.3 million due from our Chief Executive Officer and
$0.1 million due from our Chief Financial Officer. These
receivables were related to federal and state payroll taxes
arising from stock awards granted and stock options exercised
that we are required to remit to the various taxing authorities.
We recorded these receivables as a component of accounts
receivable, net, on our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2009. We collected these receivables in cash
in January 2010.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 and the five months
ended December 31, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(629
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,611
|
|
|
$
|
22,645
|
|
|
$
|
4,389
|
|
State
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
2,610
|
|
|
|
5,988
|
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
12,221
|
|
|
|
28,633
|
|
|
|
6,234
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(1,662
|
)
|
|
|
3,114
|
|
State
|
|
|
(514
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(2,635
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(1,731
|
)
|
|
|
3,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
(3,346
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,261
|
|
|
$
|
26,902
|
|
|
$
|
9,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended December 31,
2009 varied from the amount computed by applying the federal
statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes. A
reconciliation between the expected federal income tax expense
using the federal statutory tax rate of 35% and our actual
income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended December 31,
2009 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. federal income tax
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(288.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(257.2
|
)%
|
|
|
41.4
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
6.
|
Income Taxes
(Continued)
|
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
significant portions of our deferred tax assets and liabilities
were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserve for overdrawn accounts
|
|
$
|
3,102
|
|
|
$
|
2,827
|
|
|
$
|
3,280
|
|
State income taxes
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
Other
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,046
|
|
|
|
6,683
|
|
|
|
6,087
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internal-use software costs
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
|
|
(2,019
|
)
|
|
|
(2,423
|
)
|
Deferred expenses
|
|
|
(1,572
|
)
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
|
(2,697
|
)
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
(487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(2,624
|
)
|
|
|
(2,530
|
)
|
|
|
(5,607
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2,422
|
|
|
$
|
4,153
|
|
|
$
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in
our consolidated balance sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
4,446
|
|
|
$
|
5,681
|
|
|
$
|
4,634
|
|
Noncurrent net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(2,024
|
)
|
|
|
(1,528
|
)
|
|
|
(4,154
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
2,422
|
|
|
$
|
4,153
|
|
|
$
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In assessing whether a valuation allowance is needed for our
deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more
likely-than-not
that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is
dependent upon our generation of sufficient taxable income of
the appropriate character during the periods in which those
temporary differences become deductible. We consider the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected
future taxable income in making this assessment. Based upon the
level of our historical taxable income and projections of our
future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary
differences resulting in the deferred tax assets are deductible,
we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the
benefits of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we recorded no
valuation allowance as of July 31, 2008 and 2009 and
December 31, 2009.
During the year ended July 31, 2008, we utilized
approximately $2.8 million of federal and approximately
$2.7 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. As
of July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009, we had no
unutilized net operating loss carryforwards.
In accounting for income taxes, we followed the guidance related
to uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance prescribes a
comprehensive framework for the financial statement recognition,
measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain income
tax positions that we have taken or anticipate taking in a tax
return, and includes guidance on de-recognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and
transition rules. We have concluded that we have no
F-19
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
6.
|
Income Taxes
(Continued)
|
significant unrecognized tax benefits. We are subject to
examination by the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and various
state tax authorities. Our consolidated federal income tax
returns for the years ended July 31, 2005 and 2008 have
been examined by the IRS, and there have been no material
changes in our tax liabilities for those years. We generally
remain subject to examination of our federal income tax returns
for the year ended July 31, 2006 and later years. We
generally remain subject to examination of our various state
income tax returns for a period of four to five years from the
respective dates the returns were filed.
In March 2009, we increased the balance available on our line of
credit from $12.0 million to $15.0 million. This line
of credit matures on March 24, 2010, and bears interest at
LIBOR (as published in The Wall Street Journal) plus
1.50%. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all
of our assets, including a restricted cash deposit at the
lending institution of $15.0 million. There was no
outstanding borrowing on this line of credit at July 31,
2008 and 2009 or December 31, 2009.
|
|
8.
|
Fair Values of
Financial Instruments
|
Our financial instruments, including unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents, restricted cash, settlement assets and obligations,
accounts receivable, certain other assets, accounts payable, and
other accrued liabilities, are short-term, and, accordingly, we
believe their carrying amounts approximate their respective fair
values.
|
|
9.
|
Concentrations of
Credit Risk
|
Financial instruments that subject us to concentration of credit
risk consist primarily of unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and
settlement assets. We deposit our unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents and our restricted cash with regional and national
banking institutions, including certain of our card issuing
banks, that we periodically monitor and evaluate for
creditworthiness. Credit risk for our accounts receivable is
concentrated with card issuing banks and our customers, and this
risk is mitigated by the relatively short collection period and
our large customer base. We do not require or maintain
collateral for accounts receivable. We maintain reserves for
uncollectible overdrawn accounts and uncollectible trade
receivables. Credit risk for our settlement assets is
concentrated with our retail distributors, which we periodically
monitor.
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit)
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
In October 2006, we entered into an agreement with a card
issuing bank to provide a co-branded GPR card program with a
major retail distributor. We also entered into equity financing
transactions with the bank and an affiliated investment entity,
under which we issued a warrant to purchase 500,000 shares
of our common stock in October 2006 and 2,926,458 shares of
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, or
Series D, in December 2006. We received cash consideration
of $20.0 million from the equity financing transactions.
The holder of Series D was entitled to receive
noncumulative dividends at a per annum rate of $0.547 per share
and to participate in dividends on common stock on an
as-converted basis, subject to the declaration by our board of
directors out of funds legally available. Series D was
redeemable for cash at the option of the holder on the seventh
anniversary of its issuance. Series D was also convertible
into our common stock any time prior to redemption, at the
option of the holder, based on a conversion ratio. In the event
of any liquidation,
F-20
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
dissolution or winding up of our company, the holder of
Series D was entitled to receive an amount equal to $6.834
per share plus 20% per annum from the date of issuance.
The freestanding warrant we issued entitled the holder to
purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock at a per share
price of $6.834 any time prior to the earliest of: a) the
date of our initial public offering; b) the date of a
change in control of our company; or c) October 27,
2013. The warrant was not redeemable.
We allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the Series D
and the freestanding warrant to these instruments on a relative
fair value basis. The initial allocated value of the warrant
calculated using an option-pricing model was $1.3 million.
As the warrant allowed settlement only in the underlying common
stock, it was recorded at its initial allocated value as a
component of additional paid-in capital.
Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other
provisions, we classified Series D as temporary equity at
its initial allocated value of $18.7 million. We determined
that Series D did not contain any beneficial conversion
features. We accreted the carrying value of the stock to its
redemption value at each reporting period with a charge to
retained earnings.
On December 19, 2008, we entered into an agreement with the
sole holder of Series D for an early redemption of the
2,926,458 outstanding shares. The agreed redemption value was
$39.2 million, or $13.38 per share, which we paid in cash
on December 19, 2008. Upon redemption, the Series D
preferred shares were canceled.
In addition, on December 19, 2008, we purchased a call
option, which entitled us to purchase the freestanding warrant
on 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
approximately $2.0 million. The call option was exercisable
any time during the period March 1, 2009 to
September 1, 2009. In June 2009, we exercised the call
option and repurchased the warrant.
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Our convertible preferred stock at July 31, 2008 and 2009
and December 31, 2009 consisted of the following (in
thousands):
July 31,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,481
|
|
|
$
|
1,953
|
|
|
$
|
1,899
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,372
|
|
|
|
23,837
|
|
|
$
|
18,345
|
|
|
$
|
18,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
July 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
Series C-2
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,554
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
30,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds Net of
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
Issuance
|
|
Series
|
|
Authorized
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
|
|
2,186
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
10,114
|
|
|
|
9,939
|
|
|
|
8,230
|
|
|
|
8,136
|
|
Series C-1
|
|
|
4,541
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
Series C-2
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,554
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
$
|
31,322
|
|
|
$
|
30,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Certificate of Incorporation specifies the following rights,
preferences, and privileges for our preferred stockholders.
Voting
Each share of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible
preferred stock has voting rights equal to the number of shares
of common stock into which it is convertible and votes together
as one class with the common stock. Our preferred stockholders
are entitled to elect four directors. Additionally, the holders
of our Series C, C-1 and C-2 shares, voting together,
are entitled to elect one director. The approval of at least 67%
of the then-outstanding number of shares of convertible
preferred stock and a majority of the then-outstanding
Series C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock, voting
together as a separate class, is required to, among other
things: change the rights and preferences of our preferred
stock; change our authorized share capital; redeem shares of our
capital stock; increase the number of shares available for
issuance under our stock plan; declare or pay any dividend; take
any action that results in a merger, sale of control, or any
other transaction in which all or substantially all of our
assets or more than 50% of the voting power of our company is
disposed of; and the dissolution or winding up of our company.
Dividends
Our Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible preferred
stockholders are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at
the per annum rates of $0.024, $0.055, $0.066, $0.113, and
$0.88, respectively, when and if declared by our board of
directors. The holders of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2
convertible preferred stock will also be entitled to participate
in dividends on our common stock,
F-22
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
when and if declared by our board of directors, on an
as-converted basis. Our board of directors did not declare any
dividends on our convertible preferred stock or common stock
during the three-year period ended July 31, 2009 or the
five months ended December 31, 2009.
Liquidation
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of
our company, the available funds and assets that may be legally
distributed to our stockholders will be distributed, without
preference, to the holders of our Series A, B, C, C-1, and
C-2 convertible preferred stock at amounts equal to $0.30,
$0.69, $0.83, $1.41, and $11.00 per share, respectively. Upon
completion of the distributions to each series of convertible
preferred stock, all remaining funds and assets available for
distribution are required to be distributed on a pro rata basis
among holders of our common stock. If upon any liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of our company, the available funds
and assets are insufficient to permit the payment to holders of
each series of convertible preferred stock of the full
preferential amounts, then the entire remaining funds and assets
will be distributed on a pro rata basis among holders of each
series of convertible preferred stock in proportion to their
preferential amounts.
A liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our company
includes the acquisition of our company by another entity by
merger, consolidation, sale of voting control, or any other
transaction or series of transactions in which all our
stockholders immediately prior to such transaction hold less
than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity. Upon such
an event, all of the holders of each class of stock are eligible
to participate in all available remaining funds and assets.
Conversion
Each share of Series A, B, C, C-1, and C-2 convertible
preferred stock is convertible into our common stock, at the
option of the holder, according to a conversion ratio, subject
to adjustment for dilution. Each share of Series A, B, C,
C-1, and C-2 convertible preferred stock automatically converts
into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares
are convertible at the then-effective conversion ratio upon:
(1) the closing of a public offering of common stock at a
per share price of at least $2.48 per share with gross proceeds
of at least $25 million, or (2) the consent of the
holders of the majority of our convertible preferred stock,
provided, however, that no shares of Series C, C-1, or C-2
convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted
pursuant to such consent unless a majority of the
then-outstanding Series C, C-1, and C-2 convertible
preferred stockholders, voting together as separate class, also
consent to such conversion.
Registration
Rights Agreement
We are a party to a registration rights agreement with certain
of our investors, pursuant to which we have granted those
persons or entities the right to register shares of common stock
held by them under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the Securities Act. Holders of these rights are entitled to
demand that we register their shares of common stock under the
Securities Act so long as certain conditions are satisfied and
require us to include their shares of common stock in future
registration statements that may be filed, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising
registration rights. In addition, after an initial public
offering, these holders have the right to request that their
shares of common stock be registered on a
Form S-3
registration statement so long as certain conditions are
satisfied and the anticipated aggregate sales price of the
registered shares as of the date of filing of the
Form S-3
registration statement is at least $1 million. The
foregoing registration rights are subject to various conditions
and limitations, including the right of underwriters of an
offering to limit the number of registrable securities that may
be included in an
F-23
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
10.
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) (Continued)
|
offering. The registration rights terminate as to any particular
shares on the date on which the holder sells such shares to the
public in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144
under the Securities Act. We are generally required to bear all
of the expenses of these registrations, except underwriting
commissions, selling discounts and transfer taxes.
We are not obligated under the registration rights agreement to
transfer consideration, whether in cash, equity instruments, or
adjustments to the terms of the financial instruments that are
subject to the registration payment arrangement, to the
investors, if the registration statement is not declared
effective within the specified time or if effectiveness of the
registration statement is not maintained.
Stock Repurchase
Agreement
On January 22, 2007, we entered into a Stock Repurchase
Agreement with Related Stock Cancellation Provisions with
certain stockholders to repurchase 2,926,458 common and
preferred shares. In addition, we purchased a call option from
these stockholders that gave us the right to obtain and cancel
an additional 2,926,458 shares from these stockholders. We
paid an aggregate consideration of $20.0 million related to
these transactions. Upon redemption of all Series D
preferred stock, the call option was canceled on
December 19, 2008.
Non-Employee
Stock-Based Payments
At July 31, 2008 and 2009 and December 31, 2009, a
warrant to purchase 283,786 shares of
Series C-1
preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.41 per share was
outstanding. This warrant was issued in 2005, and is exercisable
any time prior to its expiration date of February 11, 2012.
We recognized stock-based compensation of $319,000 for this
warrant during 2005, 2006, and 2007 and included it as a
component of additional paid-in capital.
On March 3, 2009, we entered into a sales and marketing
agreement with a third party that contained a contingent warrant
feature. The warrant provides the third party with an option to
purchase 3,426,765 shares of our common stock at a per
share price of $23.70 if certain sales volume or revenue targets
are achieved. A further 856,691 shares become eligible for
purchase under the warrant should either of these targets be
achieved and additional specified marketing and promotional
activities take place.
The shares become eligible for purchase under the warrant at any
time the targets are achieved prior to the earlier of
March 3, 2014 or the termination of the sales and marketing
agreement. Once eligible for purchase, the purchase option
expires on the earliest of: (1) the date at which the sales
and marketing agreement with the third-party is terminated;
(2) the date of a change of control transaction of our
company; or (3) March 3, 2017.
The warrant is redeemable for cash by the holder if we fail to
perform in accordance with the customary contractual terms of
the sales and marketing agreement. Should the third party fail
to perform in accordance with the terms of the sales and
marketing agreement, we obtain an option to repurchase any
shares previously issued under the warrant.
As the option to purchase shares under the warrant is contingent
upon the achievement of certain sales volume or revenue targets,
there is a possibility that no shares will become eligible for
purchase. Based on different possible outcomes, we developed a
range of fair values for the warrant, and we measured the
warrant at its current lowest aggregate fair value within that
range. As none of the performance conditions have been met, the
lowest aggregate fair value is zero. Accordingly, we have not
assigned any value to the warrant in our consolidated financial
statements as of July 31, 2009 or December 31, 2009.
F-24
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
Stock
Plan
In January 2001, we adopted the 2001 Stock Plan, or the Plan.
The Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options,
nonqualified stock options and other stock awards. Our officers,
employees, outside directors, and consultants are eligible to
receive stock-based awards under the Plan; however, incentive
stock options may only be granted to our officers and employees.
During the year ended July 31, 2009, we increased the
number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the
Plan from 9,643,134 shares to 9,943,134 shares and, in
November 2009, we further increased the number of shares of
common stock reserved for issuance to 11,208,384. Options
granted under the Plan generally vest over four years and expire
five or ten years from the date of grant.
The total stock-based compensation expense recognized was
$0.2 million, $1.2 million, and $2.5 million for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, and $6.8 million for the five months ended
December 31, 2009. The total income tax benefit recognized
as a component of income tax expense for stock-based
compensation arrangements was $0, $0.3 million, and
$0.4 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, and $2.6 million for the five
months ended December 31, 2009.
We estimated the fair value of each employee option grant on the
date of grant using the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.52
|
%
|
|
|
2.98
|
%
|
|
|
2.26
|
%
|
|
|
2.56
|
%
|
Expected term (life) of options (in years)
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
|
54.3
|
%
|
|
|
53.2
|
%
|
|
|
46.9
|
%
|
Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at their
respective grant dates requires considerable judgment, including
estimating expected volatility and expected term (life). We
based our expected volatility on the historical volatility of
comparable public companies over the options expected
term. We calculated our expected term based on the simplified
method, which is the mid-point between the weighted-average
graded-vesting term of 2.16 years and the contractual term
of 10 years, resulting in 6.08 years. The simplified
method was chosen as a means to determine expected term as there
is limited historical option exercise experience due to our
company being privately held. We derived the risk-free rate from
the average yield for the five-and seven-year zero-coupon
U.S. Treasury Strips. We estimate forfeitures at the grant
date based on our historical forfeiture rate since the
Plans inception and revise the estimate, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $2.17,
$2.49, and $6.98 per share for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and $9.47 per share for the
five months ended December 31, 2009.
F-25
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation (Continued)
|
The following table summarizes information by grant date for the
stock options that we granted during the preceding
12 months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share Fair
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Value of Our
|
|
|
Average Fair
|
|
|
|
to Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
of Options
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
March 19, 2009
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
10.84
|
|
|
$
|
5.83
|
|
June 9, 2009
|
|
|
85,800
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
15.65
|
|
|
|
8.80
|
|
August 3, 2009
|
|
|
127,500
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
17.19
|
|
|
|
9.50
|
|
November 2, 2009
|
|
|
1,261,750
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
9.47
|
|
On each of the above dates, we granted our employees stock
options at exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of
the underlying common stock, as determined on a contemporaneous
basis by our board of directors with input from management and
an independent valuation firm.
Stock
Awards
In December 2009, our board of directors awarded
257,984 shares of common stock to our Chief Executive
Officer to compensate him for past services rendered to our
company. The number of shares awarded was equal to the number of
shares subject to fully vested options that unintentionally
expired unexercised in June 2009. The aggregate grant date fair
value of the December 2009 award was approximately
$5.2 million, based on an estimated fair value of our
common stock of $20.01, as determined by our board of directors
on the date of the award. We recorded the aggregate grant date
fair value as compensation and benefits expense on the date of
the award.
Stock Option
Modification
On December 11, 2008, our board of directors approved the
modification of options to purchase 155,500 shares of
common stock previously granted on August 12, 2008, to
decrease the exercise price from $17.90 to $10.75. The stock
option modification resulted in incremental stock-based
compensation expense of $214,000, of which $38,000 was
recognized for the year ended July 31, 2009, $16,000 was
recognized for the five months ended December 31, 2009 and
$160,000 will be recognized over the remaining vesting period.
F-26
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation (Continued)
|
Option activity for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 was as
follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2006
|
|
|
5,164
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
4.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(444
|
)
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(264
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,866
|
|
|
|
1.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
2.81
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(1,822
|
)
|
|
|
0.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2008
|
|
|
4,795
|
|
|
|
2.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
812
|
|
|
|
11.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(664
|
)
|
|
|
4.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
3.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 31, 2009
|
|
|
4,908
|
|
|
|
3.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
19.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(562
|
)
|
|
|
1.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,687
|
|
|
$
|
7.98
|
|
|
$
|
68,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,552
|
|
|
$
|
7.79
|
|
|
$
|
67,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3,016
|
|
|
$
|
2.96
|
|
|
$
|
51,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months
ended December 31, 2009 was $0.8 million,
$7.3 million, $0.3 million and $10.0 million,
respectively. The total shares available for grant under the
Plan were 200,145 as of December 31, 2009.
F-27
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation (Continued)
|
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock
options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
Options Currently Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
Number
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Currently
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Exercise
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Life (in Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
$0.35-$0.83
|
|
|
462,163
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
$ 0.56
|
|
|
|
462,163
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
$1.41-$4.00
|
|
|
1,436,762
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
1.69
|
|
|
|
1,383,780
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
1.65
|
|
$4.64-$10.75
|
|
|
2,315,146
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
|
|
1,170,484
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
5.44
|
|
$10.84-$17.19
|
|
|
211,500
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
15.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$20.01
|
|
|
1,261,750
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,687,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,016,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options were
$0, $0.6 million and $0 for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $1.9 million for the
five months ended December 31, 2009. Cash proceeds from the
exercise of stock options were $0.3 million,
$1.2 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and
$0.9 million for the five months ended December 31,
2009. There were 3,016,427 vested and
2,670,894 unvested outstanding options at December 31,
2009. The aggregate unrecognized compensation cost for unvested
stock options issued subsequent to August 1, 2006, expected
to be recognized in compensation expense in future periods was
$16.9 million at December 31, 2009, and the related
weighted-average period over which it is expected to be
recognized was estimated at 3.4 years. No stock-based
compensation expense was reflected in our consolidated
statements of operations for those stock option grants issued
prior to August 1, 2006. At December 31, 2009,
1,746,750 vested and 23,148 unvested outstanding options were
granted prior to August 1, 2006.
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share
|
Our preferred stockholders are entitled to participate with
common stockholders in the distributions of earnings through
dividends. We calculated earnings per common share using the
two-class method. Refer to Note 2 Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies for a discussion of the
calculation of earnings (loss) per common share.
F-28
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share (Continued)
|
The calculation of basic earnings (loss) per common share and
diluted earnings (loss) per common share, or EPS, for the years
ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the five months
ended December 31, 2009 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
4,647
|
|
|
$
|
17,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,635
|
)
|
|
|
(4,480
|
)
|
|
|
(1,956
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemptions
|
|
|
(1,522
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,634
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
(17,410
|
)
|
|
|
(9,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
|
(510
|
)
|
|
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
8,163
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(510
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
10,757
|
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
Dilutive potential common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,747
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
11,100
|
|
|
|
14,154
|
|
|
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
15,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We excluded from the computation of basic EPS for the year ended
July 31, 2009 shares issuable under the contingent
warrant referred to in Note 10 Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity
(Deficit) as the related performance conditions have not
been satisfied.
F-29
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share (Continued)
|
For the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for
the five months ended December 31, 2009, we excluded
convertible preferred stock and certain stock options
outstanding, which could potentially dilute basic EPS in the
future, from the computation of diluted EPS as their effect was
anti-dilutive. The following table shows the weighted-average
number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the diluted EPS
calculation for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008 and
2009 and the five months ended December 31, 2009 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended July 31,
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
3,307
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
25,707
|
|
|
|
26,763
|
|
|
|
25,674
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total options and conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
29,014
|
|
|
|
27,155
|
|
|
|
25,771
|
|
|
|
25,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The calculation of unaudited pro forma basic earnings per common
share and diluted earnings per common share, or EPS, for the
year ended July 31, 2009 and the five months ended
December 31, 2009 was as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
July 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Pro forma basic earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemptions
|
|
|
9,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
|
|
17,410
|
|
|
|
9,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
Adjustment to reflect assumed effect of conversion of
convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
36,978
|
|
|
|
37,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma basic earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma diluted earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income allocated to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
8,163
|
|
|
$
|
4,493
|
|
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend on preferred stock redemptions
|
|
|
9,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocated earnings to preferred stock
|
|
|
17,410
|
|
|
|
9,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
37,163
|
|
|
$
|
13,663
|
|
Weighted-average common shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
12,036
|
|
|
|
12,222
|
|
Dilutive potential common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,941
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
Adjustment to reflect assumed weighted effect of conversion of
convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma diluted weighted-average common shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
40,654
|
|
|
|
40,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma diluted earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
0.91
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
12.
|
Earnings per
Common Share (Continued)
|
On January 1, 2004, we established a defined contribution
savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code. Employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are
generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day
of the calendar month following the month in which employees
commence service with us. Participants may make pre-tax
contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the
statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions
under the code. We may contribute to the plan at the discretion
of our board of directors. We made contributions to the plan of
$73,000, $8,000, and $58,000 for the years ended July 31,
2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and $0 for the five months
ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
14.
|
Commitments and
Contingencies
|
We lease approximately 56,000 square feet of office space
at our headquarters in Monrovia, California, pursuant to a
noncancelable lease agreement for approximately
49,000 square feet that expires in September 2012 and a
sub-lease agreement for approximately 7,000 square feet that
expires in December 2011. We also lease a data center in Los
Angeles, California under a noncancelable lease expiring in
November 2010. Our total rental expense for these leases
amounted to $1.0 million, $1.2 million, and
$1.4 million for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008,
and 2009, respectively, and $0.6 million for the five
months ended December 31, 2009.
At December 31, 2009, the minimum aggregate rental
commitment under all non-cancelable operating leases was (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,780
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,111
|
|
2013
|
|
|
36
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009, we had a $4.0 million letter of
credit outstanding, issued on our behalf, to collateralize
surety bonds issued in connection with our state money
transmitter licenses.
We have various agreements with vendors and retail distributors
that include future minimum annual payments. At
December 31, 2009, the minimum aggregate commitment under
these agreements was (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
20,353
|
|
2011
|
|
|
17,499
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the event we terminate our processing services agreement for
convenience, we are required to pay a single lump sum equal to
any minimum payments remaining on the date of termination.
F-31
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Commitments and
Contingencies (Continued)
|
We have retained outside regulatory counsel to survey and
monitor the laws of all 50 states to identify state laws or
regulations that apply to prepaid debit cards and other stored
value products. Many state laws do not specifically address
stored value products and what, if any, legal or regulatory
requirements (including licensing) apply to the sale of these
products. We have obtained money transmitter licenses (or
similar such licenses) where applicable, based on advice of
counsel or when we have been requested to do so. If we were
found to be in violation of any laws and regulations governing
banking, money transmitters, electronic fund transfers, or money
laundering in the United States or abroad, we could be subject
to penalties or could be forced to change our business practices.
In the ordinary course of business, we are a party to various
legal proceedings. We review these actions on an ongoing basis
to determine whether it is probable that a loss has occurred and
use that information when making accrual and disclosure
decisions. We have not established reserves or possible ranges
of losses related to these proceedings because, at this time in
the proceedings, the matters do not relate to a probable loss
and/or the
amounts are not reasonably estimable.
From time to time we enter into contracts containing provisions
that contingently require us to indemnify various parties
against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily
relate to (i) contracts with our card issuing banks, under
which we are responsible to them for any unrecovered overdrafts
on cardholders accounts; (ii) certain real estate
leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property
owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims
arising from our use of the premises, (iii) certain
agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under
which we may be required to indemnify these persons for
liabilities arising out of their relationship with us,
(iv) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify
our retail distributors, suppliers, vendors and other parties
with whom we have contracts against third-party claims that our
products infringe a patent, copyright, or other intellectual
property right claims arising from our acts, omissions, or
violation of law.
Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not
explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with
these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall
maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated.
With the exception of overdrafts on cardholders accounts,
historically, we have not been required to make payments under
these and similar contingent obligations, and no liabilities
have been recorded for these obligations in our consolidated
balance sheets. For additional information regarding overdrafts
on cardholders accounts, refer to
Note 3 Accounts Receivable.
|
|
15.
|
Significant
Customer Concentrations
|
A credit concentration may exist if customers are involved in
similar industries, economic sectors, and geographic regions.
Our retail distributors operate in similar economic sectors but
diverse domestic geographic regions. The loss of a significant
retail distributor could have a material adverse effect upon our
card sales, profitability, and revenue growth.
Revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest
retail distributors, Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid,
represented approximately 3%, 22%, 19%, and 17%, respectively,
of our operating revenues for the year ended July 31, 2007,
39%, 17%, 13%, and 11%, respectively, for the year ended
July 31, 2008, 56%, 11%, 9%, and 7%, respectively, for the
year ended July 31, 2009.
Revenues derived from our products sold at our four largest
retail distributors, Walmart, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid,
represented approximately 66%, 9%, 8%, and 6%, respectively, of
our operating revenues for the five months ended
December 31, 2009.
F-32
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
15.
|
Significant
Customer Concentrations (Continued)
|
In determining the customer concentration, we attributed new
card fees and cash transfer revenues to the retail distributor
where the sale of the new cards and cash transfer products
occurred.
The concentration of sales of new GPR cards (in units) for these
retail distributors, in the aggregate, was 84%, 94%, and 95% for
the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009,
respectively, and 94% for the five months ended
December 31, 2009. The concentration of sales of cash
transfer products (in units) for these retail distributors, in
the aggregate, was 78%, 89%, and 92% for the years ended
July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and 93% for
the five months ended December 31, 2009.
Our four largest retail distributors also comprised 51%, 15%,
17%, and 10%, respectively, of the settlement assets recorded on
our consolidated balance sheet as of July 31, 2008, 83%,
10%, 0%, and 5%, respectively, as of July 31, 2009 and 81%,
9%, 0%, and 6%, respectively, as of December 31, 2009.
During the years ended July 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 and
during the five months ended December 31, 2009, the
majority of the customer funds underlying our products were held
in bank accounts at two card issuing banks. These funds are held
in trust for the benefit of the customers, and we have no legal
rights to the customer funds or deposits at the card issuing
banks. Additionally, we have receivables due from these card
issuing banks included in accounts receivable, net, on our
consolidated balance sheets. The failure of either of these card
issuing banks could result in significant business disruption, a
potential material adverse affect on our ability to service our
customers, potential contingent obligations by us to customers
and material write-offs of uncollectible receivables due from
these card issuing banks.
We evaluate subsequent events that have occurred after our most
recent balance sheet date but before the financial statements
are issued or are available to be issued. There are two types of
subsequent events: (1) recognized, or those that provide
additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of
the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the
process of preparing financial statements, and
(2) nonrecognized, or those that provide evidence about
conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet
but arose after that date. We evaluated subsequent events
through April 26, 2010, the issuance date of our financial
statements.
Based on the evaluation, we did not identify any recognized
subsequent events that would have required adjustment to the
consolidated financial statements. The following were
nonrecognized subsequent events we identified:
On February 4, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement
to acquire 100% of the outstanding common shares and voting
interest of Bonneville Bancorp for approximately
$15.7 million in cash, subject to approval by the Federal
Reserve Bank and state regulators. Bonneville Bancorp, a Utah
bank holding company, offers a range of business and consumer
banking products in the Provo, Utah area through its bank
subsidiary, Bonneville Bank, or the Bank. The Bank also
originates commercial, industrial, residential, real estate and
personal loans. We expect to focus the Bank on issuing our Green
Dot-branded debit cards linked to an FDIC-insured transactional
account and, initially, on a pilot basis, savings accounts to
our core customer base.
In February 2010, we terminated our letter of credit because the
beneficiary no longer required us to collateralize surety bonds
issued in connection with our state money transmitter licenses.
In March 2010, our board of directors amended our Certificate of
Incorporation to adopt a dual class structure for our common
stock. The two classes of common stock are Class A common
stock
F-33
Green Dot
Corporation
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
16.
|
Subsequent Events
(Continued)
|
and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of
Class A and Class B common stock are virtually
identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. The
holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten
votes per share, and the holders of our Class A common
stock are entitled to one vote per share. The holders of our
Class A common stock and Class B common stock will
vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a
vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. Each
share of our Class B common stock is convertible into one
share of our Class A common stock at any time and will
convert automatically upon certain transfers or on the date that
the total number of shares of Class B common stock
outstanding represents less than 10% of the total number of
shares of Class A and Class B common stock
outstanding. The amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation
does not amend any of the rights, preferences or privileges of
our preferred stockholders, except that each share of
Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock
converts into our Class B common stock upon the events
specified in Note 10 Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock and Stockholders Equity (Deficit).
As there are currently no shares of Class A common stock
outstanding, net income allocated to common stockholders is
attributed solely to Class B common stock under the
two-class method. There is no impact on reported or pro forma
earnings per common share.
In March 2010, we renewed our line of credit, reducing the
balance available from $15.0 million to $10.0 million.
We also reduced the cash collateral requirements from
$15.0 million to $5.0 million. We present our cash
collateral requirements on our consolidated balance sheets as
restricted cash.
F-34
Shares
Class A
Common Stock
Prospectus
|
|
J.P.
Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities
|
|
Piper Jaffray
|
|
UBS Investment Bank
|
,
2010
PART II
INFORMATION NOT
REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
Other Expenses
of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses to be paid
by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of
Class A common stock being registered hereby. All amounts
are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA
filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
10,695
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
NYSE listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and engraving
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Road show expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be provided by amendment. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under
certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The
terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under
certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement
of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act).
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrants restated certificate of incorporation contains
provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its
directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary
duties as a director, except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the
Registrant or its stockholders;
|
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Registrants restated bylaws provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;
|
|
|
|
the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as
set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;
|
|
|
|
the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to
its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding
to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and
|
|
|
|
the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.
|
II-1
Prior to the completion of the offering that is the subject of
this Registration Statement, the Registrant intends to enter
into indemnification agreements with each of its current
directors and executive officers to provide these directors and
executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding
the scope of the indemnification set forth in the
Registrants restated certificate of incorporation and
restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural
protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or
proceeding involving a director, executive officer or employee
of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought.
Reference is also made to Section 9 of the Underwriting
Agreement, which provides for the indemnification of executive
officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant
against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in
the Registrants restated certificate of incorporation and
restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into
or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its
directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to
permit indemnification of the Registrants directors and
executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act.
The Registrant has directors and officers liability
insurance for securities matters.
In addition, Michael J. Moritz, one of our directors, is
indemnified by his employer with regard to his serving on the
Registrants board of directors.
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits
to this Registration Statement regarding relevant
indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Document
|
|
Number
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
|
1
|
.01
|
Form of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant
|
|
|
3
|
.02
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
|
|
|
3
|
.04
|
Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant
|
|
|
4
|
.01
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
|
|
|
10
|
.01
|
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
Recent Sales
of Unregistered Securities.
|
Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued and sold
the following securities:
1. In February and March 2007, the Registrant issued
197,672 shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of
warrants with a per share exercise price of $0.3014 for an
aggregate purchase price of $59,578. All sales were made in
reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and were made
without general solicitation or advertising.
2. In December 2008, the Registrant sold
1,181,818 shares of Series C-2 preferred stock to four
entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, a venture capital
firm, for an aggregate purchase price of $13.0 million.
These shares are convertible into 1,181,818 shares of our
Class B common stock. All sales were made in reliance on
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and were made
without general solicitation or advertising.
3. In March 2009, the Registrant issued a warrant to
purchase up to 4,283,456 shares of common stock to PayPal,
Inc. in connection with a commercial transaction. This issuance
was made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
and/or
Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act and was made
without general solicitation or advertising.
4. In December 2009, the Registrant issued 257,984 shares
of common stock to Steven W. Streit, its Chief
Executive Officer, to compensate him for past services rendered
to the Registrant with an aggregate grant date fair value of
approximately $5.2 million. This issuance was made in
reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and was made
without general solicitation or advertising.
5. Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued
options to employees, consultants and directors to purchase an
aggregate of 4,368,307 shares of common stock under its
2001 Stock Plan.
II-2
6. Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has issued
2,712,572 shares of common stock to its employees,
directors, consultants and other service providers upon exercise
of options granted by it under its 2001 Stock Plan, with
exercise prices ranging from $0.16 to $10.75 per share, for an
aggregate purchase price of $2,717,460.
The recipients of the securities in each of the transactions
described in paragraphs (1)-(4) above represented their
intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not
with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution
thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the share
certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had
adequate access, through their relationships with us, to
information about the Registrant. The sales of the securities
described in paragraphs (5) and (6) above were deemed
to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in
reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b)
of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans
and contracts relating to compensation as provided under
Rule 701.
|
|
ITEM 16.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules.
|
(a) Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
1
|
.01*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.01
|
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.02
|
|
Form of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant, to be effective upon the consummation of this
offering.
|
|
3
|
.03
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended.
|
|
3
|
.04
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be
effective upon the consummation of this offering.
|
|
4
|
.01
|
|
Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Registrant, the preferred stockholders and certain
warrant holders of the Registrant.
|
|
5
|
.01*
|
|
Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality
of the securities being registered.
|
|
10
|
.01
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.02
|
|
Second Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan and form of option
grant.
|
|
10
|
.03*
|
|
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option grant.
|
|
10
|
.04**
|
|
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Foothill Technology
Center, dated July 8, 2005, as amended on August 21,
2008 and July 30, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.05**
|
|
Prepaid Card Program Agreement, dated as of October 20,
2006, by and among the Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.,
Wal-Mart Stores Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart
Stores East, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, L.P. and GE Money Bank, as
amended.
|
|
10
|
.06**
|
|
Card Program Services Agreement, dated as of October 27,
2006, by and between the Registrant and GE Money Bank, as
amended.
|
|
10
|
.07**
|
|
Program Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Columbus Bank and Trust Company.
|
|
10
|
.08**
|
|
Agreement for Services, dated as of September 1, 2009, by
and between the Registrant and Total System Services, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.09**
|
|
Master Services Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Genpact International, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Line of Credit Agreement
between Columbus Bank and Trust Company and Registrant,
dated March 24, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Offer letter to William D. Sowell from the Registrant, dated
January 28, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Executive Severance Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Description of FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan.
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.16**
|
|
Preferred Stock Warrant to purchase shares of
Series C-1
preferred stock of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.01*
|
|
Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.01).
|
|
23
|
.02
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.01**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit and
filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment
under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act. |
|
|
(b)
|
Financial
Statement Schedules.
|
All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are
not applicable or the information is included in the
Registrants consolidated financial statements or related
notes.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions
described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Monrovia,
State of California, on April 26, 2010.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
Steven W. Streit
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Executive Officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Steven
W. Streit
Steven
W. Streit
|
|
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Financial Officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
L. Keatley
John
L. Keatley
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Accounting Officer:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Simon
M. Heyrick
Simon
M. Heyrick
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Kenneth
C. Aldrich
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Timothy
R. Greenleaf
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Virginia
L. Hanna
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Michael
J. Moritz
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
William
H. Ott, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
W.
Thomas Smith, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
April 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* By:
|
|
/s/ John
C. Ricci
John
C. Ricci
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Title
|
|
|
1
|
.01*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.01
|
|
Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant.
|
|
3
|
.02
|
|
Form of Tenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant, to be effective upon the consummation of this
offering.
|
|
3
|
.03
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended.
|
|
3
|
.04
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be
effective upon the consummation of this offering.
|
|
4
|
.01
|
|
Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and
among the Registrant, the preferred stockholders and certain
warrant holders of the Registrant.
|
|
5
|
.01*
|
|
Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality
of the securities being registered.
|
|
10
|
.01
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.02
|
|
Second Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan and form of option
grant.
|
|
10
|
.03*
|
|
2010 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option grant.
|
|
10
|
.04**
|
|
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Foothill Technology
Center, dated July 8, 2005, as amended on August 21,
2008 and July 30, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.05**
|
|
Prepaid Card Program Agreement, dated as of October 20,
2006, by and among the Registrant, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.,
Wal-Mart Stores Texas, L.P., Wal-Mart Louisiana, LLC, Wal-Mart
Stores East, Inc., Wal-Mart Stores, L.P. and GE Money Bank, as
amended.
|
|
10
|
.06**
|
|
Card Program Services Agreement, dated as of October 27,
2006, by and between the Registrant and GE Money Bank, as
amended.
|
|
10
|
.07**
|
|
Program Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Columbus Bank and Trust Company.
|
|
10
|
.08**
|
|
Agreement for Services, dated as of September 1, 2009, by
and between the Registrant and Total System Services, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.09**
|
|
Master Services Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and
between the Registrant and Genpact International, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Line of Credit Agreement
between Columbus Bank and Trust Company and Registrant,
dated March 24, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Offer letter to William D. Sowell from the Registrant, dated
January 28, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Form of Executive Severance Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
FY2009 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Description of FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.15**
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of the Registrant.
|
|
10
|
.16**
|
|
Preferred Stock Warrant to purchase shares of
Series C-1
preferred stock of the Registrant.
|
|
23
|
.01*
|
|
Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.01).
|
|
23
|
.02
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm.
|
|
24
|
.01**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit and
filed such exhibit separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment
under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act. |
exv3w01
Exhibit 3.01
NINTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
Green Dot Corporation (the Corporation), a corporation organized and existing under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the General Corporation Law) hereby certifies
as follows:
1. That the Corporation was incorporated on October 26, 1999 under the name Next Estate
Communications, Inc., pursuant to the General Corporation Law.
2. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law, this Ninth Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the
Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended to date.
3. The text of the Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, is
hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
ONE. The name of the Corporation is Green Dot Corporation.
TWO. The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THREE. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.
FOUR. The Corporation is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par
value $0.001 per share (the Class A Common Stock), 50,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock,
par value $0.001 per share (the Class B Common Stock and together with the Class A Common Stock,
the Common Stock) and 25,553,267 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the
Preferred Stock), of which 6,519,575 are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 3,197,667 are
designated Series B Preferred Stock, 10,113,638 are designated Series C Preferred Stock,
4,540,569 are designated Series C-1 Preferred Stock, and 1,181,818 are designated Series C-2
Preferred Stock.
The remaining shares of Preferred Stock, if any, may be issued from time to time in one or more
series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors) is expressly
authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the remaining shares of the Preferred Stock in
one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series,
such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or
restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by
the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares and as may be permitted
by the General Corporation Law and this Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
(the Restated Certificate). Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate, the Board
of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of
shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, subsequent to the issue
of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased,
the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption
of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
The Corporation shall from time to time in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware
increase the authorized amount of its (a) Class B Common Stock if at any time the number of shares
of Class B Common Stock remaining unissued and available for issuance upon conversion of the
Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Preferred Stock, and (b) Class
A Common Stock if at any time the number of shares of Class A Common Stock remaining unissued and
available for issuance upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock shall not be sufficient to
permit conversion of the Class B Common Stock.
The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock may be
increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which the
Preferred Stock is then convertible plus the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which
the Class B Common Stock is then convertible plus the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock into which any other convertible securities then outstanding are convertible)
by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation, irrespective
of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.
Immediately upon the filing of this Restated Certificate with the Secretary of State of the
State of Delaware (the Effective Time), and without further action on the part of holders of
Common Stock (as defined in the Corporations Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, each then outstanding share of
such capital stock shall be reclassified as one share of Class B Common Stock. All of the shares
of such class of stock shall be uncertificated shares pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation and the person registered on the Corporations books as the owner
of the share so reclassified immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be registered on the
Corporations books as the owner of the share of Class B Common Stock issued upon reclassification
thereof, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof. Any stock certificate that
immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Common Stock (as defined in the
Corporations Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) shall from and after the
Effective Time be cancelled and shall no longer represent any interest in the Corporations capital
stock or be transferable. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue any certificates
evidencing the shares of capital stock outstanding as a result of the reclassification described
herein.
The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon
the respective classes and series of the shares of capital stock or the holders thereof are as set
forth below.
Section 1. Dividends.
(a) The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any funds
legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to $0.024 per share per
annum (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and
the like). The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any
funds legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to $0.055 per share
per annum (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits
and the like). The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of
any funds legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to $0.066 per
share per annum (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock
splits and the like). The holders of the Series C-l Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive,
out of any funds legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to $0.113
per share per annum (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends,
stock splits and the like). The holders of the Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive, out of any funds legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends in an amount equal to
$0.88 per share per annum (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock
dividends, stock splits and the like).
(b) Subject to Section 4 hereof, the dividend, on the Preferred Stock set forth in Section
1(a) shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, on a pari passu basis
among the respective series of Preferred Stock.
(c) Dividends on the Common Stock shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors, but no dividend shall be paid on the Common Stock, other than dividends payable solely
in Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, until the dividends set forth in Section l(a) have
been declared and paid on the Preferred Stock, and no dividends on the Common Stock shall be paid
unless the amount of such dividend on the Common Stock is also paid on the Preferred Stock on an
as-converted to Class B Common Stock basis. No dividend shall be paid on the Common Stock in
violation of Section 4 hereof.
(d) No dividend shall be declared or paid on shares of the Class B Common Stock unless the
same dividend with the same record date and payment date shall be declared or paid on the shares of
Class A Common Stock; provided, however, that dividends payable in shares of Class B Common Stock
or rights to acquire Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common
Stock without the same dividend being declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock if
and only if a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire Class A
Common Stock (as the case may be) at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date
as the dividend declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock shall be declared and
paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock.
(e) No dividend shall be declared or paid on shares of the Class A Common Stock unless the
same dividend with the same record date and payment date shall be declared or paid on the shares of
Class B Common Stock; provided, however, that dividends payable in shares of Class A Common Stock
or rights to acquire Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common
Stock without the same dividend being declared and paid to the
3
holders of Class B Common Stock if and only if a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common
Stock or rights to acquire Class B Common Stock (as the case may be) at the same rate and with the
same record date and payment date as the dividend declared and paid to the holders of the Class A
Common Stock shall be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock.
Section 2. Liquidation Preference.
(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, prior and
in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or funds of the Corporation to the holders
of the Common Stock:
(i) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu
basis with the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-l Preferred
Stock and the Series C-2 Preferred Stock, for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock
then held by such holders, an amount equal to $0.3014 (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock
combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like) plus declared but unpaid dividends, if
any, on such share of Series A Preferred Stock,
(ii) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu
basis with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-l Preferred
Stock and the Series C-2 Preferred Stock, for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock
then held by such holders, an amount equal to $0.688 (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock
combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like) plus declared but unpaid dividends, if
any, on such share of Series B Preferred Stock;
(iii) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu
basis with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C-l Preferred
Stock and the Series C-2 Preferred Stock, for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock
then held by such holders an amount equal to $0.82808972 (as adjusted for any recapitalizations,
stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like) plus declared but unpaid dividends,
if any, on such share of Series C Preferred Stock;
(iv) the holders of Series C-l Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu
basis with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock
and the Series C-2 Preferred Stock, for each outstanding share of Series C-l Preferred Stock then
held by such holders an amount equal to $1.409515 (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock
combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like) plus declared but unpaid dividends, if
any, on such share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock; and
(v) the holders of Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu
basis with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock
and the Series C-l Preferred Stock, for each outstanding share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock then
held by such holders an amount equal to $11.00 (as adjusted for any recapitalizations, stock
combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like) plus declared but unpaid dividends, if
any, on such shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock.
4
If, upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders
shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2
Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts in accordance with this Section 2(a), then the
entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to
stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to
the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 2(a).
(b) Upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and after payment to the
holders of Preferred Stock of the amount to which they are entitled pursuant to Sections 2(a), all
assets and funds of the Corporation that remain legally available for distribution to stockholders
shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock in proportion to the number of
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock held by such holders.
(c) For the purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, and to include, (i) the Corporations sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets, (ii) the acquisition of this
Corporation by another entity by means of merger, consolidation, sale of voting control, or any
other transaction or series of transactions involving the Corporation in which the stockholders of
this Corporation immediately prior to such transaction hold less than 50% of the voting power of
the surviving corporation or other entity and (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, including without limitation any liquidation, winding up or other distribution of
assets to the Corporations stockholders in connection with or resulting from a bankruptcy,
assignment for the benefit of creditors or similar proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect.
(d) If any of the assets of this Corporation are to be distributed under this Section 2, or
for any other purpose, in a form other than cash, then the Board of Directors shall be empowered
to, and shall promptly determine in good faith the value of the assets to be distributed to the
holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. This Corporation shall, upon receipt of such
determination, give prompt written notice of the determination to each holder of shares of
Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Any securities to be delivered to the holders of Preferred Stock
pursuant to this Section 2 shall be valued as follows:
(i) if traded on a securities exchange, by averaging the closing prices of the securities over
the thirty (30)-day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of distribution;
(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, by averaging the closing bid or sale prices
(whichever are applicable) over the thirty (30)-day period ending three (3) days prior to the date
of distribution; and
(iii) if there is no active public market, at the fair market value thereof, as mutually
determined by the Corporation and the holders of Preferred Stock representing a majority of the
shares of Preferred Stock.
5
(iv) In the event the requirements of this Section 2 with respect to a transaction
contemplated by Section 2(c) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:
(1) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2
have been complied with, or
(2) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the
holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same such rights, preferences and
privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in the following
paragraph.
The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any
impending transaction described in Section 2(c) not later than twenty (20) days prior to the
stockholders meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing
of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holder in writing of the
final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms
and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the
Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes to such terms
and conditions. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after
the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after
the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however,
that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the
then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. The notice contemplated by this Section 2 shall be in
addition to the notice required pursuant to Section 5.
(e) Nothing hereinabove set forth shall affect in any way the right of each holder of shares
of Preferred Stock to convert such stock at any time and from time to time in accordance with
Section 3.
Section 3. Preferred Stock Conversion. The holders of Preferred Stock shall
have conversion rights as follows:
(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the
option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office
of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid
and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable
Original Issue Price (defined below) of such share of Preferred Stock by the applicable Conversion
Price (defined below) at the time in effect for a share of such series of Preferred Stock. The
Original Issue Price per share of Series A Preferred Stock is $0.3014. The Conversion Price per
share of Series A Preferred Stock initially shall be $0.3014, subject to adjustment from time to
time as provided in this Section 3. The Original Issue Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock
is $0.688. The Conversion Price per share of Series B Preferred Stock initially shall be $0.688,
subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 3. The Original Issue Price
per share of Series C Preferred Stock is $0.82808972. The Conversion Price per share of Series C
Preferred Stock initially will be $0.82808972, subject to adjustment from time to time as provided
in this Section 3. The Original Issue Price per share of Series C-l Preferred Stock is $1.409515.
The Conversion Price per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock
6
initially will be $1.409515, subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this
Section 3. The Original Issue Price per share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock is $11.00. The
Conversion Price per share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock initially will be $11.00, subject to
adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 3.
(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be
converted into shares of Class B Common Stock at the then effective applicable Conversion Price (i)
upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering underwritten by a nationally
recognized investment bank approved by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then
outstanding Preferred Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common
Stock to the public involving gross proceeds to the Corporation of at least $25,000,000 at a per
share offering price of at least $2.48 (as adjusted for recapitalizations, stock combinations,
stock dividends, stock splits and the like) (a Qualified Initial Public Offering) or (ii) in the
event the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Shares of Preferred Stock on an
as-converted to Class B Common Stock basis consent to such conversion; provided, however, that no
shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall
automatically be converted pursuant to such consent under clause (ii) hereof unless a majority of
the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-l Preferred Stock and Series C-2
Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, also consent to such conversion.
(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Class B Common Stock shall be
issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder
would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by
the then effective applicable Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock. Before any
holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Class B Common Stock
pursuant to Section 3(a), such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor,
duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such Preferred Stock
(or, in lieu thereof, the holder shall notify the Corporation or the transfer-agent for such
Preferred Stock that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement
satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation for any loss incurred by it in
connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificates), and shall give written notice by
mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to
convert the same, and such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the
close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted.
In the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 3(b), the outstanding shares of
Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holder of such
shares of Preferred Stock and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are
surrendered to the Corporation or the transfer agent for such Preferred Stock; and the Corporation
shall not be obligated to register on the Corporations books ownership of the shares of Class B
Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares
of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or the transfer agent for such Preferred
Stock as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or the transfer agent for such
Preferred Stock that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an
agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it
in connection with such certificates. The Corporation shall, as soon as
7
practicable thereafter, register on the Corporations books ownership of the number of shares
of Class B Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled in such holders name. If the
conversion is in connection with a public offering of securities described in Section 3(b), the
conversion shall be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities
pursuant to such offering, and the conversion shall not be deemed to have occurred until
immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
(d) Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be
converted pursuant to this Section 3, the shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be canceled
and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.
(e) Adjustment of Conversion Price of Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price of each
series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(i) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock. At any time after the Effective Time, in the event the outstanding shares of Common
Stock shall be subdivided by stock split, stock dividends or otherwise, into a greater number of
shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of
Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be
proportionately decreased. At any time after the Effective Time, in the event the outstanding
shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated into a lesser number of shares of Common
Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently
with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.
(ii) Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Other Distributions. At any time after the
Effective Time, in the event the Corporation makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of
holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any distribution payable in property or in securities
of the Corporation other than shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, and other
than as otherwise adjusted for in this Section 3 or as provided for in Section 1 in connection with
a dividend, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, at the time
of such distribution, the amount of property or the number of securities of the Corporation that
they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock at the
Conversion Price immediately prior to such event.
(iii) Adjustments for Reorganizations, Reclassifications or Similar Events. At any
time after the Effective Time, if the Common Stock shall be changed into the same or a different
number of shares of any other class or classes of stock or other securities or property, whether by
capital reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than a
subdivision or combination of shares provided for in Section 3(e)(i) or a merger or other
combination of shares provided for in Section 2(b), which shall be treated as a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation), then each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter
be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder
of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of
such shares of Preferred Stock shall have been entitled upon such reorganization, reclassification
or other event; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors) in the application of the provisions set forth
8
in this Section 3(e)(iii) with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders
of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 3(e)(iii) shall
thereafter be applicable as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or
other property thereafter deliverable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.
(iv) Adjustments for Diluting Issues. In addition to the adjustment of the Conversion
Price provided above, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to further
adjustment from time to time as follows:
(A) Special Definitions.
(1) Additional Shares shall mean all shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock
issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the
Original Issue Date for such series of Preferred Stock other than:
i) shares of Class B Common Stock actually issued upon conversion of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-l Preferred Stock or
Series C-2 Preferred Stock;
ii) shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to an employee, officer or
director; or to a consultant as compensation for services rendered or to be rendered to the
Corporation, pursuant to stock option, stock purchase or similar incentive plans or arrangements
approved by the Board of Directors (or the Compensation Committee thereof), including for purposes
of clarification only, the 257,984 shares of common stock of the Company issued to Steve
Streit in December 2009;
iii) shares of capital stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or Options (as
defined below) issued to an equipment lessor, bank, financial institution or similar entity, or a
landlord or other provider of goods and services, in a transaction approved by the Board of
Directors (including the Series C Designee, as such term is defined below) in connection with
commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or other transactions, primarily for purposes
other than equity financing;
iv) shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock issued as a dividend or other
distribution approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series C Designee, as such term is
defined below) in connection with which an adjustment to the Conversion Price is made pursuant to
Section 3(e)(i), (ii) or (iii);
v) shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock issued in the Corporations
Qualified Initial Public Offering;
vi) shares of capital stock, Convertible Securities or Options issued in a merger or
acquisition that is approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series C Designee, as such
term is defined below);
vii) shares of capital stock issuable upon the exercise of Convertible Securities issued by
the Corporation prior to Effective Time;
9
viii) shares of capital stock, Convertible Securities or Options issued in connection with
joint ventures, development projects or other strategic transactions, in each case approved by the
Board of Directors (including the Series C Designee, as such term is defined below);
ix) if the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares, voting as a separate class,
of any series of Preferred Stock the Conversion Price of which may be subject to adjustment upon
the issuance of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock agree in writing that such shares
shall not constitute Additional Shares with respect to such series of Preferred Stock; and
x) shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Class B
Common Stock.
(2) Convertible Securities shall mean securities (other than shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series
C-2 Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Effective Time, and shares of Class B Common Stock)
convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, either directly
or indirectly.
(3) Options shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise
acquire either Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
(4) Original Issue Date for each series of Preferred Stock shall mean the date on which the
first share of such series of Preferred Stock was first issued.
(B) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of any
series of Preferred Stock shall be made pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(D) unless the consideration
per share for Additional Shares issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C), deemed to be issued)
by the Corporation is less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and
immediately prior to, such issue, and provided that any such adjustment shall not have the effect
of increasing the Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the Conversion Price of such series
of Preferred Stock existing immediately prior to such adjustment.
(C) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares. Except as otherwise provided in Section
3(e)(iv)(A) or 3(e)(iv)(B), in the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the
applicable Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a
record date for the determination of any holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any
such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the
instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent
adjustment of such number) of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares
issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record
10
date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in
any such case in which Additional Shares are deemed to be issued:
(5) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of
Convertible Securities, shares of Class A Common Stock or shares of Class B Common Stock upon the
exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
(6) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time
or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or
increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock
issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price computed upon the
original issue thereof or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto, and any
subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective,
be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights
of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;
(7) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion exchange under such
Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the
original issue thereof or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto, and any
subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
i) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock, the only Additional Shares issued were shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of
such Convertible Securities, and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually
received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the
consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such
Convertible Securities, whether or not converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration,
if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange; and
ii) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if
any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options and
the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares deemed to have been then
issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such
Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the
Corporation (determined in accordance with Section 3(c)(iv)(C)) upon the issue of the Convertible
Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;
(8) no readjustment pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C)(2) or (3) above shall have the effect of
increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the applicable Conversion
Price existing immediately prior to the original adjustment with respect to the issuance of such
Options or Convertible Securities, as adjusted for any
11
Additional Shares issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C), deemed to be issued) between
such original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(9) in the case of any Options which expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the
date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price shall be made until the
expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon adjustment shall be made pursuant to clause
(3) above;
(10) in the case of any Option or Convertible Security with respect to which the maximum
number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise or
conversion or exchange thereof is not determinable, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be
made until such number becomes determinable; and
(11) if any such record date has been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not
issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made to the applicable Conversion
Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on
such record date and such adjustment, if any, shall be made on the actual date of issuance.
(D) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares. Subject to the
limitation set forth in Section 3(e)(iv)(B), above, if Additional Shares are issued (or, pursuant
to Section 3(e)(iv)(C), deemed to be issued) without consideration or for a consideration per share
less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such
issue (a Dilutive Issue), then and in such event, such Conversion Price shall be reduced,
concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying
such Conversion Price by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock which the aggregate consideration
received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares so issued would purchase at
such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and (y) the denominator of
which shall be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of such Additional Shares so issued. For the
purposes of this Section 3(e)(iv)(D), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding Options and upon conversion of outstanding Convertible Securities and Preferred Stock
shall be deemed to be outstanding, and immediately after any Additional Shares are deemed issued
pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C), such Additional Shares shall be deemed to be outstanding.
(E) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 3(e)(iv), the
consideration received by the Corporation for any Additional Shares issued (or, pursuant to Section
3(e)(iv)(C), deemed to be issued) shall be computed as follows:
(12) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:
i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the
Corporation after deducting any commissions paid by the Corporation with respect to such issuance;
12
ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof
at the time of such issuance, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation; and
iii) if Additional Shares are issued (or, pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C), deemed to be
issued) together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for
consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as
provided in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3(c)(iv)(E)(l), as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation.
(13) Options and Convertible Securities. The per share consideration received by the
Corporation for Additional Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 3(e)(iv)(C),
relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be the sum of (x) the total amount, if any,
received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or
Convertible Securities, plus (y) the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set
forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a
subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such
Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for
Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion
or exchange of such Convertible Securities divided by the aggregate number of Additional Shares
deemed to have been issued.
(f) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or
readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3,
the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance
with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock to which such
adjustment pertains a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in
detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon
the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished
to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the
applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Class B Common
Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the
conversion of such holders Preferred Stock.
(g) No Impairment. The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of
Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, merger,
consolidation, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or
seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed
hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Section 3 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or
appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against
impairment.
(h) Notice of Record Date. In the event that the Corporation shall propose
at anytime:
13
(1) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property,
stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of
earnings or earned surplus;
(2) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any
additional shares of stock of any class or series or any other securities or property, or to
receive any other rights;
(3) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding
involving a change in the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock; or
(4) to merge with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially
all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;
then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send written notice to the holders
of the Preferred Stock at least 20 days prior to the date on which a record shall be taken for
such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of
Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters
referred to in (3) and (4) of this Section 3(h). With regard to the matters referenced in (3) and
(4) of this Section 3(h), such written notice shall describe the material terms and conditions of
the proposed transaction.
Each such written notice shall be given as provided in Section 7 below.
Section 4.
Class B Common Stock Conversion.
(a) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and
nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the registered owner thereof at any
time upon written notice to the Corporation. Before any registered owner of Class B Common Stock
shall be entitled to convert any shares of such Class B Common Stock, such registered owner shall
deliver an instruction, duly signed and authenticated as provided for in the bylaws of the
Corporation, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the
Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate
office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the
shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on conversion thereof are to be registered on the books of
the Corporation. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, register on the
Corporations books ownership of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such
registered owner of Class B Common Stock, or to which the nominee or nominees of such registered
owner, shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made
immediately prior the close of business on the date such notice of the election to convert is
received by the Corporation, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A
Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the registered
owner or owners of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such date. Each share of Class B
Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be cancelled and shall not be
reissued by the Corporation.
(b) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and
nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on the date, if any, on which the
14
outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the
aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Common Stock (the Automatic Conversion). The
Corporation shall provide notice of the Automatic Conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock
pursuant to this Section 4(b) to holders of record of such shares of Class B Common Stock as soon
as practicable following the Automatic Conversion; provided, however, that the Corporation may
satisfy such notice requirements by providing such notice prior to the Automatic Conversion. Such
notice shall be provided by any means then permitted by the General Corporation Law; provided,
however, that no failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of
the Automatic Conversion. Upon and after the Automatic Conversion, the person registered on the
Corporations books as the owner of the shares so converted immediately prior to the Automatic
Conversion shall be registered on the Corporations books as the owner of the shares of Class A
Common Stock issued upon Automatic Conversion thereof, without the need for surrender or exchange
thereof. Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall
be cancelled and shall not be reissued by the Corporation. Immediately upon the effectiveness of
the Automatic Conversion, the rights of the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock as such shall
cease, and the holders shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or
holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock; provided, however, that if the date on which any
share of Class B Common Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 4(b) is after the record date for the determination of the holders of Class B Common
Stock entitled to receive any dividend to be paid to such holders, the holder of such Class B
Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such dividend on such payment date;
and provided, further, that to the extent that such dividend is payable in Class B Common Stock, no
shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued in payment thereof and such dividend shall instead
be paid by the issuance of such number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of
Class B Common Stock, if issued, would have been convertible on such payment date.
(c) This Section 4(c) shall become effective immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified
Initial Public Offering, provided that the Class B Common Stock is then a covered security
pursuant to Section 18 of the Securities Act (the Covered Security Date). On or after the
Covered Security Date, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically, without further
action by the holder thereof, converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A
Common Stock, upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined in Section 4(e)(iv)), other than a
Permitted Transfer (as defined in Section 4(e)(vi)), of such share of Class B Common Stock. Each
share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall be cancelled
and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.
(d) The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in
violation of applicable law or the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, relating to the
conversion of the Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock and the dual class common stock
structure contemplated by this Restated Certificate as it may deem necessary or advisable. If the
Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer giving rise to a conversion of shares of Class B
Common Stock into Class A Common Stock has occurred but has not theretofore been reflected on the
books of the Corporation, the Corporation may request that the holder of such shares furnish
affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as it reasonably deems necessary to determine
whether a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class
15
A Common Stock has occurred, and if such holder does not within ten (10) days after the date
of such request furnish sufficient (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) evidence
to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine
that no such conversion has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not
previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and the
same shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation. In connection with
any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent, the stock ledger of the
Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person
or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders or in connection with any written consent and the
classes of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such
stockholder.
(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 4:
(i) Family Member shall mean with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified
Stockholder (as defined below), the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendents, siblings and
lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder.
(ii) Qualified Stockholder shall mean (a) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common
Stock immediately following the Covered Security Date; (b) the initial registered holder of any
shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Covered
Security Date pursuant to the exercise of Options or conversion of Convertible Securities that, in
each case, are outstanding as of the Covered Security Date; (c) each natural person who Transferred
shares of or equity awards for Class B Common Stock (including any Option exercisable or
Convertible Security convertible into shares of Class B Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is
or becomes a Qualified Stockholder pursuant to subclauses (a) or (b) of this Section 4(e)(ii); and
(d) a Permitted Transferee.
(iii) Permitted Entity shall mean with respect to a Qualified Stockholder (a) a Permitted
Trust (as defined below) solely for the benefit of (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one or more
Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such
Qualified Stockholder, or (b) any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability
company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one
or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of
such Qualified Stockholder.
(iv) Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial
interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by
operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a
broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial
ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting
Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided,
however, that the following shall not be considered a Transfer within the meaning of this
Section 4:
16
(1) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the
request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders;
(2) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy)
solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (i) is disclosed either in a
Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of
the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder
of the shares subject thereto at any time and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash,
securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than
the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or
(3) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security
interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as
such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however,
that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a
Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a Permitted Transfer.
A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common
Stock beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or
circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (ii) an entity that is a
Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Covered
Security Date, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any
direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the
Covered Security Date, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity.
(v) Parent of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a
majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.
(vi) Permitted Transfer shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B
Common Stock:
(1) by a Qualified Stockholder to (i) one or more Family Members of such Qualified
Stockholder, or (ii) any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or
(2) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder to (i) such Qualified Stockholder or one
or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (ii) any other Permitted Entity of such
Qualified Stockholder.
(vii) Permitted Transferee shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock
received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.
(viii) Permitted Trust shall mean a bona fide trust where each trustee is (a) a Qualified
Stockholder, (b) Family Member or (c) a professional in the business of providing trustee services,
including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies and bank trust departments.
17
(ix) Voting Control shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power
(whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement
or otherwise.
Section 5. Voting.
(a) General. Except as otherwise required by law, each holder of Preferred Stock
shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock into which the shares of
Preferred Stock so held could be converted at the applicable Conversion Price on the record date
for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established,
at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, and with
respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equivalent to those of
the holders of Class B Common Stock. Except as otherwise required by law, each holder of Class B
Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held by
such holder and each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each
share of Class A Common Stock held by such holder. Except as required by law or as otherwise set
forth herein (including without limitation Section 5(b)-(c)), all shares of all series of Preferred
Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all
matters (including the election of directors) submitted to vote or for the consent of the
stockholders of the Corporation. The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be entitled
to notice of any stockholders meeting in accordance with the Corporations bylaws. Fractional
votes by the holders of Preferred Stock shall not, however, be permitted, and any fractional voting
rights shall (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder
could be converted) be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
(b) Election of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of
seven (7) members.
(i) As long as at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding on the date
hereof remains outstanding, the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall
be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation at each annual election of directors, or
special meeting of stockholders or action by written consent, or in the case of any vacancy caused
by resignation or removal of a director elected by the holders of Preferred Stock.
(ii) As long as at least a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock originally
issued remains outstanding, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-l Preferred Stock
and Series C-2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one
(1) director of the Corporation (the Series C Designee) at each annual election of directors, or
special meeting of stockholders or action by written consent, or in the case of any vacancy caused
by resignation or removal of a director elected by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series
C-l Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock.
(iii) The holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a
separate class, shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors of the Corporation (one of which
shall be the then current Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation) at each annual election of
directors, or special meeting of stockholders or action by written
18
consent or in the case of any vacancy caused by resignation or removal of a director elected
by the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
(iv) Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class or series of stock may
be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by, and only by, the
affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect
such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for
that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may
be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to
unanimous written consent.
(c) Approval by Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining
the approval of the holders of (i) at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the votes attributable to
the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (with each share of Preferred Stock entitling the
holder thereof to cast the number of votes which could be cast in such vote by a holder of the
number of shares of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation into which such share of Preferred
Stock is convertible on the record date for such vote), and (ii) at least a majority of the
then-outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred
Stock, voting together as a separate class:
(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock by merger,
consolidation or otherwise;
(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B
Common Stock or Preferred Stock;
(iii) authorize, create (by reclassification or otherwise) or issue or obligate itself to
issue any new class or series of equity securities, including without limitation any other security
convertible into or exercisable for any equity securities, having rights, preferences or privileges
senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock;
(iv) take any action which results in the repurchase of any shares of Class A Common Stock,
Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than the repurchase of shares of Class A Common
Stock or Class B Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons
performing services for the Corporation pursuant to which the Corporation has the option to
repurchase such shares at cost upon occurrence of certain events, such as termination of
employment);
(v) increase the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock reserved for
issuance in connection with a stock option or restricted stock plan;
(vi) change the authorized number of directors on the Board of Directors;
(vii) declare or pay any dividend or otherwise make a distribution on any equity securities of
the Corporation (other than the repurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the
Corporation pursuant to which the Corporation has the option to
19
repurchase such shares at cost upon occurrence of certain events, such as termination of
employment);
(viii) take any action which results in any merger, other corporate reorganization, sale of
control, or any transaction in which all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation are
sold or more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of; or
(ix) authorize the dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(d) Voting Rights of Series C-2 Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding any provision herein
to the contrary or any other voting rights ascribed to the shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock
pursuant to any other agreement relating thereto, the shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be
deemed non-voting securities until the expiration or termination of all applicable waiting periods
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, or any successor statute, rules and regulations (HSR Act). Immediately
following the expiration or termination of all applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act, the
shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be deemed voting securities, and shall have the voting
rights provided herein and ascribed to such shares pursuant to any other agreement relating
thereto.
Section 6. Equal Status of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
Except as expressly set forth in this Article FOUR, Class A Common Stock shall have the same rights
and powers of, rank equally to, share ratably with and be identical in all respects and to all
matters to Class B Common Stock. If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the
outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock
will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner. If the Corporation in any manner
subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, then the outstanding shares
of Class B Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.
Section 7. Notices. Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication
required or permitted to be given by the Corporation to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to
this Article Four shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when
received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one (1) business day after being delivered by
facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one (1) business day after being
deposited with an overnight courier (with receipt of appropriate delivery) service or (v) three (3)
days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to
each holder of record at such holders address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
Section 8. Consent to Distributions and Stock Repurchase. Each holder of
Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented, solely for purposes of Sections 502, 503 and 506
of the California Corporations Code, to distributions made by the Corporation in connection with
the repurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock from employees, officers,
directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with the termination of their employment
or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (including the Series C Designee).
20
Section 9. Required Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock purchased or
otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled
promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become
authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of
Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to
the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
Section 10. Waiver of Rights, Preferences or Privileges. Any right,
preference or privilege of the Series A Preferred Stock may be waived by holders of at least
sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
voting on an as converted to Class B Common Stock basis, and such waiver shall be binding on all
holders of Series A Preferred Stock. Any right, preference or privilege of the Series B Preferred
Stock may be waived by holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock voting on an as converted to Class B Common Stock
basis, and such waiver shall be binding on all holders of Series B Preferred Stock. Any right,
preference or privilege of the Series C Preferred Stock may be waived by holders of at least
sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock
voting on an as converted to Class B Common Stock basis, and such waiver shall be binding on all
holders of Series C Preferred Stock. Any right, preference or privilege of the Series C-l
Preferred Stock may be waived by holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of
the outstanding shares of Series C-l Preferred Stock voting on an as converted to Class B Common
Stock basis, and such waiver shall be binding on all holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock. Any
right, preference or privilege of the Series C-2 Preferred Stock may be waived by holders of at
least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series C-2 Preferred
Stock voting on an as converted to Common Stock basis, and such waiver shall be binding on all
holders of Series C-2 Preferred Stock.
FIVE. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
SIX. Except as set forth in Article FOUR, Section 5(b) hereof, the number of directors which
constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in the bylaws of
the Corporation.
SEVEN. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of
Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of
the Corporation.
EIGHT. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands
election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the
Corporation shall so provide.
NINE. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the
Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside of the
State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of
directors of the Corporation or in the bylaws of the Corporation.
21
TEN.
(a) Limitation of Directors Liability. To the fullest extent not prohibited by the
General Corporation Law as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, a director of the
Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for conduct as a director.
(b) Permissive Indemnification of Corporate Agents. The Corporation may indemnify to
the fullest extent not prohibited by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an
action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative (a Proceeding), by
reason of the fact that such person, a person for whom such person is the legal representative,
such persons testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee benefit plan fiduciary,
agent or employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at
the request of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation as a director, officer, agent,
employee benefit plan fiduciary or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise. The Corporation may pay the expenses
(including attorneys fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance
of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of
Directors.
(c) Mandatory Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall
indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently
exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an Indemnified Person who was or is made or is
threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact
that such person, or a person for whom such person i.e the legal representative, is or was a
Director or officer of the Corporation or, while a Director or officer of the Corporation, is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another
Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or
nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability
and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified
Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in
this Article TEN, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in
connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the
commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in
advance by the Board of Directors.
(d) Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall pay the
expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding
in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such
payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon
receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be
ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this
Article TEN or otherwise.
(e) Claims by Directors and Officers. If a claim for indemnification or advancement
of expenses under this Article Ten is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim
therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may
file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall
be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the
22
Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to
the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.
(f) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Article TEN
shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under
any statute, provision of this Restated Certificate, the bylaws of the Corporation, agreement, vote
of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
(g) Insurance. The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable
law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be named from time to time, authorize an appropriate
officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporations expense insurance: (a) to
indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of
directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article TEN; and (b) to indemnify or
insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not
otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article TEN.
(h) Repeal or Modification. Neither any amendment or repeal of this Article TEN or of
Article ELEVEN, nor the amendment of any provision of this Restated Certificate inconsistent with
this Article TEN or Article ELEVEN, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article TEN or
Article ELEVEN, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising
or that, but for this Article TEN or Article ELEVEN, would accrue or arise, prior to such
amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ELEVEN: The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in
being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An Excluded
Opportunity is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented in writing to, or acquired,
created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the
Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any
holder of Preferred Stock, or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any
such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries
(collectively, Covered Persons), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented in
writing to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a
Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Persons capacity as a director of the
Corporation.
4. The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance
with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.
5. The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with
Sections 228 and 245 of the General Corporation Law. Pursuant to Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law, prompt written notice of this amendment and restatement shall be given to all
stockholders who did not consent to the this amendment and restatement.
[signature page follows]
23
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Ninth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to be signed by Steven W. Streit, its President and Chief Executive Officer, this
31st day of March, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Steven W. Streit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit |
|
|
Its:
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
24
exv3w02
Exhibit 3.02
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows.
1. The name of the corporation is Green Dot Corporation. The date of filing its original
Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was October 26, 1999, under the name Next
Estate Communications, Inc.
2. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation attached hereto as
Exhibit 1, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates,
integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this
corporation as previously amended or supplemented, has been duly adopted by the corporations
Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, with the approval of the corporations stockholders having been given by
written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to
be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and
correct.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
Green Dot Corporation
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Steve Streit |
|
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Executive
Officer |
|
EXHIBIT 1
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
TENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ARTICLE I: NAME
The name of the corporation is Green Dot Corporation (the Corporation).
ARTICLE II: AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange
Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the
registered agent of the Corporation at that address is: The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III: PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED STOCK
1. Total Authorized. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the
Corporation has authority to issue is Two Hundred and Five Million (205,000,000) shares,
consisting of: One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par
value per share (Class A Common Stock), One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Class B
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (Class B Common Stock and together with the Class A
Common Stock, the Common Stock), and Five Million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001
par value per share. The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock may be increased or
decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote
of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the
then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a
vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock.
2. Designation of Additional Shares.
2.1. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the law of
the State of Delaware, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more
series, and, by filing a Certificate of Designation pursuant to the applicable law of the State of
Delaware, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series,
to fix the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights,
if any, of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or
1
restrictions thereof, and to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of
the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the
number of shares of any such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be
increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders
of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required
pursuant to the terms of any certificate or certificates designating a series of Preferred Stock.
2.2. Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Certificate of Designation designating any
series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IV, (i) any new
series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and determined as provided herein by the Board
of Directors without approval of the holders of Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock, or
any series thereof, and (ii) any such new series may have powers, preferences and rights,
including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation rights, redemption
rights and conversion rights, senior to, junior to or pari passu with the rights of the Common
Stock, the Preferred Stock, or any future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
3. Common Stock.
3.1. Equal Status. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 3 of this Article
IV, Class A Common Stock shall have the same rights and powers of, rank equally to, share ratably
with and be identical in all respects and in all matters to Class B Common Stock.
3.2. Number of Votes. Subject to Section 3.3 of this Article IV, each outstanding
share of Class B Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ten (10) votes and each
outstanding share of Class A Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each
matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided,
however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be
entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate
of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one
or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled,
either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote
thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation
relating to any series of Preferred Stock).
3.3. Voting Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the
event that the Corporation becomes a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956, then with respect to any given matter on which all shares of Common Stock vote together as a
single class, no Specified Holder (as defined below) may vote more than 14.9% of the total
outstanding shares of Common Stock, and any shares of Common Stock owned or controlled by a
Specified Holder in excess of 14.9% of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock may not be
voted. If a Specified Holder transfers any shares of Common Stock (other than a transfer to an
Affiliate (as defined below) or other transferee that constitutes part of the Specified Holder),
such shares may not, with respect to any given matter on which all shares
of Common Stock vote together as a single class, be voted by any initial or subsequent
transferee
2
of such shares, unless such shares were transferred by the Specified Holder to the
initial transferee in a Complete Transfer (as defined below), in which case this sentence shall not
apply as a result of such transfer.
(a) Definitions; Interpretation of Proportion. For the purposes of this Section 3.3:
(i) the term Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in 12 U.S.C. 371c;
(ii) the term Specified Holder means any holder, or group of holders that are Affiliates or
holders acting in concert, that owns or controls more than 24.9% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock;
(iii) the term Complete Transfer means any transfer of shares of Common Stock (i) in a
widespread public distribution, (ii) in a private sale in which the relevant transferee (together
with its Affiliates and other transferees acting in concert with it) acquires no more than 2% of
the shares of Common Stock (determined by giving effect to any automatic conversion of such
transferred Common Stock that takes place on the day of, and as a result of, such transfer),
(iii) to a transferee that (together with its Affiliates and other transferees acting in concert
with it) owns or controls more than 50% of the shares of Common Stock without any transfer of
shares from the transferring Specified Holder or (iv) to the Corporation;
(iv) Every reference in this Section 3.3 of this Article IV to a proportion of stock, voting
stock or shares shall refer to such proportion of the votes of such stock, voting stock or shares.
3.4. Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions may be declared
and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the
Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding
Preferred Stock. Without the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock representing
a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting separately
as a single class, and the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing a
majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting separately
as a single class, the Corporation may not make any dividends or other distributions with respect
to any class of Common Stock unless at the same time the Corporation makes a ratable dividend or
distribution with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock, regardless of class. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, dividends or other distributions payable in (i) shares of a
class of Common Stock; (ii) voting securities of the Corporation or voting securities of any entity
that is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation (Voting Securities); or (iii) securities
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Voting Securities (Exchangeable Securities) shall be
deemed ratable if, and only if:
(a) In the case of dividends or other distributions payable in shares of a class of Common
Stock, (i) only shares of Class A Common Stock are distributed with respect to Class A Common
Stock; (ii) only shares of Class B Common Stock are distributed with
3
respect to Class B Common
Stock; and (iii) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock payable on each share of Class A
Common Stock pursuant to such dividend or other distribution is equal to the number of shares of
Class B Common Stock payable on each share of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such dividend or
other distribution;
(b) In the case of dividends or other distributions payable in Voting Securities, either (x)
such dividend or other distribution is identical with respect to each class of Common Stock and
approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing a majority of
the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; or (y) (i) such Voting
Securities are identical with respect to each class of Common Stock in all respects except as
provided in subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.4(b) of this Article IV; (ii) the
voting rights of such Voting Security paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock are substantially
similar to those of the Class A Common Stock; (iii) the voting rights of such Voting Security paid
to the holders of Class B Common Stock are substantially similar to those of the Class B Common
Stock; (iv) such Voting Security paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock is convertible into
the Voting Security paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock upon terms and conditions that are
substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the conversion of Class B Common
Stock into Class A Common Stock; and (v) the number of such Voting Securities payable on each share
of Class A Common Stock pursuant to such dividend or other distribution is equal to the number of
such Voting Securities payable on each share of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such dividend or
other distribution; and
(c) In the case of dividends or other distributions payable in Exchangeable Securities, either
(x) such dividend or other distribution is identical with respect to each class of Common Stock and
approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing a majority of
the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; or (y) (i) such Exchangeable
Securities are identical with respect to each class of Common Stock in all respects except as
provided in subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.4(c) of this Article IV; (ii) the
voting rights of each Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable Security paid to the holders of
Class A Common Stock are substantially similar to those of the Class A Common Stock; (iii) the
voting rights of each Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable Security paid to the holders of
Class B Common Stock are substantially similar to those of the Class B Common Stock; (iv) each
Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable Security paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock is
convertible into each Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable Security paid to the holders of
Class A Common Stock upon terms and conditions that are substantially similar to the terms and
conditions applicable to the conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock; and (v)
the number of such Exchangeable Securities payable on each share of Class A Common Stock pursuant
to such dividend or other distribution shall be equal to the number of such Exchangeable Securities
payable on each share of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such dividend or other distribution.
3.5. Reclassifications. Without the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Common
Stock representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock, voting separately as a single class, and the affirmative vote of the holders of
Class B Common Stock representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of
4
Class
B Common Stock, voting separately as a single class, neither the shares of Class A Common Stock nor
the shares of Class B Common Stock may be subdivided, combined, reclassified or otherwise changed
unless the shares of the other class of Common Stock are concurrently subdivided, combined,
reclassified or otherwise changed in the same proportion and in the same manner. For purposes of
the preceding sentence, any reclassification or other change of Class A Common Stock or Class B
Common Stock into (i) Voting Securities or (ii) Exchangeable Securities shall be deemed undertaken
in the same proportion and in the same manner as shares of the other class of Common Stock if, and
only if:
(a) In the case of a reclassification or other change into Voting Securities, either (x) such
reclassification or other change is identical with respect to each class of Common Stock and
approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing a majority of
the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; or (y) (i) such Voting
Securities are identical with respect to each class of Common Stock in all respects except as
provided in subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.5(a) of this Article IV; (ii) the
voting rights of the Voting Security into which the Class A Common Stock has been reclassified or
otherwise changed are substantially similar to those of the Class A Common Stock; (iii) the voting
rights of the Voting Security into which the Class B Common Stock has been reclassified or
otherwise changed are substantially similar to those of the Class B Common Stock; (iv) such Voting
Security into which the Class B Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed is
convertible into the Voting Security into which the Class A Common Stock has been reclassified or
otherwise changed upon terms and conditions that are substantially similar to the terms and
conditions applicable to the conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock; and (v)
the number of such Voting Securities into which the Class A Common Stock has been reclassified or
otherwise changed is equal to the number of such Voting Securities into which the Class B Common
Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed; and
(b) In the case of a reclassification or other change into Exchangeable Securities, either (x)
such reclassification or other change is identical with respect to each class of Common Stock and
approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing a majority of
the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; or (y) (i) such Exchangeable
Securities are identical with respect to each class of Common Stock in all respects except as
provided in subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 3.5(b) of this Article IV; (ii) the
voting rights of each Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable Security into which the Class A
Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed are substantially similar to those of the
Class A Common Stock; (iii) the voting rights of each Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable
Security into which the Class B Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed are
substantially similar to those of the Class B Common Stock; (iv) each Voting Security underlying
the Exchangeable Security into which the Class B Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise
changed is convertible into each Voting Security underlying the Exchangeable Security into which
the Class A Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed upon terms and conditions that
are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the conversion of Class B
Common Stock into Class A Common Stock; and (v) the number of such Exchangeable Securities into
which the Class A
Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise changed is equal to the number of
5
such
Exchangeable Securities into which the Class B Common Stock has been reclassified or otherwise
changed.
3.6. Liquidation. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether
voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of
the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or
other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.
3.7. Merger. The affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock representing
a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting separately
as a single class, and the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing a
majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting separately
as a single class, shall be required to approve any merger or consolidation of the Corporation
(whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity) unless, upon the merger or consolidation,
holders of each class of Common Stock will be entitled to receive equal per share payments or
distributions. Without limiting the circumstances in which the holders of each class of Common
Stock may be deemed to have received equal per share payments or distributions upon a merger or
consolidation of the Corporation (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), for
purposes of the preceding sentence, holders of each class of Common Stock will be deemed to have
received equal per share payments or distributions of (i) voting securities of the Corporation or
any other entity (Merger Voting Securities) or (ii) securities convertible into, or exchangeable
for, Merger Voting Securities (Merger Exchangeable Securities) if:
(a) With respect to Merger Voting Securities, (i) the Merger Voting Securities to be received
by holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical with respect to each
class of Common Stock in all respects except as provided in subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) of
this Section 3.7(a) of this Article IV; (ii) the voting rights of the Merger Voting Security to be
received by the holders of Class A Common Stock are substantially similar to those of the Class A
Common Stock; (iii) the voting rights of the Merger Voting Security to be received by the holders
of Class B Common Stock are substantially similar to those of the Class B Common Stock; (iv) the
Merger Voting Security to be received by the holders of Class B Common Stock is convertible into
the Merger Voting Security to be received by the holders of Class A Common Stock upon terms and
conditions that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions applicable to the conversion
of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock; and (v) the number of Merger Voting Securities
to be received for each share of Class A Common Stock is equal to the number of Merger Voting
Securities to be received for each share of Class B Common Stock; and
(b) With respect to Merger Exchangeable Securities, (i) the Merger Exchangeable Securities to
be received by holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical with respect
to each class of Common Stock in all respects except as provided in subsections (ii), (iii) and
(iv) of this Section 3.7(b) of this Article IV; (ii) the voting rights of each Merger Voting
Security underlying the Merger Exchangeable Security to be received by the holders of Class A
Common Stock are substantially similar to those of the Class
A Common Stock; (iii) the voting rights of each Merger Voting Security underlying the
6
Merger
Exchangeable Security to be received by the holders of Class B Common Stock are substantially
similar to those of the Class B Common Stock; (iv) each Merger Voting Security underlying the
Merger Exchangeable Security to be received by the holders of Class B Common Stock is convertible
to each Merger Voting Security underlying the Merger Exchangeable Security to be received by the
holders of Class A Common Stock upon terms and conditions that are substantially similar to the
terms and conditions applicable to the conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common
Stock; and (v) the number of Merger Exchangeable Securities to be received for each share of Class
A Common Stock is equal to the number of Merger Exchangeable Securities to be received for each
share of Class B Common Stock.
3.8. Determinations of Substantially Similar and Equal Per Share Payment". For
purposes of Sections 3.4, 3.5, and 3.7 of this Article IV, the Board of Directors shall have the
sole power and authority to make all determinations regarding whether or not a characteristic of a
security is substantially similar to that of another security and for purposes of Section 3.7 of
this Article IV, the Board of Directors shall have the sole power and authority to make all
determinations regarding whether or not holders of each class of Common Stock will be entitled to
receive equal per share payments or distributions. All such determinations made by the Board of
Directors in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding.
ARTICLE V: CLASS B COMMON STOCK CONVERSION
1. Optional Conversion. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible
into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the
holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Before any registered owner of
Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to convert any shares of such Class B Common Stock, such
registered owner shall deliver an instruction, duly signed and authenticated as provided for in
the Bylaws of the Corporation, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any
transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at
its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the
name or names in which the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on conversion thereof are to
be registered on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable
thereafter, register on the Corporations books ownership of the number of shares of Class A
Common Stock to which such registered owner of Class B Common Stock, or to which the nominee or
nominees of such registered owner, shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be
deemed to have been made immediately prior the close of business on the date such notice of the
election to convert is received by the Corporation, and the person or persons entitled to receive
the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all
purposes as the registered owner or owners of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such
date. Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 1 shall be
cancelled and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.
2. Automatic Conversion. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically
convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on the date, if
any, on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent
less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding
7
Common
Stock (the Automatic Conversion). The Corporation shall provide notice of the Automatic
Conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2 to registered owners of
such shares of Class B Common Stock as soon as practicable following the Automatic Conversion;
provided, however, that the Corporation may satisfy such notice requirements by
providing such notice prior to the Automatic Conversion. Such notice shall be provided by any
means then permitted by the General Corporation Law; provided, however, that no
failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the Automatic
Conversion. Upon and after the Automatic Conversion, the person registered on the Corporations
books as the owner of the shares so converted immediately prior to the Automatic Conversion,
shall be registered on the Corporations books as the owner of the shares of Class A Common Stock
issued upon Automatic Conversion thereof, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.
Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 2 shall be
cancelled and shall not be reissued by the Corporation. Immediately upon the effectiveness of
the Automatic Conversion, the rights of the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock as such
shall cease, and the holders shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder
or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock.
3. Conversion on Transfer. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be
automatically, without further action by the holder thereof, converted into one (1) fully paid
and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined
below), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), of such share of Class B Common
Stock. Each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 3 shall be
cancelled and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.
4. Policies and Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such
policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or the other provisions of this Amended and
Restated Certificate, relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock into Class A Common
Stock and the dual class common stock structure contemplated by this Amended and Restated Certificate, as it
may deem necessary or advisable. If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer giving
rise to a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock has occurred but
has not theretofore been reflected on the books of the Corporation, the Corporation may request
that the holder of such shares furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as it
reasonably deems necessary to determine whether a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to
Class A Common Stock has occurred, and if such holder does not within ten (10) days after the
date of such request furnish sufficient (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors)
evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to
determine that no such conversion has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the
extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common
Stock and the same shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation. In
connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent, the stock
ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to
vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders or in connection with any written
consent and the classes of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of
each class held by such stockholder.
8
5. |
|
Definitions. For purposes of this Article V: |
a) Family Member shall mean with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified
Stockholder (as defined below), the spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendents, siblings and
lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder.
b) Qualified Stockholder shall mean (a) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common
Stock; (b) each natural person who Transferred shares of, or equity awards for, Class B Common
Stock (including any Option exercisable or Convertible Security convertible into shares of Class B
Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder; and (c) a Permitted
Transferee.
c) Permitted Entity shall mean with respect to a Qualified Stockholder (a) a Permitted Trust
(as defined below) solely for the benefit of (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one or more
Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of such
Qualified Stockholder, or (b) any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability
company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (i) such Qualified Stockholder, (ii) one
or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder and/or (iii) any other Permitted Entity of
such Qualified Stockholder.
d) Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial
interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by
operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a
broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial
ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting
Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided,
however, that the following shall not be considered a Transfer within the meaning of this
Section 5:
(i) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the
request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders;
(ii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy)
solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (i) is disclosed either in a
Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of
the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder
of the shares subject thereto at any time and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash,
securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than
the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or
(iii) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere
security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so
long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares;
provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by
9
the
pledgee shall constitute a Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a
Permitted Transfer.
A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock
beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or
circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (ii) an entity that is a
Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis of a majority of the voting
power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity,
other than a Transfer to parties that are holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent
of such entity.
e) Parent of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a
majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.
f) Permitted Transfer shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B
Common Stock:
(i) by a Qualified Stockholder to (A) one or more Family Members of such Qualified
Stockholder, or (B) any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or
(ii) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder to (A) such Qualified Stockholder or one
or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (B) any other Permitted Entity of such
Qualified Stockholder.
g) Permitted Transferee shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received
in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.
h) Permitted Trust shall mean a bona fide trust where each trustee is (i) a Qualified
Stockholder, (ii) Family Member or (iii) a professional in the business of providing trustee
services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies and bank trust departments.
i) Voting Control shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power
(whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement
or otherwise.
j) Convertible Securities shall mean securities (other than shares of Class B Common Stock)
convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, either directly
or indirectly.
k) Options shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise
acquire either Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
6. Effect of Conversion on Payment of Dividends. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in Sections 1, 2 or 3 of this Article V, if the date on which any share of Class B Common
Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Sections
10
1, 2 or 3 of
this Article V is after the record date for the determination of the holders of Class B Common
Stock entitled to receive any dividend to be paid to such holders, the holder of such Class B
Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such dividend on such payment date;
provided, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation,
to the extent that such dividend is payable in Class B Common Stock, no shares of Class B Common
Stock shall be issued in payment thereof and such dividend shall instead be paid by the issuance of
such number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Common Stock, if
issued, would have been convertible on such payment date.
7. Reservation. The Corporation hereby reserves, and shall at all times reserve and
keep available, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, for the purposes
of effecting conversions, such number of duly authorized shares of Class A Common Stock as shall
from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B
Common Stock. The Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all
such shares of Class A Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or
regulation.
ARTICLE VI: AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the
Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by
the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes
of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term Whole Board shall mean the total number of
authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized
directorships. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the
Corporation; provided, however, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any
class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation
(including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designation), the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any
provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VII: MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
1. Director Powers. The conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority
expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of
the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such
acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
2. Number of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of
directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority
of the Whole Board.
11
3. Classified Board. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and to the provisions
for quasi-California corporations that are set forth in Section 2115 of the California
Corporations Code, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they
severally hold office, into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III,
respectively (the Classified Board). The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of
Directors already in office to such classes of the Classified Board, which assignments shall
become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective. Directors shall be
assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of
Directors, with the number of directors in each class to be as nearly equal as reasonably
possible. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporations
first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporations initial public
offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the Initial Public
Offering), the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the
Corporations second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public
Offering, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the
Corporations third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public
Offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public
Offering, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall
be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders
after their election.
4. Term and Removal. Each director shall hold office until such directors
successor is elected and qualified, or until such directors earlier death, resignation or
removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or
by any electronic transmission permitted in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no director may be removed except for cause, and
directors may be removed for cause only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the
voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
5. Board Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred
Stock, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created
directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall, unless (a)
the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created
directorships shall be filled by the stockholders or (b) as otherwise provided by law, be filled
only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a
quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director chosen in
accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which the director has been
assigned expires or until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director.
12
6. Vote by Ballot. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the
Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE VIII: DIRECTOR LIABILITY
1. Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of
the Corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the Delaware General
Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the
liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated
or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so
amended.
2. Change in Rights. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the
adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article
VIII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal
liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or
adoption of such an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE IX: MATTERS RELATING TO STOCKHOLDERS
1. No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of any
series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the
Corporation except at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and no action shall
be taken by the stockholders by written consent.
2. Special Meeting of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders of the
Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
Whole Board.
3. Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Business Transacted at Special
Meetings. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the
Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of
the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Business
transacted at special meetings of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes
stated in the notice of meeting.
ARTICLE X:SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or
unenforceable, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible
consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation
(including without limitation, all portions of any section of this Certificate of Incorporation
containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that are not
themselves invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall remain in full force and effect.
13
ARTICLE XI: AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
1. General. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision
contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State
of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;
provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate
of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote,
but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this
corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Sections 1
and 2.1 of Article IV, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be required to amend or repeal this Section 1 of this Article XI, Section 2 of Article IV, or
Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, or Article X.
2. Changes to or Inconsistent with Section 3 of Article IV. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise
permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or
series of the stock of this corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation,
the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock representing at least seventy-five
percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting
separately as a single class, and the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock
representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of
Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal,
or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Section 3 of Article IV or this Section 2 of this
Article XI.
* * * * * * * * * * *
14
exv3w03
Exhibit 3.03
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
(formerly Next Estate Communications, Inc.)
Adopted December 22, 2006
Amendment to the Bylaws of Green Dot Corporation
|
|
Effective as of March 31, 2010, the Bylaws of Green Dot Corporation, duly adopted
by the Board of Directors, are hereby amended as follows: |
|
1. |
|
The first paragraph of Article VIII, Section 8.3 of the Bylaws is amended to read in
its entirety as follows: |
The shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be represented by
certificates; provided, however, that the board of directors of the
corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any
or all classes or series of its stock may be uncertificated shares. Any
such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until
such certificate is surrendered to the corporation (or the transfer agent or
registrar, as the case may be). Each holder of stock represented by
certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of
the corporation by, the president or a vice president, and by the secretary
or an assistant secretary, or the treasurer or an assistant treasurer,
certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile. In case any officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has
been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer,
transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be
issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were an
officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
2. |
|
The first sentence of Article VIII, Section 8.4 of the Bylaws is hereby amended to
read in its entirety as follows: |
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or
more than one series of any class, the corporation shall (i) cause the
powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof
and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of
any certificate that the corporation issues to represent shares of such
class or series of stock or (ii) in the case of uncertificated shares,
within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, send
to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information
required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (i) above;
provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law
(including Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware), in lieu
of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of
such certificate or, in the case of uncertificated shares, on such written
notice a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge
to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the
preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special
rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
3. |
|
The first sentence of Article VIII, Section 8.10 of the Bylaws is hereby amended to
read in its entirety as follows: |
If a certificate representing shares of the corporation is presented to the
corporation with an endorsement requesting the registration of transfer of
such shares or an instruction is presented to the corporation requesting the
registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall
register the transfer as requested if:
(i) in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing
such shares has been surrendered;
(ii) (a) with respect to certificated shares, the endorsement is made
by the person specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (b)
with respect to uncertificated shares, an instruction is made by the
registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or (c) with respect to
certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the endorsement or instruction
is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual
authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person;
(iii) the corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the
person signing such endorsement or instruction or such other reasonable
assurance that the endorsement or instruction is genuine and authorized as
the corporation may request;
(iv) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed
by the corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section 8.11
(stock transfer agreements; effect of corporations restriction on
transfer); and
(v) such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for
under applicable law have been satisfied.
Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and
not absolutely, the corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of
transfer if, when the certificate for such shares is presented to the
corporation for transfer or, if such shares are uncertificated, when the
instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented to the
corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the corporation to
do so.
4. |
|
Article VIII, Section 8.11 of the Bylaws is hereby amended to read in its entirety as
follows: |
8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS; EFFECT OF CORPORATIONS
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER. The corporation shall have the power to enter
into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or
more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares
of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such
stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
A written restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of
shares of the corporation or on the amount of shares of the corporation that
may be owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the General
Corporation Law of Delaware and noted conspicuously on the certificate
representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained
in a notice sent by the corporation to the registered owner of such shares
within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may
be enforced against the holder of such shares or any successor or transferee
of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or
other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate
of the holder.
A restriction imposed by the corporation on the transfer or the
registration of shares of the corporation or on the amount of shares of the
corporation that may be owned by any person or group of persons, even if
otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person without actual knowledge
of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such
restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares
are uncertificated and such restriction was contained in a notice sent by
the corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable
time after the issuance or transfer of such shares.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE(S) |
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES |
|
|
1 |
|
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 OTHER OFFICES |
|
|
1 |
|
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
1 |
|
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS |
|
|
1 |
|
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING |
|
|
1 |
|
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING |
|
|
1 |
|
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS |
|
|
2 |
|
2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE |
|
|
2 |
|
2.6 QUORUM |
|
|
2 |
|
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE |
|
|
2 |
|
2.8 VOTING |
|
|
2 |
|
2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE |
|
|
3 |
|
2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
|
|
|
3 |
|
2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS
|
|
|
3 |
|
2.12 PROXIES |
|
|
4 |
|
2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE |
|
|
4 |
|
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS |
|
|
4 |
|
3.1 POWERS |
|
|
4 |
|
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
5 |
|
3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
|
|
|
5 |
|
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES |
|
|
5 |
|
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE |
|
|
6 |
|
3.6 FIRST MEETINGS |
|
|
6 |
|
3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS |
|
|
6 |
|
3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE |
|
|
6 |
|
3.9 QUORUM |
|
|
6 |
|
3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE |
|
|
7 |
|
3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE |
|
|
7 |
|
3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING |
|
|
7 |
|
3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
7 |
|
3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS |
|
|
7 |
|
3.15 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
7 |
|
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES |
|
|
8 |
|
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
8 |
|
4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES |
|
|
9 |
|
4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES |
|
|
9 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
PAGE(S) |
|
ARTICLE V OFFICERS |
|
|
9 |
|
5.1 OFFICERS |
|
|
9 |
|
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS |
|
|
9 |
|
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS |
|
|
9 |
|
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS |
|
|
9 |
|
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES |
|
|
10 |
|
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD |
|
|
10 |
|
5.7 PRESIDENT |
|
|
10 |
|
5.8 VICE PRESIDENT |
|
|
10 |
|
5.9 SECRETARY |
|
|
10 |
|
5.10 TREASURER |
|
|
11 |
|
5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY |
|
|
11 |
|
5.12 ASSISTANT TREASURER |
|
|
11 |
|
5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS |
|
|
11 |
|
ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY |
|
|
11 |
|
6.1 LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS LIABILITY |
|
|
11 |
|
6.2 PERMISSIVE INDEMNIFICATION OF CORPORATE AGENTS |
|
|
12 |
|
6.3 MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
|
|
12 |
|
6.4 PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
|
|
12 |
|
6.5 CLAIMS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
|
|
12 |
|
6.6 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS |
|
|
13 |
|
6.7 INSURANCE |
|
|
13 |
|
6.8 REPEAL OR MODIFICATION |
|
|
13 |
|
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS |
|
|
13 |
|
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS |
|
|
13 |
|
7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS |
|
|
14 |
|
7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
14 |
|
7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS |
|
|
14 |
|
ARTICLE VIIIGENERAL MATTERS |
|
|
14 |
|
8.1 CHECKS |
|
|
14 |
|
8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS |
|
|
14 |
|
8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES |
|
|
15 |
|
8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES |
|
|
15 |
|
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES |
|
|
15 |
|
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS |
|
|
16 |
|
8.7 DIVIDENDS |
|
|
16 |
|
8.8 FISCAL YEAR |
|
|
16 |
|
8.9 SEAL |
|
|
16 |
|
8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK |
|
|
16 |
|
8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS |
|
|
16 |
|
8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
16 |
|
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
PAGE(S) |
|
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS |
|
|
17 |
|
ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION |
|
|
17 |
|
ARTICLE XI CUSTODIAN |
|
|
18 |
|
11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES |
|
|
18 |
|
11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN |
|
|
18 |
|
iii
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
(formerly Next Estate Communications, Inc.)
Adopted December 22, 2006
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the corporation shall be 1209 Orange
St., Wilmington, Delaware, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such
location is The Corporation Trust Company.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES. The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at
any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or
outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such
designation, stockholders meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a
date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the
annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Tuesday of April in each year at 10:00
a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same
time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be
elected and any other proper business may be transacted.
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called, at any time
for any purpose or purposes, by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be
authorized by the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws.
1
2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS. All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be
in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not
less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder
entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the
meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called.
2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE. Written notice of any meeting of
stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An
affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation
that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts
stated therein.
2.6 QUORUM. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at
all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to
time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or
represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business
may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place,
unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the
adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the
original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting
shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.8 VOTING. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the
provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting
rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting
agreements).
Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be otherwise provided
in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share
of capital stock held by such stockholder.
At a stockholders meeting at which directors are to be elected, or at elections held under
special circumstances, a stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any
candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such stockholder normally is
2
entitled to cast). Each holder of stock, or of any class or classes or of a series or series
thereof, who elects to cumulate votes shall be entitled to as many votes as equals the number of
votes which (absent this provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the
election of directors with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to
be elected by him, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them
among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them, as he may see fit.
2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a
written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any
written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise
provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by this chapter to be taken at
any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action that may be taken at
any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by
the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.
Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous
written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the
action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any
section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders
at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any
statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and
written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS. In order that the
corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or
exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in
advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (l0) days before
the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:
3
(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting
of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice
is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held.
(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary,
shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.
(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close
of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of
directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
2.12 PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to
express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another
person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the
secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years
from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if
the stockholders name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting,
telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholders attorney-in-fact.
The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the
provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE. The officer who has charge of the stock
ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (l0) days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered
in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder,
for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be
held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and
place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS. Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and
any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to
be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the
corporation
4
shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board
of directors.
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of directors shall be as set forth in
the certificate of incorporation. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director before that directors term of office expires.
3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS. Except as provided in
Section 3.4 of these bylaws or in the certificate of incorporation, directors shall be elected at
each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need
not be stock holders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws,
wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director
elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until
his earlier resignation or removal. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES. Any director may resign at any time upon written
notice to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective
at a future date, subject to the certificate of incorporation and the last paragraph of this
Section 3.4, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned,
shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such
resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office
as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (including in
the last paragraph of this Section 3.4), vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from
any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the
right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office,
although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have
no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee
or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person
or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of
Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then
in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to
any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or
stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time
outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to
fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the
directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of
Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.
5
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.4, (i) in the event of a vacancy on
the board of directors by reason of death, removal, or resignation of a director elected pursuant
to the provisions of Section 2 of the Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as
of the date of the adoption of these Second Amended and Restated Bylaws between the Company and
certain holders of its Preferred Stock (the Investor Rights Agreement), the stockholders entitled
to designate such director pursuant to Section 2 of the Investor Rights Agreement shall have the
right to designate the director to fill such vacancy and to call a special meeting of stockholders
for the purpose of filling such vacancy; and (ii) any director who shall have been elected by the
holders of a class or series of stock may be removed during his or her term of office, either with
or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class
or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting
of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders,
and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock
represented at the meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent.
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE. The board of directors of the
corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of
Delaware. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members
of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate
in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can
hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the
meeting.
3.6 FIRST MEETINGS. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall
be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual
meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order
legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure
of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of
directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the
stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice
given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be
specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without
notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE. Special meetings of the board of directors may be
called by the president on three (3) days notice to each director, either personally or by mail,
telegram, telex, or telephone; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in
like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the board
consists of only one (1) director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president
or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.
3.9 QUORUM. At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized
number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a
majority
6
of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of
directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.
3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a
written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting ·is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of
directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate
of incorporation or these bylaws.
3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the
board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time,
without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.
3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted
by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a
meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing
and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to
fix the compensation of directors.
3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee
any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its
subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its
subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may
reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be
with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors
shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.
Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty
or warranty of this corporation at common law or under any statute.
3.15 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate
of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed,
with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an
7
election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any director who shall have been elected
by the holders of a class or series of stock may be removed during his or her term of office,
either with or without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of
the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a
special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent
of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or
series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent; and (ii) no
director elected pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of the Investor Rights Agreement shall be
removed without the approval of the persons entitled to designate such director pursuant to Section
2 of the Investor Rights Agreement. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such directors term of office.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of
one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the
member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not
he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to
act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to
the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the
corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in
the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the
corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the
power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to
the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of
stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation
Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends,
redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or
the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the
same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger
or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii)
recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporations property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the
corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and,
unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of
incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare
a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate or ownership and merger
pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
8
4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and
report the same to the board of directors when required.
4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES. Meetings and actions of committees shall be
governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws,
Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section
3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section
3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with
such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its
members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular
meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice
of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the
right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the
government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, one or more vice
presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the
board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant
secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same
person.
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as
may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be
chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract
of employment.
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The board of directors may appoint, or empower the
president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may
require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such
duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time
determine.
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer
under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an
affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the
board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon
whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time
specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the
resignation shall not
9
be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of
the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation
shall be filled by the board of directors.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected,
shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such
other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as
may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall
also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties
prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.
5.7 PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the
board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president of the
corporation shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision,
direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at
all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at
all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and
duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
5.8 VICE PRESIDENT. In the absence or disability of the president, the vice
presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a
vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president,
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the
president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from
time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the
president or the chairman of the board.
5.9 SECRETARY. The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a
book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and
stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or
special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at
directors meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at
stockholders meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the
corporation or at the office of the corporations transfer agent or registrar, as determined by
resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the
names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the
number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of
every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
10
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal
of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform
such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.
5.10 TREASURER. The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and
maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and
business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts,
disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall
at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the
corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall
disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to
the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as
treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the
assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if
there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the
secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers
as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.
5.12 ASSISTANT TREASURER. The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the
assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if
there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the
treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers
as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.
5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS. In addition to the foregoing authority and
duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such
duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time
by the board of directors or the stockholders.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNITY
6.1 LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS LIABILITY. To the fullest extent not prohibited by law
as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be
11
personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for conduct as a
director.
6.2 PERMISSIVE INDEMNIFICATION OF CORPORATE AGENTS. The corporation may indemnify to
the fullest extent not prohibited by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an
action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative (a Proceeding), by
reason of the fact that such person, a person for whom such person is the legal representative,
such persons testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee benefit plan fiduciary,
agent or employee of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or serves or served at
the request of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation as a director, officer, agent,
employee benefit plan fiduciary or employee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise. The corporation may pay the expenses
(including attorneys fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance
of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the board of
directors.
6.3 MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The corporation shall
indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently
exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an Indemnified Person) who was or is made or is
threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact
that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of the corporation, is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or
nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability
and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified
Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided
herein or in the certificate of incorporation, the corporation shall be required to indemnify an
Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified
Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was
authorized in advance by the board of directors.
6.4 PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The corporation shall pay the
expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding
in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such
payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon
receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be
ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this
Article VI or otherwise (including under Article Ten of the certificate of incorporation).
6.5 CLAIMS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. If a claim for indemnification or advancement
of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor
by the Indemnified Person has been received by the corporation, the Indemnified Person
12
may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part,
shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the
corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the
requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.
6.6 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI
shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under
any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
6.7 INSURANCE. The board of directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable
law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate
officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the corporations expense insurance: (a) to
indemnify the corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of
directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article VI; and (b) to indemnify or
insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not
otherwise be indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of this Article VI.
6.8 REPEAL OR MODIFICATION. Neither any amendment or repeal of this Article VI, nor
the adoption of any provision of the corporations bylaws inconsistent with this Article VI shall
eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI, in respect of any matter occurring, or any
action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise,
prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS. The corporation shall, either at its
principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep
a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares
held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other
records.
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand
under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to
inspect for any proper purpose the corporations stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its
other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a
purpose reasonably related to such persons interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an
attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath
shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or
other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the
corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.
13
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at
least ten (l0) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders
entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall
be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during
ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (l0) days prior to the meeting, either at a
place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice
of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list
shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof,
and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS. Any director shall have the right to examine the
corporations stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a
purpose reasonably related to his position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested
with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection
sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and
all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts
therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with
reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just
and proper.
7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS. The board of directors shall present at each
annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the
stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.
7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The chairman of the board, the
president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this
corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice
president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights
incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of
this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or
by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person
having the authority.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 CHECKS. From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution
which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money,
notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the
corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS. The board of directors, except
as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents,
to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of
14
the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so
authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no
officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any
contract engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any
amount.
8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES. The shares of a corporation shall be
represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by
resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be
uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate
until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a
resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon
request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or
in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the
president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an
assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate
form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to
call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each
stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of
the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the
consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the
declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon
partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the
consideration actually paid thereon.
8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES. If the corporation is authorized to issue
more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the
designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the
certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided,
however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the
certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement
that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers,
the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special
rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
of such preferences and/or rights.
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES. Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates
for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is
surrendered to
15
the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of
stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to
have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen
or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to
indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or
destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated
shares.
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general
provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the
singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term person
includes both a corporation and a natural person.
8.7 DIVIDENDS. The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions
contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its
capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash,
in property, or in shares of the corporations capital stock.
The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation
available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such
reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or
maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.
8.8 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of
the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.
8.9 SEAL. The seal of the corporation shall be such as from time to time may be
approved by the board of directors.
8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of
the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue
a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the
transaction in its books.
8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS. The corporation shall have power to enter into and
perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of anyone or more classes of stock of the
corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more
classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and
to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person
registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable
or other claim
16
to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the
stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of
incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that
such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power,
nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
ARTICLE X
DISSOLUTION
If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation
that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that
effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice
to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of
a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.
At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority
of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed
dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with
the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the
names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and
shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
Upon such certificates becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.
Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in
person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders
shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with
Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consents becoming effective in
accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be
dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a
photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the
Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer
of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders
entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a
certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and
residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.
17
ARTICLE XI
CUSTODIAN
11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES. The Court of Chancery, upon
application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the
corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:
(i) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that
they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired
upon qualification of their successors; or
(ii) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury
because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation
that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders
are unable to terminate this division; or
(iii) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to
take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.
11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN. The custodian shall have all the powers and title of
a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the
authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to
liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders
and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or
352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
18
exv3w04
Exhibit 3.04
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
AMENDED
AND RESTATED BYLAWS
As Adopted ___, 2010
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
AMENDED
AND RESTATED BYLAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
ARTICLE I: |
|
STOCKHOLDERS |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.1: |
|
Annual Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.2: |
|
Special Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.3: |
|
Notice of Meetings |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.4: |
|
Adjournments |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.5: |
|
Quorum |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.6: |
|
Organization |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.7: |
|
Voting; Proxies |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.8: |
|
Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.9: |
|
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.10: |
|
Inspectors of Elections |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.11: |
|
Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II: |
|
BOARD OF DIRECTORS |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.1: |
|
Number; Qualifications |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.2: |
|
Election; Vacancies |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.3: |
|
Regular Meetings |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.4: |
|
Special Meetings |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 2.5: |
|
Remote Meetings Permitted |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.6: |
|
Quorum; Vote Required for Action |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.7: |
|
Organization |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.8: |
|
Written Action by Directors |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.9: |
|
Powers |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 2.10: |
|
Compensation of Directors |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III: |
|
COMMITTEES |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 3.1: |
|
Committees |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 3.2: |
|
Committee Rules |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV: |
|
OFFICERS |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 4.1: |
|
Generally |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 4.2: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 4.3: |
|
Chairperson of the Board |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.4: |
|
President |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.5: |
|
Vice President |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.6: |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 4.7: |
|
Treasurer |
|
|
11 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
Section 4.8: |
|
Secretary |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 4.9: |
|
Delegation of Authority |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 4.10: |
|
Removal |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V: |
|
STOCK |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.1: |
|
Uncertificated Shares |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.2: |
|
Multiple Classes of Stock |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 5.3: |
|
Signatures |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 5.4: |
|
Consideration and Payment for Shares |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 5.5: |
|
Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 5.6: |
|
Transfer of Stock |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 5.7: |
|
Registered Stockholders |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 5.8: |
|
Effect of the Corporations Restriction on Transfer |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 5.9: |
|
Regulations |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI: |
|
INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 6.1: |
|
Indemnification of Officers and Directors |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 6.2: |
|
Advance of Expenses |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.3: |
|
Non-Exclusivity of Rights |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.4: |
|
Indemnification Contracts |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.5: |
|
Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 6.6: |
|
Nature of Rights |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 6.7: |
|
Insurance |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII: |
|
NOTICES |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 7.1: |
|
Notice. |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 7.2: |
|
Waiver of Notice |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII: |
|
INTERESTED DIRECTORS |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 8.1: |
|
Interested Directors |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 8.2: |
|
Quorum |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX: |
|
MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.1: |
|
Fiscal Year |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.2: |
|
Seal |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.3: |
|
Form of Records |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.4: |
|
Reliance upon Books and Records |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 9.5: |
|
Certificate of Incorporation Governs |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 9.6: |
|
Severability |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 9.7: |
|
Time Periods |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X: |
|
AMENDMENT |
|
|
20 |
|
-ii-
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
AMENDED
AND RESTATED BYLAWS
As Adopted ___, 2010
ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.1: Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held
for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation
(the Board) shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without
the State of Delaware as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL), or by
means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper
business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
Section 1.2: Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any
purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
Whole Board, which shall mean the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there
exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Special meetings may not be called by
any other person or persons. The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without
the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may
determine.
Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings. Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall
be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without
limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any,
of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders
may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by
applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the Certificate of
Incorporation), such notice shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days
before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 1.4: Adjournments. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the
power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders
may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the
time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communications (if any) by which
stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned
meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided,
however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if a new record date
is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation
may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. To the fullest
1
extent permitted by law, the Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special
or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, in which case notice shall be provided
to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section
1.3 above.
Section 1.5: Quorum. At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a
majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in
person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except
to the extent that the presence of the holders of a larger number of the shares of stock entitled
to vote at the meeting may be required by applicable law. Where a separate vote by a class or
classes or series or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class
or classes or series or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum
entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. If a quorum shall fail to attend
any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders, by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn
the meeting. Shares of the Corporations stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another
corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such
other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled
to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing
shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the
Corporations stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of
determining a quorum.
Section 1.6: Organization. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by
such person as the Board may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the
Board, or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of
such person, such person as may be chosen by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the
meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.10 hereof,
shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation
of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The
Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such persons absence
the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting
of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such
a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law.
Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a
plurality of the votes cast. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the rules of any stock
exchange upon which the Corporations securities are listed, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by a majority of
the votes cast for or against the matter.
Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In
order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of stockholders or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or
exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, unless otherwise required by
2
law, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than
sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60)
days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date
shall be as provided by applicable law. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to
any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting, in which case, such new record date shall apply to such
adjourned meeting.
Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. A complete list of
stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and
showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each
stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the
meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the
meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that
the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or
during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the
meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, the list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means
of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during
the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information
required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
Section 1.10: Inspectors of Elections.
1.10.1 Applicability. Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation
or by the DGCL, the following provisions of this Section 1.10 shall apply only if and when the
Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b)
authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities
association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other
cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.10 shall be optional, and at the discretion
of the Board.
1.10.2 Appointment. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders,
appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.
The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector
who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the
person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.
1.10.3 Inspectors Oath. Each inspector of election, before entering upon the
discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector
with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspectors ability.
1.10.4 Duties of Inspectors. At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election
shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share,
3
(b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c)
count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of
the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify
their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all
votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the
inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
1.10.5 Opening and Closing of Polls. The date and time of the opening and the closing
of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced
at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall
be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon
application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.
1.10.6 Determinations. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and
ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted
with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with any
information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)(b)(i) or (iii) of the DGCL, any information
provided in connection with proxies submitted pursuant to Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL,
ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may
consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots
submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more
votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the
stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited
purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their
determinations pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall specify the precise information considered by
them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information
was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors
belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
Section 1.11: Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations.
1.11.1 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be
considered by the stockholders shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to
the Corporations notice of such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) by any
stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record (the Record Stockholder) at the
time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.11, who is entitled to vote at such
meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. For the
avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to
make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporations proxy
materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Exchange Act)), at an annual meeting of
stockholders.
(b) For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record
Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.11.1(a):
4
(i) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation;
(ii) any such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware
law;
(iii) if the Record Stockholder, or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf any such
proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that
term is defined in this Section, such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a
proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage
of the Corporations voting power required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in
the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to
holders of a percentage of the Corporations voting power reasonably believed by such Record
Stockholder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, to be sufficient to elect the nominee or
nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in
such materials the Solicitation Notice; and
(iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this
Section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have
solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation
Notice under this Section.
To be timely, a Record Stockholders notice must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at
the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the
seventy-fifth (75th) day nor earlier than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the one hundred and fifth
(105th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting (except in the
case of the 2011 annual meeting, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same
time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.11.2);
provided, however, that, subject to the immediately following sentence, in the
event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty
(60) days after such anniversary date, or if (other than with respect to the 2011 annual meeting)
no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so
received on the later of (A) no earlier than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the one hundred and fifth
(105th) day prior to the currently proposed annual meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time
on the later of the seventy-fifth (75th) day prior to such annual meeting or (B) the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which Public Announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the
Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment, or postponement of an annual meeting for which
notice has been given, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholders notice. Such
Record Stockholders notice shall set forth:
(x) if such notice pertains to the nomination of directors, as to each person whom the
Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all
information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations
of proxies for election of such nominees as directors, or would be otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and such persons written
consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected;
5
(y) as to any business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the
meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the
reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such
business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal
is made;
(z) as to the Record Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on
whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (aa) the name and address of such
stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books, and of such beneficial owner, (bb)
the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are directly or indirectly
owned beneficially and held of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (cc)
whether or not either such stockholder or beneficial owner will deliver a proxy statement
and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the
Corporations voting power required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the
case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporations
voting power reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient
to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent being a
Solicitation Notice) (dd) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation
right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or
mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a
value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the
Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the
underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a Derivative
Instrument) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial
owner, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived
from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (ee) any proxy,
contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which the Record
Stockholder or beneficial owner has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of
any security of the Corporation, (ff) any short interest in any security of the Corporation
held by such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner (for purposes of this Section 1.11, a
person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or
indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has
the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of
the subject security), (gg) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned
beneficially directly or indirectly by such stockholder or beneficial owner that are
separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (hh) any proportionate
interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or
indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or beneficial
owner is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a
general partner, (ii) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such
stockholder or beneficial owner is directly or indirectly entitled to based on any increase
or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as
of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members
of each such stockholders or beneficial owners immediate family sharing the same household
(which information set forth in this paragraph shall be supplemented by such stockholder or
such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for determining the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, that if such date is after the date
of the meeting, not later than the day
6
prior to the meeting), and (jj) any other information relating to each such stockholder
or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other
filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable,
the proposal and/or the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14
of the Exchange Act..
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.11.1(b) to the contrary, in
the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no
Public Announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the
size of the increased Board at least ten (10) days before the last day a Record Stockholder may
deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Section 1.11.1(b), a
Record Stockholders notice required by this Section 1.11 shall also be considered timely, but only
with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by
the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than
5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such Public Announcement
is first made by the Corporation.
1.11.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a
special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the
Corporations notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made
at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the
Corporations notice of such meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or (b) provided that
the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the
Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting,
who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers a notice to the Secretary setting
forth the information set forth in Section 11.1.1(b)(x) and Section 11.1.1(b)(z). In the event the
Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more
directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be),
for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting, if the
stockholders notice required by this Section 1.11.2 shall be received by the Secretary of the
Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) no earlier than the one
hundred fifth (105th) day prior to such special meeting and (ii) no later than 5:00 p.m. Pacific
Time on the later of the seventy fifth (75th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th)
day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting
and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall an
adjournment, or postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, commence a new
time period for the giving of a stockholders notice.
1.11.3 General.
(a) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 1.11 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a
meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws,
the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or
any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this
7
Section 1.11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to
declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at
the meeting and shall be disregarded.
(b) For purposes of this Section 1.11, the term Public Announcement shall mean disclosure in
a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national
news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, a stockholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.11 shall be
deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporations
proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications. The Board shall consist of one or more
members. The initial number of directors shall be seven (7), and thereafter, unless otherwise
required by law, shall be fixed from time to time as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of
any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 2.2: Election; Vacancies. The directors shall be divided, with
respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into classes as provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled, as
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.3: Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at
such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time
to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places
thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.
Section 2.4: Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by
the Chairperson of the Board, the President or a majority of the members of the Board then in
office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the
person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such
meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic
mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before
the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such
notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail
or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all
business may be transacted at a special meeting.
Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board, or any
committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of
confer
8
ence telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating
in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone
or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board a
majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum
shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another
place, date or time without further notice thereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the
Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.
Section 2.7: Organization. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by
the Chairperson of the Board, or in such persons absence by the President, or in such persons
absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the
meeting, but in such persons absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act
as secretary of the meeting.
Section 2.8: Written Action by Directors. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting
if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by
electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions
are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, respectively, in the minute
books of the Corporation. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in
paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 2.9: Powers. The Board may, except as otherwise required by law or
the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and manage and direct all such acts and
things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors. Members of the Board, as such, may
receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as
directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.
ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES
Section 3.1: Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate
one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a
member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who
are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent
or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board,
shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the
business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed
to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in
reference to the following matters: (a) approving,
9
adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or
removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders
for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.
Section 3.2: Committee Rules. Unless the Board otherwise provides, each
committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.
In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the
Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.
ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS
Section 4.1: Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a President, a
Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including a Chief Financial
Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All
officers shall be elected by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may
empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the
Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer
or the Treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such persons successor is appointed or
until such persons earlier resignation, death or removal. Any number of offices may be held by
the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any
vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may
be filled by the Board.
Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board,
the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:
(a) To act as the general manager and to have general supervision, direction and
control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;
(b) Subject to Article I, Section 1.6, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;
(c) Subject to Article I, Section 1.2, to call special meetings of the stockholders to
be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws,
at such places as he or she shall deem proper;
(d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages,
guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in
writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief
Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; and to have general
charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents
and employees of the Corporation; and
(e) To vote and otherwise act on, or to authorize any officer to vote or otherwise act
on, on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of
or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this
Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise, or authorize any
10
officer otherwise to exercise, any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.
The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall
designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the
Board has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson
of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall
have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board, shall have the power to sign certificates
for shares of stock of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in
these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.4: President. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of
the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated one individual as the President and a
different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions
of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the
Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President),
and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the
Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility
for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the
general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation
(other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than
the President), shall have the power to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation,
and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of
President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.
Section 4.5: Vice President. Each Vice President shall have all such powers
and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him
or her by the Board. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officers
absence or disability.
Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be
the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the
Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly
incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.7: Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of all moneys and
securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the
Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such
transactions. The Treasurer shall have the power to sign certificates for shares of stock of the
Corporation and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly
incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
11
Section 4.8: Secretary. The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all
authorized notices for, and shall record or cause to be recorded, the proceedings of the meetings
of the stockholders and directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall have
charge of the corporate minute books and similar records, have the power to sign certificates for
shares of stock of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers
as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board may from time to time
prescribe.
Section 4.9: Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time
delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any
provision hereof.
Section 4.10: Removal. Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided
that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any Vice Presidents of the
Corporation, then such Vice Presidents may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal
shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.
ARTICLE V: STOCK
Section 5.1: Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be
uncertificated, provided that the Corporation shall be permitted to issue such nominal
number of certificates to securities depositories and provided further that the
Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of
its stock shall be represented by certificates. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a
certificate representing shares in bearer form.
Section 5.2: Multiple Classes of Stock. If the Corporation shall be authorized
to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the Corporation shall
(a) cause the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences or rights to be set forth in full or summarized on the face or
back of any certificate that the Corporation issues to represent shares of such class or series of
stock or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares, within a reasonable time after the issuance or
transfer of such shares, send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the
information required to be set forth on certificates as specified in clause (a) above;
provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, in lieu of
the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of such certificate or, in
the case of uncertificated shares, on such written notice a statement that the Corporation will
furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.
Section 5.3: Signatures. Each holder of stock represented by certificates
shall be entitled to a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (a) the
Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice President and (b) the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the
Corporation. Any or all of
12
the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have
ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be
issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or
registrar at the date of issue.
Section 5.4: Consideration and Payment for Shares.
5.4.1 Permitted Consideration. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, shares of stock may be issued for such consideration, having in the case of shares
with par value a value not less than the par value thereof, and to such persons, as determined from
time to time by the Board. The consideration may consist of any tangible or intangible property or
benefit to the Corporation including, but not limited to, cash, promissory notes, services
performed, contracts for services to be performed or other securities.
5.4.2 Payment for Shares. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of
Incorporation, shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration has been paid,
unless upon the face or back of each certificate issued to represent any partly paid shares of
capital stock or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of partly paid
uncertificated shares, there shall have been set forth the total amount of the consideration to be
paid therefor and the amount paid thereon up to and including the time said certificate
representing certificated shares or said uncertificated shares are issued.
Section 5.5: Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.
5.5.1 Replacement. If an owner of a certificate representing shares claims that such
certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new
certificate representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form if the owner: (i)
requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing
such shares has been acquired by a protected purchaser; (ii) if requested by the Corporation,
delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that
may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction
of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares; and (iii)
satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.
5.5.2 Failure to Notify. If a certificate representing shares has been lost,
apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that
fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or
wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares before receiving
notification, the owner shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting
against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate
representing such shares or such shares in uncertificated form.
Section 5.6: Transfer of Stock.
5.6.1 Complete Transfers. If a certificate representing shares of the Corporation is
presented to the Corporation with an endorsement requesting the registration of transfer of
13
such shares or an instruction is presented to the Corporation requesting the registration of
transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall register the transfer as requested if:
(a) in the case of certificated shares, the certificate representing such shares has
been surrendered;
(b) (i) with respect to certificated shares, the endorsement is made by the person
specified by the certificate as entitled to such shares; (ii) with respect to uncertificated
shares, an instruction is made by the registered owner of such uncertificated shares; or
(iii) with respect to certificated shares or uncertificated shares, the endorsement or
instruction is made by any other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority
to act on behalf of the appropriate person;
(c) the Corporation has received a guarantee of signature of the person signing such
endorsement or instruction or such other reasonable assurance that the endorsement or
instruction is genuine and authorized as the Corporation may request;
(d) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer imposed by the
Corporation that is enforceable in accordance with Section 5.8.1; and
(e) such other conditions for such transfer as shall be provided for under applicable
law have been satisfied.
5.6.2 Other Transfers. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral
security and not absolutely, the Corporation shall so record such fact in the entry of transfer if,
when the certificate for such shares is presented to the Corporation for transfer or, if such
shares are uncertificated, when the instruction for registration of transfer thereof is presented
to the Corporation, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.
Section 5.7: Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration
of transfer of a certificate representing shares of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting
registration of transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner
as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other
books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares, receive dividends or notifications with
respect to such shares and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such
shares, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares (if held in a voting trust
or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may, upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial
ownership of such shares and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law,
may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation.
Section 5.8: Effect of Corporations Restriction on Transfer.
5.8.1 Enforceability. A written restriction on the transfer or registration of
transfer of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be
owned by any person or group of persons, if permitted by the DGCL and noted conspicuously on the
certificate representing such shares or, in the case of uncertificated shares, contained in a
notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such shares within a reasonable time
after the issuance or transfer of such shares, may be enforced against the holder of such shares or
14
any successor or transferee of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee,
guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of the
holder.
5.8.2 Notification. A restriction imposed by the Corporation on the transfer or the
registration of shares of the Corporation or on the amount of shares of the Corporation that may be
owned by any person or group of persons, even if otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person
without actual knowledge of such restriction unless: (i) the shares are certificated and such
restriction is noted conspicuously on the certificate; or (ii) the shares are uncertificated and
such restriction was contained in a notice sent by the Corporation to the registered owner of such
shares within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares.
Section 5.9: Regulations. The Board shall have power and authority to make
such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable requirement of law, as the Board
may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer
of shares of stock or certificates representing shares. The Board may appoint one or more transfer
agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares
bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.
ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Each person who was
or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a
"Proceeding), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal
representative), is or was a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated
Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a
Reincorporated Predecessor as a member of the board of directors, officer or trustee of another
corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with
respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an Indemnitee), whether the
basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or
trustee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law
permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and
loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts
paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection
therewith. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director
or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking
indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if
such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or is expressly permitted by Section
6.5 hereof, or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board. As used
herein, the term the Reincorporated Predecessor means a corporation that is merged with and into
the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of
such merger; and (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the
Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.
15
Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay all expenses
(including attorneys fees) incurred by such an Indemnitee in defending any such Proceeding as they
are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that (a) if
the DGCL then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such an Indemnitee in advance
of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of
an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should
be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no appeal that such
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and (b) the
Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation
directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such persons duty
of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from
a transaction.
Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in
this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement,
vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in
this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to indemnify or
advance expenses to persons (including, but not limited to, employees and agents of the
Corporation) whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to
this Article VI.
Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to cause the
Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent
of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person.
Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.
Section 6.5: Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The following shall apply to
the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 above.
6.5.1 Right to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI is
not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received
by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the
applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted
by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation
to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall
be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit
brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit
brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense
that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant
to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a
final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set
forth in applicable law.
16
6.5.2 Effect of Determination. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its
directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal
counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit
that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has
met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by
the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such
directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such
applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the
applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a
defense to such suit.
6.5.3 Burden of Proof. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to
indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to
recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving
that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under
this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.
Section 6.6: Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this
Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has
ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitees
heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of
this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitees successors
shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a
person pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or
alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, repeal
or modification.
Section 6.7: Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense,
liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person
against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
ARTICLE VII: NOTICES
Section 7.1: Notice.
7.1.1 Form and Delivery. Except as otherwise specifically permitted or required in
these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 below) or by law, all notices required
to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may, (a) in every instance in
connection with any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery
(including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or
by sending such notice by prepaid overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other
form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively be delivered to a stockholder when given by
hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented
to by the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of this Article VII by sending such notice by
telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission. Any such
notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at
17
such persons address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be
deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be
given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery
by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when
dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via facsimile, electronic mail or other form of
electronic transmission, as set forth in Section 7.1.2, below.
7.1.2 Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise
may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under
any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if
given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is
given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the
stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a)
the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by
the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person
responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to
treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice
given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication,
when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by
electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented
to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to
the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such
separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the
stockholder.
7.1.3 Affidavit of Giving Notice. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given
in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie
evidence of the facts stated therein.
Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under
any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of
notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such
person, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be
deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors
need be specified in any waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS
Section 8.1: Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the
Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and
any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its
directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial
interest,
18
shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is
present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the
contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose,
if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract
or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee
in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the
disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the
material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c)
the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved
or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.
Section 8.2: Quorum. Interested directors may be counted in determining the
presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.
ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1: Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
determined by resolution of the Board.
Section 9.2: Seal. The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have
the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be
approved from time to time by the Board.
Section 9.3: Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in
the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books,
may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes, CDs, or any other information
storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible
paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the
request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.
Section 9.4: Reliance upon Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a
member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such persons duties,
be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such
information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the
Corporations officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to
matters the member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert
competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs. In the event of any
conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of
the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.
Section 9.6: Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to
be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible
consistent with
19
such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all
portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal,
unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves
invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain
in full force and effect.
Section 9.7: Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which
requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an
act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be
used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be
included.
ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, any amendment or repeal of these Bylaws,
or adoption of Bylaws, shall require the approval of the Board or the stockholders of the
Corporation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
20
CERTIFICATION
OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
a Delaware Corporation
I, John Ricci, certify that I am Secretary of Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the Corporation), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the
attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as
of the date of this certificate.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Ricci, Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
exv4w01
Exhibit 4.01
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Eighth Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (this Agreement) is entered
into as of March 31, 2010 by and among Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
Company) and the holders of the Companys Preferred Stock listed on Schedule 1 hereto.
A. The Company and the holders of its Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-l Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred Stock have previously
entered into that certain Seventh Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
November 12, 2009, as amended (the Prior Agreement).
B. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company is amending its
certificate of incorporation to (i) implement a dual class Common Stock structure, which results in
the Company having two classes of Common Stock, and (ii) effect the reclassification of each
outstanding share of the Companys Common Stock into one share of Class B Common Stock.
C. The Company and the holders of not less than 67% of the Registrable Shares (as such term is
defined in the Prior Agreement) currently outstanding wish to amend the Prior Agreement to reflect
the dual class Common Stock structure described above and to exclude from the application of
Section 2.1 of this Agreement and the Prior Agreement the Companys currently proposed registered
public offering of Class A Common Stock involving an underwriting (the Offering) pursuant to a
registration statement Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-165081) (the Registration Statement) filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2010.
D. Section 5 of the Prior Agreement provides that the Prior Agreement may be amended as
contemplated hereby with the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of not less
than 67% of the Registrable Shares (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) outstanding.
Accordingly, this Agreement amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and is binding
upon the Company and each Holder, notwithstanding the failure of any Holder to execute this
Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used herein:
1.1 The term Affiliate means, with respect to any specified person, any other person who,
directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person,
including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of
such person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more
general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such person.
1.2 The term Class A Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock.
1.3 The term Class B Common Stock means shares of the Companys Class B Common Stock.
1.4 The term Holder means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable
Shares or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof.
1.5 The term Preferred Stock means shares of the Companys Series A Preferred Stock, Series
B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C-2 Preferred
Stock.
1.6 The terms register, registered, and registration refer to a registration effected by
preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (as defined
below) and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the
effectiveness of such registration statement.
1.7 The term Registrable Shares means and includes (i) the shares of Class A Common Stock
issuable or issued upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion
of the Preferred Stock; (ii) the shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion
of the Class B Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of those certain warrants that were
issued to the purchasers of the Companys Series B Preferred Stock; (iii) the shares of Class A
Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock issued or issuable upon
exercise of that certain warrant issued to PayPal, Inc. on March 3, 2009 (the PayPal Warrant);
and (iv) any other shares of Class A Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or
exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued at) a dividend or other
distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i),
(ii) and (iii) above, and in each case held by a party to this Agreement and such partys permitted
assignee, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Shares sold by a person in a transaction
in which his or her rights under Section 2 are not assigned
1.8 The term Ownership Percentage means and includes, with respect to each Holder of
Registrable Shares requesting inclusion of Registrable Shares in an offering pursuant to this
Agreement, the number of Registrable Shares held by such Holder divided by the aggregate of (i) all
Registrable Shares held by all Holders requesting registration in such offering and (ii) the total
number of all other securities entitled to registration pursuant to any agreement with the Company
approved by the Board of Directors and held by others participating in the underwriting.
1.9 The term Public Offering means and includes the closing of an underwritten public
offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the
offer and sale of securities to the general public for the account of the Company.
1.10 The term Qualified Initial Public Offering means a firm commitment underwritten public
offering underwritten by a nationally recognized investment bank approved by the Company and the
holders of a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Stock pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock to the
public involving gross proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000 (before deductions of
underwriters commissions and expenses) at a per share offering price of at least $2.48 (as adjusted
for recapitalizations, stock combinations, stock dividends, stock splits and the like).
1.11 The term Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
2. Registration Rights.
2.1 Piggy Back Registration.
(a) If at any time the Company shall determine to register under the Securities Act (including
pursuant to a demand of any stockholder of the Company exercising registration rights) any of its
Class A Common Stock (including pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 below, but excluding registrations
relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company employee benefits plan, a
registration on Form S-4 or any successor form or a registration in which the only capital stock of
the Company being registered is Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities
which are also being registered), it shall send to each Holder written notice of such determination
and, if within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice, such Holder shall so request in
writing, the Company shall use its best efforts to include in such registration statement all or
any part of the Registrable Shares that such Holder requests to be registered.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in connection with any offering involving an
underwriting of securities to be issued by the Company, the managing underwriter shall impose a
limitation on the number of shares of Class A Common Stock included in any such registration
statement because, in such underwriters judgment, such limitation is necessary based on market
conditions, then the Company may exclude Registrable Shares from such registration to the extent so
advised by the underwriters provided, however, that (i) in the event of any such exclusion,
the shares which are included in such registration shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling
stockholders according to their Ownership Percentage (or in such other proportions as shall
mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders); (ii) the number of Registrable Shares included
in such registration shall not be reduced to less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total value
of securities to be sold in such offering except in the case of the Companys initial Public
Offering, in which case all securities (including Registrable Shares) other than those being sold
by the Company may be excluded from such registration; (iii) no securities being offered by the
Company for its own account shall be excluded from a registration except as set forth in the
following subsection (c) with respect to a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 below. In
addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, no stockholder of the Company otherwise entitled to
registration shall be entitled to include their shares in a registration pursuant to this Section
2.1 if such inclusion would reduce the number of shares includable by any Holder in such
registration without the consent of the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no Registrable Shares held by
an Initiating Holder (as defined below) shall be excluded from a registration effected pursuant to
Section 2.2 below. If the managing underwriter shall impose a limitation on the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock to be included in any such registration because, in such underwriters
judgment, such limitation is necessary based on market conditions, then the Company shall exclude
from such registration (i) first, Registrable Shares held by Holders other than the Initiating
Holders (as defined below), on a pro rata basis according to their respective Ownership Percentage,
and (ii) second, securities to be sold by the Company for its own account.
(d) If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any underwriting referred to in this section, he
may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. No incidental
right under this Section 2.1 shall be construed to limit any registration required under Section
2.2.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Prior Agreement, in
connection with the Offering, and as an inducement for the Company and the
2
representatives of the investment banks that are underwriting the Offering (the
Underwriters) to continue their efforts in connection with the Offering, the undersigned holders
of Registrable Shares (on behalf of all holders of Registrable Shares under this Agreement or the
Prior Agreement) hereby waive any registration rights related to the Registrable Shares and the
Registration Statement, pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement and the Prior Agreement, and
acknowledge that the Company is not required to include any Registrable Shares in such Offering.
The undersigned holders of Registrable Shares understand and acknowledge that the shares of Class A
Common Stock offered for sale under the Registration Statement may, at the discretion of the
Company and the Underwriters, include shares being resold by certain holders of the Companys
securities, and that upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of not
less than 67% of the Registrable Shares (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement) currently
outstanding, the undersigned holders of Registrable Shares and some or all other holders of
Registrable Shares may be excluded from the Registration Statement.
2.2 Required Registration.
(a) Not earlier than the earlier of either (i) 180 days after the completion by the Company of
a Qualified Initial Public Offering or (ii) December 19, 2011, one or more Holders (the Initiating
Holders) of at least 50% of the Registrable Shares then outstanding may require the Company to
register such Initiating Holders Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, provided that such
registration covers an offering with an aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000. Such
Initiating Holder(s) shall notify the Company in writing (the Demand Notice) that it or they
intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale all or any portion of the Registrable
Shares, and within ten (10) days of the receipt of such Demand Notice, the Company will so notify
all other Holders as set forth in Section 2.1 above. The Company shall, within 45 days after
delivery by the Company of such written notices, prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC), a registration statement for the purpose of effecting a registration under
the Securities Act of all Registrable Shares that the Initiating Holders have requested to be
registered. The Company shall use best efforts to cause such registration statement to be effective
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after its receipt
of the Demand Notice.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 to the contrary, if
the Company furnishes to the Holders requesting any registration pursuant to such sections a
certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the
Board of Directors of the Company, such registration would be detrimental to the Company and that
it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of a registration statement, then
the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to
such offering for a period of not more than ninety (90) days from receipt by the Company of the
Demand Notice; provided, however, that the Company may not exercise such right more than once in
any twelve-month period; and provided that the Company shall not register any securities during
such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or
with respect to an employee benefit plan).
(c) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Shares covered by their
request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request and
the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to above.
(d) The underwriter shall be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include
his or her Registrable Shares in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holders
participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders Registrable Shares in the
underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities
through
3
such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the
underwriters selected for such underwriting.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in
writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten,
then the Initiating Holders shall so advise the Company and the Company shall advise all Holders of
Registrable Shares which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares
of Registrable Shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as set forth in
Section 2.1(c) above.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take
any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2: (i) if, within thirty (30)
days following the Companys receipt of the Demand Notice, the Company provides the Initiating
Holders with written notice of its intent to file a registration statement for an initial Public
Offering within sixty (60) days; (ii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and
ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a Qualified Initial Public
Offering (provided that the Company shall make reasonable good faith efforts to cause such
registration statement to become effective once it has been filed), (iii) if the Initiating Holders
propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Shares that may be immediately registered on Form S-3
pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3 below or (iv) if the Company has effected two
registrations and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.
(g) If all of the Initiating Holders withdraw from any proposed offering, the Demand Notice
shall not count as a demand under this Section 2.2 if: (i) the Initiating Holders pay their pro
rata share (based on the number of securities initially proposed to be included in such
registration statement) of the expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such
registration statement; or (ii) the withdrawal occurs promptly after the Initiating Holders receive
notice of the occurrence of one or more events regarding the Company, which event or events may
have a material adverse affect upon the business or prospects of the Company, and such Holders
learn of such event or events after, the date of the notice of Demand Notice.
2.3 Registration on Form S-3. In case the Company shall receive from one or more Holder or
Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Shares then outstanding a written
request or requests (each, an S-3 Request) that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or
any similar form promulgated by the SEC) and any related qualification or compliance with respect
to all or a part of the Registrable Shares owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:
(a) within ten (10) days of the Companys receipt of the S-3 Request give written notice of
the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and
(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and
compliance as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of
all or such portion of such Holders or Holders Registrable Shares as are specified in such
request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Shares of any other Holder or Holders
joining in such request pursuant to Section 2.1, and shall use its best efforts to cause such
registration to be effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable, and in any event
within 120 days after receipt of the S-3 Request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section
2.3: (i) if Form S-3 (or similar or successor form) is not available for such offering by the
Holders requesting such registration; (ii) if the
4
Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting such registration a certificate signed by the
President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3
Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer
the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days
after its receipt of the S-3 Request; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this
right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and the Company shall not register any
securities during such ninety (90) day period (other than a registration of securities in a Rule
145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan); (iii) if such Form S-3 Registration
covers an offering of Registrable Shares of less than $1,000,000, net of underwriting discounts and
commissions, (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of
such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders; or (v) in any
particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to
execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or
compliance.
(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the
Registrable Shares and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after
receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. A registration effected pursuant to this Section
2.3 shall not be counted as a demand for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.
2.4 Effectiveness.
(a) The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness for up to one hundred
eighty (180) days of any registration statement pursuant to which any of the Registrable Shares are
being offered; provided, however, that: (i) such one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be
extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities
included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of any securities of the Company and
(ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Shares on Form S-3 which are intended to be
offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such one hundred eighty (180) day period shall be
extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until the earlier to occur of
(A) twelve (12) months following the effectiveness of the registration statement, or (B) the date
that all such Registrable Shares are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the
Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis.
(b) The Company will from time to time amend or supplement such registration statement and the
prospectus contained therein as and to the extent necessary to comply with the Securities Act and
any applicable state securities statute or regulation.
2.5 Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of Holders. In the event that the Company registers any of the
Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each
Holder of the Registrable Shares so registered, each of such Holders Affiliates (including without
limitation each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act), and each of such Holders and such Affiliates respective officers, directors,
employees, partners, agents and members, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities (or any action in respect thereof), joint or several, to which they or any
of them become subject under the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act), a state securities law or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act or any state securities law (collectively, Applicable Securities Laws), and,
except as hereinafter provided, will reimburse each such Holder, each such Affiliate and each such
officer, director, employee, partner, agent or member, if
5
any, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them or any of them, as such
expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions whether
or not resulting in any liability, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, expenses, liabilities
or actions arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in the registration statement, in any preliminary or amended preliminary
prospectus or in the prospectus (or the registration statement or prospectus as from time to time
amended or supplemented by the Company); (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein
not misleading; or (iii) any violation by the Company of Applicable Securities Laws in connection
with such registration; provided, however, that the indemnity contained in this Section 2.5(a) will
not apply where such untrue statement or omission was made in such registration statement,
preliminary or amended, preliminary prospectus or prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing to the Company in connection therewith by such Holder of
Registrable Shares or any such controlling person expressly for use therein. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company will not be required to indemnify any of the foregoing persons from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (or any action in respect
thereof) if such untrue statement or omission was made in such registration statement, preliminary
or amended, preliminary prospectus or prospectus and was corrected in a subsequent prospectus that
was required by law to be delivered to the person making the claim with respect to which
indemnification is sought hereunder, and such subsequent prospectus was made available by the
Company to permit delivery of such prospectus in a timely manner by the Holder to the proposed
purchaser, and such subsequent prospectus was so delivered to the Holder making the claim for
indemnification and such Holder failed to deliver such corrected prospectus. Promptly after receipt
by any Holder of Registrable Shares or any controlling person of notice of the commencement of any
action in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Holder of Registrable
Shares, or such controlling person, as the case may be, will notify the Company in writing of the
commencement thereof, and, subject to the provisions hereinafter stated, the Company shall assume
the defense of such action (including the employment of counsel, who shall be counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such Holder of Registrable Shares, or such controlling person, as the case may be),
and the payment of expenses insofar as such action shall relate to any alleged liability in respect
of which indemnity may be sought against the Company. Such Holder of Registrable Shares or any such
controlling person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
participate in the defense thereof in the event the representation of such Holder or controlling
person by counsel retained by or on the behalf of the Company would be inappropriate due to
conflicts of interest between any such person and any other party represented by such counsel in
such proceeding or action, in which case the Company shall pay, as incurred, the fees and expenses
of such separate counsel. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any person under this
Section 2.5(a) for any settlement of any such action effected without the Companys consent (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Company shall not, except with the approval of
each party being indemnified under this Section 2.5(a) (which approval will not be unreasonably
withheld), consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any
settlement that does not include as
an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to the parties being so
indemnified of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
(b) Indemnification of Company. In the event that the Company registers any of the
Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, each Holder of the Registrable Shares so registered
will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have
signed the registration statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
expenses or liabilities (or any action in respect thereof), to which they or any of them may become
subject under Applicable Securities Laws, and, except as hereinafter provided, will reimburse the
6
Company and each such director, officer or controlling person for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them or any of them, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with
investigating or defending any actions whether or not resulting in any liability, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, expenses, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement,
in any preliminary or amended preliminary prospectus or in the prospectus (or the registration
statement or prospectus as from time to time amended or supplemented) or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, but only insofar as
any such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
furnished in writing to the Company in connection therewith by such Holder, expressly for use
therein; provided, however, that such Holders obligations hereunder shall be limited to an amount
equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of the Registrable Shares sold in such registration.
Promptly after receipt of notice of the commencement of any action in respect of which indemnity
may be sought against such Holder of Registrable Shares, the Company will notify such Holder of
Registrable Shares in writing of the commencement thereof, and such Holder of Registrable Shares
shall, subject to the provisions hereinafter stated, assume the defense of such action (including
the employment of counsel, who shall be counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and the
payment of expenses insofar as such action shall relate to the alleged liability in respect of
which indemnity may be sought against such Holder of Registrable Shares. The Company and each such
director, officer or controlling person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such
action and to participate in the defense thereof in the event the representation of the Company,
any of its officers or directors or controlling person by counsel retained by or on the behalf of
such Holder would be inappropriate due to conflicts of interest between any such person and any
other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding or action, in which case such Holder
shall pay, as incurred, the fees and expenses of such separate counsel. Notwithstanding the two
preceding sentences, if the action is one in which the Company may be obligated to indemnify any
Holder of Registrable Shares pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the Company shall have the right to assume
the defense of such action, subject to the right of such Holders to participate therein as
permitted by Section 2.5(a). Such Holder shall not be liable to indemnify any person for any
settlement of any such action effected without such Holders consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld). Such Holder shall not, except with the approval of the Company (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any
settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or
plaintiff to the party being so indemnified of a release from all liability in respect to such
claim or litigation.
2.6 Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.5 is held by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss,
liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one
hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that
resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access
to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission, provided,
however, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from
the offering received by such Holder.
7
2.7 Exchange Act Registration. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of
Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may
at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or
pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:
(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in
SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first
registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general
public;
(b) take such reasonable action, including the voluntary registration of its Class A Common
Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form
S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Shares;
(c) file on a timely basis with the SEC all information that the SEC may require under either
of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and, so long as it is required to file such
information, take all action that may be required as a condition to the availability of Rule 144
under the Securities Act (or any successor exemptive rule hereinafter in effect) with respect to
the Companys Class A Common Stock; and
(d) furnish to any Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to
its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual
or quarterly report of the Company as filed with the SEC, and (iii) any other reports and documents
that a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC
allowing a Holder to sell any such Registrable Shares without registration.
2.8 Further Obligations of the Company. Whenever the Company is required hereunder to
register Registrable Shares, it agrees that it shall also do the following:
(a) Furnish to each selling Holder such copies of each preliminary and final prospectus and
any other documents that such Holder may reasonably request to facilitate the public offering of
its Registrable Shares;
(b) Use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares to be registered
pursuant to this Agreement under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions
as any selling Holder may reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to
take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits other than those arising
out of the offer or sale of the securities covered by the registration statement in any
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
(c) Notify each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such registration statement at any
time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the
happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement,
as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in
the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or
supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;
8
(d) Cause all such Registrable Shares registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each
securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(e) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Shares registered pursuant
hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Shares, in each case not later than the
effective date of such registration;
(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations
under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such
offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its
obligations under such an agreement;
(g) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Shares
pursuant to this Section 2, on the date that such Registrable Shares are delivered to the
underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2, if such
securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through
underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes
effective:
(i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of
such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten
public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration
of Registrable Shares; and
(ii) comfort letters signed by the Companys independent public accountants who have
examined and reported on the Companys financial statements included in the registration statement,
to the extent permitted by the standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
covering substantially the same matters with respect to the registration statement (and the
prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of the financial
statements, as are customarily covered in accountants comfort letters delivered to the
underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities, but only if and to the extent that the
Company is required to deliver or cause the delivery of such comfort letters to the underwriters
in an underwritten public offering of securities;
(h) Permit each selling Holder or his or her counsel or other representatives to inspect and
copy such corporate documents and records as may reasonably be requested by them; and
(i) Furnish to each selling Holder, upon request, a copy of all documents filed and all
correspondence from or to the SEC in connection with any such offering unless confidential
treatment of such information has been requested of the SEC.
2.9 Expenses. In the case of a registration under Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 the Company shall
bear all costs and expenses of each such registration, including, but not limited to, printing,
legal and accounting expenses, SEC filing fees and blue sky fees and expenses; provided, however,
that the Company shall have no obligation to pay or otherwise bear (i) any portion of the fees or
disbursements of more than one counsel for the Holders in connection with the registration of their
Registrable Shares, which in no event shall exceed a reasonable fee, (ii) any portion of the
underwriters commissions or discounts attributable to the Registrable Shares being offered and
sold by the Holders of Registrable Shares, or (iii) any of such expenses if the payment of such
expenses by the Company is prohibited by the laws of a state in which such offering is qualified
and only to the extent so prohibited.
9
2.10 Transfer of Registration Rights. The registration rights of a Holder of Registrable
Shares under this Agreement may be transferred as set forth below, provided in each case that (i)
immediately following such transfer or assignment the further disposition of the Registrable Shares
so transferred or assigned is restricted under the Securities Act; (ii) the transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the Company is given written
notice prior to such transfer; and (iv) the transfer or assignment is to: (A) any partner or
affiliate of a Holder (it being understood that any investment partnership for which David W. Hanna
has the power to direct investment decisions constitutes an affiliate of the David William Hanna
Trust dated October 30, 1989); (B) in the case of an individual, any member of the immediate family
of such individual or to any trust for the benefit of the individual or any such family member or
members; or (C) any other transferee which receives at least two percent (2%) of the Registrable
Securities outstanding on the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the registration rights
of a Holder under this Agreement may not be transferred to an entity, or a person controlled by,
under common control with or controlling such entity, which is a direct competitor of the Company.
Notwithstanding clause (iv) above, the holder of the PayPal Warrant shall have the right to assign
or transfer its registration rights under this Agreement to any party to whom the PayPal Warrant or
the shares acquired upon exercise of the PayPal Warrant are transferred provided such transferee or
assignee is a party to whom the PayPal Warrant could be transferred in an Exempt Warrant Transfer
(as defined in the PayPal Warrant).
2.11 No Superior Rights; Most Favored Nations. The Company will not, without first obtaining
the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares, grant (i) any
piggy back registration rights to any person or entity which would reduce the number of shares
includable by the Holders pursuant to Section 2.1; or (ii) any registration rights to any person or
entity that are otherwise superior to the rights granted hereunder. In the event that the Company
grants rights superior to the rights granted hereunder after obtaining such written consent (or
waiver thereof pursuant to Section 5 below), any superior rights granted to other persons or
entities shall apply to the Holders and shall be deemed to be incorporated into this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may grant pari passu registration rights to the rights
granted hereunder without any such consent.
2.12 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Provided that all Holders are treated equally and that
holders of at least 1% of the outstanding securities of the Company and all officers and directors
of the Company are also so bound, no Holder shall, to the extent requested by any managing
underwriter of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who
agree to be similarly bound) any Registrable Shares during a period (the Stand-Off Period) equal
to 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Companys initial
Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such shorter period as the Company or managing
underwriter may authorize, so long as the applicable Stand-Off Period for all Holders is the same)
(or such longer period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate
regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii)
analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in
NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto),
and except for securities sold as part of the offering covered by such registration statement in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, that if any officer, director, or
holder of 1% of the outstanding securities of the Company (the Specified Shareholders) is
released by such underwriter from its lockup obligations as referenced hereunder, then all Holders
shall be so released on a pro rata basis (with the percentage of each Holders Registrable
Securities so released being equal to the percentage of shares so released for the Specified
Shareholder having the highest percentage of released shares among all of the Specified
Shareholders). In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stock transfer
restrictions with respect to the Registrable Shares of each Holder until the end of the Stand-Off
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations
10
described in this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee
benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms which may be promulgated in the future, or a
registration relating solely to an acquisition of another persons business, Form S-4 or similar
forms which may be promulgated in the future.
2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The obligations of the Company to register any
Holders Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 2 shall terminate five (5) years after the
Companys Qualified Initial Public Offering, and the obligations of the Company to register any
Holders Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 2 shall be suspended at all such times as all
of the Registrable Shares of such Holder may be sold within a three month period without limitation
under SEC Rule 144.
3. Assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
respective heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
4. Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of California; provided, however, that if any California law or laws require or permit the
application of the laws of any other jurisdiction to this Agreement, such California law or laws
shall be disregarded with the effect that the remaining laws of the State of California shall
nonetheless apply.
5. Amendment. Any provision in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, changes in or
additions to this Agreement may be made, and compliance with any covenant or provision herein set
forth may be omitted or waived, either retroactively or prospectively, with the written consent of
(i) the Company, and (ii) the Holders of not less than 67% of the Registrable Shares then
outstanding, which shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. The Company shall, in each
such case, deliver copies of such consents in writing to any Holder who did not execute the same.
6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
7. Notice. Any notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement
shall be effective if in writing and delivered personally or sent by telecopier, Federal Express or
other generally recognized overnight carrier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:
|
|
|
If to a Holder, to:
|
|
The name and address set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. |
|
|
|
If to the Company:
|
|
Green Dot Corporation |
|
|
605 E. Huntington Drive, Suite 205 |
|
|
Monrovia, California 91016 |
|
|
Attention: Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel |
|
|
Facsimile: (626) 775-3704 |
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
Fenwick & West LLP |
|
|
801 California Street |
|
|
Mountain View, CA 94041 |
|
|
Attention: Gordon Davidson |
|
|
Andrew Luh |
|
|
Facsimile: (650) 938-5200 |
11
Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective
(and to have been received) (a) on the date delivered, if delivered personally, (b) one (1)
business day after being sent, if sent by Federal Express or other generally recognized overnight
carrier, (c) one business day after being sent, if sent by fax with confirmation of good
transmission and receipt, and (d) three business days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First
Class with postage prepaid. Each of the parties herewith shall be entitled to specify another
address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.
8. Severability. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or
unenforceable, it shall, to the extent practicable, be modified so as to make it valid, legal and
enforceable and to retain as nearly as practicable the intent of the parties; and the validity,
legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.
9. Survival. The obligations of the Company and the Holders under Section 2.5 and Section 2.6
of this Agreement shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Shares in a registration
statement and the termination of this Agreement.
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and Restated
Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Steve Streit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steve Streit, President |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCV VII, L.P. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, |
|
|
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, |
|
|
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCV VII (A), L.P. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, |
|
|
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, L.P. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, |
|
|
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TCV Member Fund, L.P. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, |
|
|
acting by its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology Crossover Management VII, Ltd. |
|
|
a Cayman Islands exempted company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ F. Fenton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
SEQUOIA CAPITAL FRANCHISE FUND
SEQUOIA CAPITAL FRANCHISE PARTNERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCFF Management, LLC |
|
|
|
|
A Delaware Limited Liability Company |
|
|
|
|
General Partner of Each |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Moritz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moritz, Managing Member |
SEQUOIA CAPITAL IX
SEQUOIA CAPITAL ENTREPRENEURS ANNEX FUND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCIX.1 Management, LLC
A Delaware Limited Liability Company
General Partner of Each |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Moritz |
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Moritz, Managing Member |
SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND IV, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCGF IV Management, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
A Cayman Islands exempted limited |
|
|
|
|
partnership |
|
|
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
SCGF GenPar, Ltd
A Cayman Islands limited liability company
Its General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Michael Moritz |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Donald B. Wiener
Donald B. Wiener
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Mark L. Shifke /s/ Patricia W. Shifke
Mark L. Shifke & Patricia W. Shifke, as Joint Tenants
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Eric C. Weiss
William
B. Wiener, Jr., by Eric. C. Weiss, Agent
THE
WILLIAM B. WIENER, JR. FOUNDATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Donald B. Wiener |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald B. Wiener, Vice
President |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Betty Wiener Spomer
Betty Wiener Spomer
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Jacques L. Wiener, III
Jacques L. Wiener, III
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Sandra Baron Wiener
Sandra Baron Wiener
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
/s/
Jacques L. Wiener, Jr.
Jacques L. Wiener, Jr.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
|
|
|
|
|
|
YKA PARTNERS LTD.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/
Kenneth Aldrich |
|
|
|
Kenneth Aldrich |
|
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DAVID WILLIAM HANNA
TRUST DATED
OCTOBER 30, 1989 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ David W. Hanna |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David W. Hanna |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENAYA CAPITAL V, L.P. |
|
|
|
by: Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner |
|
|
|
By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Thomas E. Banahan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Thomas E. Banahan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENAYA CAPITAL V-P, L.P. |
|
|
|
By: Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner |
|
|
|
By: Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner |
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Thomas E. Banahan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Thomas E. Banahan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Eighth Amended and
Restated Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.
HOLDER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TTP FUND, LP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Total Technology Partners, LLC |
|
|
Its: |
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Gardiner W. Garrard, III |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gardiner W. Garrard III, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Partner |
SCHEDULE 1
HOLDERS
Name and Address of Holder
TCV VII, L.P.
TCV VII (A), L.P.
TCV Member Fund, L.P.
528 Ramona Street
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund
Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners
Sequoia Capital IX.I Holdings, LLC
Sequoia Capital Entrepreneurs Annex Fund
Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P.
3000 Sand Hill Rd.
Bldg. 4, Suite 250
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Tenaya Capital V, L.P.
Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P.
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 3, Suite 190
Menlo Park, CA 94025
David William Hanna Trust dated October 30,
1989
c/o Hanna Capital Management
8105 Irvine Center Drive
Suite 1170
Irvine, CA 92618
Attention: Virginia L. Hanna
Name and Address of Holder
TTP Fund, L.P.
1349 West Peachtree Street, NE
Suite 1190
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Sara Jane DeWitt
1178 San Marino Avenue
San Marino, CA 911 08
George W. Hart III
222 W. 14th Street
Apt 4C
New York, NY 10011
The Lazar Family Trust
5342 Aldea Avenue
Encino, CA 91316
BMS Investments
1667 W. Washington Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90007
Elaine Miller, trustee, Miller Living Survivors
Trust
Robert Miller, attorney-in-fact for the estate of
Irwin D. Miller
P.O. Box 575
Ross, CA 94957-0575
The Zechter Family Trust
Richard Harlan Zechter
Lawrence Glen Zechter
Susan Carol Zechter
c/o Sol Zechter
3141 Michelson Drive
Suite 1802
Irvine, CA 92612
YKA Partners, Ltd.
157 Surfview Drive
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
Jeff Schweiger
7430 Miami View Drive
North Bay Village, FL 33141
Name and Address of Holder
Mark Shifke
Patricia W. Shifke
Mark L. Shifke & Patricia W. Shifke, as joint
tenants
Donald B. Wiener
William B. Wiener
Betty Wiener Spomer
Jacques L. Wiener, Jr.
Jacques L. Wiener, III
Sandra Baron Wiener
Sandra M. Feingerts
Sandra M Feingerts Childrens Trust U/A dated
12/5103
The Jonathan Loeb Shifke Trust U/A Dated
12/24/87
The Katherine Elisabeth Shifke Trust U/A dated
4/11/91
The David Jacques Shifke Trust U/A Dated
12/4/91
The Caroline Rose Shifke Trust U/A Dated
12/13/89
The Thomas Max Wiener Trust U/A Dated
3/16/99
The John Baron Wiener Trust U/A Dated 12/11/98
The Kathryn Ellen Wiener Trust U/A Dated
11/12/93
The Andrew Charles Spomer Trust U/A Dated 1]/12193
The Daniel Baron Spomer Trust U/A Dated
4/10/96
The Sophie Grace Wiener Trust, U/A Dated
August 19, 2003
c/o Wiener Associates
333 Texas Street, Suite 2375
Shreveport, LA 71101
Avishai Shachar
59 Shore Drive
Larchmont, NY 10538
Kathleen L. Ferrell
714 Broadway #8
New York, NY 10003
Howard Ellins
47 Horatio Street
New York, NY 10014
Mario Verdolini
1133 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10128
Name and Address of Holder
Steve Streit
Steven W. Streit Family Trust
907 El Campo Drive
Pasadena, CA 91107
Jennifer C. Streit Revocable Trust UTD May 4,
2006
1245 San Marino Avenue
San Marino, CA 91108
Christopher S. Hameetman
1925 Century Park East
Suite 2100
Los Angeles, California 90067
Kodiak Ventures, LP
1430 Glencoe Drive
Arcadia, CA 91006
Steven J. Pfrenzinger and Margaret A. Pfrenzinger
Family Trust Dated 03/25/83
73-987 Desert Garden Trail
Palm Desert, CA 92260
Raulee Marcus
3335 Highland Avenue
Hermosa Beach, CA 90254
Kenneth I. Brody, Ph.D.
1011 Amalfi Drive
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
L. Ried Schott Trust dtd 8/13/97
L. Ried Schott TTEE
225 31st Place
Manhattan Beach, CA 90266
Avalon Investments, LLC
P.O. Box 41-B
305 East Bay Front
Newport Beach, CA 92662
Ellen Olivier de Vezia
30765 Pacific Coast Highway #110
Malibu, CA 90265
Barbara Tomash
787 Ensenada Avenue
Berkeley, CA 94707
Holly Family 1989 Trust
James H. Holly, TTEE
6512 Nancy Road
Rancho Palos Verdes, CA 90275
Name and Address of Holder
Larry M. & Virginia A. Daines Trust dated Dec.
15, 2000
Larry M. Daines, TTEE
622 Gloria Road
Arcadia, CA 91006
Maryann ODonnell
1896 Rising Glen Road
Los Angeles, CA 90069
Michael J. Napoli Jr.
939 N. Palm Avenue #301
W. Hollywood, CA 90069
The Ben-Barak 1990 Family Trust
Y. Ben Barak, Trustee
8 Cottoncloud
Irvine, CA 92614
Mary Ann Wenger
Samuel Graves Pierce
180 Montrose Road
Berkeley, CA 94707
Douglas Runing DeWitt
5485 Gardendale Street
South Gate, CA 90280
Edward Holden DeWitt
P.O. Box 1932
South Gate, CA 90280
William Holliday DeWitt, II
P.O. Box 1521
South Gate, CA 90280
Mark Gilder
8383 Wilshire Boulevard, # 240
Beverly Hills, CA 90211
Judith S. Diffenbaugh
Mount Madonna Center
445 Summit Road
Watsonville, CA 95076
Colin Phillips
9 Waverly Court
Houston, TX 77005
The Pacific Group Defined Benefit Trust
632 Via del Monte
Palos Verdes Estates, CA 90274
Pickar Investments, Ltd.
11 Bowie Road
Rolling Hills, CA 90274
Warren and Sharon Hanselman, JTWROS
31862 Paseo Terraza
San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675
Name and Address of Holder
Kenneth D. Leiter
147 Minges Hills Drive
Battle Creek, MI 49015
Stephen M. Greenberg
1003 Ash Drive
Mahwah, NJ 07430-2337
The Greenleaf Family Trust dated Mary 16, 1999
624 Winston Ave.
San Marino, CA 91108
Gold Hill Venture Lending 03, LP
3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Attn: Robert Helm
PayPal, Inc.
2211 North First Street
San Jose, California 95131
exv10w01
Exhibit 10.01
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of , 2010 is made by and between Green Dot
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company), and , a director, officer
or key employee of the Company or one of the Companys subsidiaries or other service provider
who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (Indemnitee).
RECITALS
A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant
to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability
insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting
from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears
no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;
B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) have concluded that
to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (as defined below) and to encourage such individuals
to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its
representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for
itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities (each as defined below) in
connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;
C. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (Section 145), empowers the
Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who
serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other
corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts or other enterprises, and expressly provides
that the indemnification provided thereby is not exclusive; and
D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a
representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from
undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services
to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. As used herein:
(a) The term Affiliate of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will
be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney,
consultant, member of the entitys governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors,
board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at
the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee
benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.
(b) The term Change in Control means (i) any person (as such term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Subsidiary or a
trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or
Subsidiary, that is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act),
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting
power represented by the Companys then outstanding capital stock (other than as a result of one or
more of the following: (x) continuing to hold securities acquired prior to the Companys initial
public offering (the IPO); (y) exercise of securities acquired prior to the IPO (and continuing
to hold the securities issued upon exercise thereof); or (z) the exercise of securities issued
under the Companys equity compensation plans); (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive
years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director
whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved
by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; (iii) the
stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital
stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least
80% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving
entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) the stockholders of the
Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially
all of the Companys assets.
(c) The term Expenses means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever
(including, without limitation, all attorneys fees and related disbursements, and other
out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation,
defense or appeal of, or being a witness in a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or
enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or
otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA
excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.
-2-
(d) The term Indemnifiable Event means any event or occurrence related to Indemnitees
service for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined
below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any
such capacity.
(e) The term Indemnifiable Person means any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee, attorney, trustee, manager, member, partner, consultant, member of an entitys governing
body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise)
or other agent or fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.
(f) The term Independent Counsel means legal counsel that has not performed services for the
Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under
applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either
the Company or Indemnitee.
(g) The term Other Liabilities means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related)
excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and
other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA
(or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).
(h) The term Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type
whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute
resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.
(i) The term Subsidiary means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
2. Agreement to Serve. The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an
Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company
as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve,
until such time as Indemnitees service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms
of an agreement, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise.
Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or
other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.
3. Mandatory Indemnification.
(a) Agreement to Indemnify. In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party
to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of
an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against
any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with
(including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent not prohibited by the
provisions of the Companys Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (GCL), as the same
may be
-3-
amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to
provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the GCL permitted prior to the adoption
of such amendment).
(b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other
Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties,
ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid
directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitees behalf) by any directors
and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company.
(c) Company Obligations Primary. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may
have rights to indemnification for Expenses and Other Liabilities provided by a third party (Other
Indemnitor). The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first
resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this
Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make all payments due to or for the benefit of
Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the
Other Indemnitor. The Company hereby waives any equitable rights to contribution or
indemnification from the Other Indemnitor in respect of any amounts paid to Indemnitee hereunder.
The Company further agrees that no reimbursement of Other Liabilities or payment of Expenses by the
Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company
hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so
paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for
such Expenses or Other Liabilities hereunder.
4. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this
Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other
Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or
Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount except
as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the
Companys Bylaws or the GCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of
indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence,
the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought
in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.
5. Liability Insurance. So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or
a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as
Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as
a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full
force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (a) liability insurance issued by one
or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the
Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same
amount as that provided to the Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief
Financial Officer of the Company when such insurance is purchased, and (b) any replacement or
substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at
least comparable to and in the same amount as that being provided to the Chairperson of the
-4-
Board, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company when such replacement or
substitute policies are purchased. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such
insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of
the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the
execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit
or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any
such insurance or other arrangement.
6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses.
(a) Advancement. If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the
final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection
with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee
hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall
ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the
provisions of this Agreement, the Companys Bylaws or the GCL. The advances to be made hereunder
shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee
within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the
Company. Indemnitees undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be
unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon.
(b) Exception. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), the Company shall not
be obligated to make any further advance of Expenses to Indemnitee if any one of the following
determines in good faith that the facts known to them at the time such determination is made
demonstrate clearly and convincingly that Indemnitee acted in bad faith: (i) those members of the
Board consisting of directors who were not parties to the Proceeding for which a claim is made
under this Agreement (Independent Directors), even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee
of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less
than a quorum, (iii) Independent Counsel, by written legal opinion, or (iv) a panel of arbitrators
(one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is selected by Indemnitee and the last of
whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected). The Company shall have the option to
submit the question of whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith to one of the four alternative
decision makers set forth in the preceding sentence and to select the decision maker, but following
a favorable determination to Indemnitee rendered by the first decision maker selected, the Company
may not submit the matter to another of the named decision makers. If the Company elects to submit
the matter to Independent Counsel, such counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the
Independent Directors or a committee of Independent Directors (which approval may not be
unreasonably withheld). Any decision maker so selected shall render a decision within thirty (30)
days of such decision makers selection (which shall include in the case of Independent Counsel or
a panel of arbitrators, when the person or persons acting as such counsel or such panel has or have
been selected as provided above).
If a decision is made by the decision maker that Indemnitee acted in bad faith, Indemnitee
shall have the right to apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for the purpose of determining
whether Indemnitee has acted in bad faith.
-5-
7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.
(a) Notification. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement
of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that
indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company
under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.
However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitees receipt of such notice
shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the
extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of
such failure.
(b) Insurance and Other Matters. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the
commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer
liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such
Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of
Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such
insurance policies.
(c) Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the
Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company,
shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the
Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as
permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations.
Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Companys election to assume the defense
of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld)
of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company
will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel
subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (i) the employment of
counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have
notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a
conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or
(iii) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and
expenses of Indemnitees counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for
any such Proceeding at Indemnitees expense.
(d) Settlement. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this
Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the
Companys written consent; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has
occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in
settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor
any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding
that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or
detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without
Indemnitees written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold
consent from any settlement of any Proceeding.
-6-
8. Determination of Right to Indemnification.
(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise. To the extent that Indemnitee has been
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a)
above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall
indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.
(b) Indemnification in Other Situations. In the event that Section 8(a) is
inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if he or she has not failed to meet the
applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
(c) Forum. Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of
whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such
election will be made from among the following:
(i) Those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;
(ii) A committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent
Directors, even though less than a quorum; or
(iii) Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may
not be unreasonably withheld.
If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is
selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless
there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of
independent counsel as the forum.
The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the Reviewing Party. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, following any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel
selected in the manner provided in (iii) above.
(d) As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the
Company of written notice of Indemnitees choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the
Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is
appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision
within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company
and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such
information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be
extended by mutual agreement of the Company and
Indemnitee. The Reviewing Party shall inform the Company and Indemnitee of such decision in
writing in accordance with Section 14 hereof. All Expenses associated with the process set forth
in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be
paid by the Company.
(e) Delaware Court of Chancery. Notwithstanding a final determination by any
Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific
-7-
Proceeding, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery, for the purpose of
enforcing Indemnitees right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.
(f) Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 or under Section 6(b)
involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in
connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the
interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of
competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding
was frivolous or made in bad faith.
(g) Determination of Good Faith. For purposes of any determination of whether
Indemnitee acted in good faith or acted in bad faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted
in good faith or not acted in bad faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question
Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of
the Company, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements
provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the
Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or on information or records given or reports
made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by an independent certified public
accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate
of the Company, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial
advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other persons professional
or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.
In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified
hereunder, or to advancement of Expenses, the Reviewing Party, decision maker pursuant to Section
6(b) or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is
entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof
shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so
entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in
any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or
failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining
the right to indemnification hereunder.
9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,
(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to
Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense,
except (i) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification
under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (ii)
where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (iii) with respect to
Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitees fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or
otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in
specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or
-8-
(b) Section 16(b) Actions. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered
against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of
securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of l934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory
law; or
(c) Unlawful Indemnification. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is
prohibited by law.
10. Non-exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses
set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may
have under any provision of law, the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of
the Companys stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to
acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity
while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person
and Indemnitees rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or
a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.
11. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all
portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of
this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement
containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves
invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested
by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
12. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this
Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of
any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any
other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no
such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.
13. Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure
to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
14. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) if delivered by hand and a receipt
is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (b) if mailed by certified or
registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of
an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (c) if served
personally by a process server, or (d) if delivered to the recipients address by overnight
delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses
-9-
for notice to
either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by
written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the
Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Companys General
Counsel.
15. No Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any
Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction,
or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption
that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or
that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise.
In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party or one of the decision makers
described in Section 6(b) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any
particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the
Company including a determination pursuant to Section 6(b), or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee
has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of
Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitees rights
under Section 6(b) or 8(e) of this Agreement shall be a defense to Indemnitees claim or create a
presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have
any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.
16. Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall
continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitees heirs, executors
and administrators.
17. Subrogation. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in the
event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such
payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required
and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company
effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
18. Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this
Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law.
Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so
elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce
specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the
foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is
sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
20. Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to
affect the construction or interpretation thereof.
-10-
21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed
according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents
entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware.
22. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably
consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection
with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
-11-
The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first
above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-12-
exv10w02
Exhibit 10.02
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 2001 STOCK PLAN
MARCH
31, 2010
Date of
Adoption of Stock Plan: January 30, 2001
Date of First Amendment to Stock Plan: February 15, 2008
Date of Second Amendment to Stock Plan: November 12, 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
SECTION 1. Establishment And Purpose |
|
|
1 |
|
|
SECTION 2. Administration |
|
|
1 |
|
|
(a) Committees of the Board of Directors |
|
|
1 |
|
|
(b) Authority of the Board of Directors |
|
|
1 |
|
|
SECTION 3. Eligibility |
|
|
1 |
|
|
(a) General Rule |
|
|
1 |
|
|
(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders |
|
|
1 |
|
|
SECTION 4. Stock Subject To Plan |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(a) Basic Limitation |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(b) Additional Shares |
|
|
2 |
|
|
SECTION 5. Terms And Conditions Of Awards Or Sales |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(a) Stock Purchase Agreement |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(c) Purchase Price |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(d) Withholding Taxes |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting |
|
|
2 |
|
|
(f) Accelerated Vesting |
|
|
3 |
|
|
SECTION 6. Terms And Conditions Of Options |
|
|
3 |
|
|
(a) Stock Option Agreement |
|
|
3 |
|
|
(b) Number of Shares |
|
|
3 |
|
|
(c) Exercise Price |
|
|
3 |
|
|
(d) Withholding Taxes |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(e) Exercisability |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(f) Accelerated Exercisability |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(g) Basic Term |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(h) Nontransferability |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(i) Termination of Service (Except by Death) |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(j) Leaves of Absence |
|
|
5 |
|
|
(k) Death of Optionee |
|
|
5 |
|
|
(l) No Rights as a Stockholder |
|
|
5 |
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page(s) |
|
(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options |
|
|
6 |
|
|
(n) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting |
|
|
6 |
|
|
SECTION 7. Payment For Shares |
|
|
6 |
|
|
(a) General Rule |
|
|
6 |
|
|
(b) Surrender of Stock |
|
|
6 |
|
|
(c) Services Rendered |
|
|
6 |
|
|
(d) Promissory Note |
|
|
6 |
|
|
(e) Exercise/Sale |
|
|
7 |
|
|
(f) Exercise/Pledge |
|
|
7 |
|
|
SECTION 8. Adjustment Of Shares |
|
|
7 |
|
|
(a) General |
|
|
7 |
|
|
(b) Mergers and Consolidations |
|
|
7 |
|
|
(c) Reservation of Rights |
|
|
7 |
|
|
SECTION 9. Securities Law Requirements |
|
|
8 |
|
|
SECTION 10. No Retention Rights |
|
|
8 |
|
|
SECTION 11. Duration and Amendments |
|
|
8 |
|
|
(a) Term of the Plan |
|
|
8 |
|
|
(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan |
|
|
8 |
|
|
(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination |
|
|
8 |
|
|
SECTION 12. Definitions |
|
|
9 |
|
|
SECTION 13. Execution |
|
|
11 |
|
-ii-
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2001 STOCK PLAN
SECTION 1. Establishment And Purpose.
The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary
interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the
Companys Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of
Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well
as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.
Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.
SECTION 2. Administration.
(a) |
|
Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees.
Each Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board of Directors who have been
appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be
responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee
has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to
the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any)
to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function. |
(b) |
|
Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of
Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions
of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all
persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee. |
SECTION 3. Eligibility.
(a) |
|
General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the
grant of Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for
the grant of ISOs. |
(b) |
|
Ten-Percent Stockholders. In the case of an ISO, with respect to an individual who owns more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the
Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries the Exercise Price of such ISO shall be at
least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and such ISO shall not be
exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this
Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the
Code shall be applied. |
SECTION 4. Stock Subject To Plan
(a) |
|
Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares.
The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of Options or
other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed 11,208,384 Shares, subject to adjustment
pursuant to Section 8. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights
outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain
available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all
times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. |
(b) |
|
Additional Shares. In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason
expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised
portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan.
In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any
forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again
be available for the purposes of the Plan, except that the aggregate number of Shares which
may be issued pursuant to Options intended to be ISOs shall in no event exceed 11,208,384
Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8). |
SECTION 5. Terms And Conditions Of Awards Or Sales.
(a) |
|
Stock Purchase Agreement. Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon
exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser
and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of
the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with
the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase
Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan
need not be identical. |
(b) |
|
Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to acquire Shares under the
Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser
within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company.
Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom
such right was granted. |
(c) |
|
Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall be determined
by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a
form described in Section 7. |
(d) |
|
Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such
arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state,
local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase. |
(e) |
|
Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares awarded or sold under the
Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of
first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such
restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in
addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In addition, the
applicable Stock Purchase Agreement may provide the Company an additional right to repurchase
the Purchasers Shares at a purchase price not less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares
on the date Purchasers Service terminates, and such right of repurchase shall terminate when
the Companys securities become publicly traded. Any such rights of repurchase may be
exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchasers Service for cash or for
cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares. |
(f) |
|
Accelerated Vesting. Unless the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement provides otherwise, any
right to repurchase a Purchasers Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon
termination of the Purchasers Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested
if: |
|
(i) |
|
The Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchasers Service
terminates; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Either (A) the repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the
Purchaser immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary or (B)
the Purchaser is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 6 months following such
Change in Control. |
SECTION 6. Terms And Conditions Of Options.
(a) |
|
Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock
Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all
applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and
conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems
appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock
Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. |
|
(b) |
|
Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are
subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with
Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a
Nonstatutory Option. |
|
(c) |
|
Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise
Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of
grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). The Exercise Price of a
Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the
date of grant. Subject to the preceding two sentences, the |
|
|
Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole
discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. |
(d) |
|
Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such
arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state,
local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.
The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the
satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may
arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option. |
|
(e) |
|
Exercisability. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any
installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The exercisability provisions of any Stock
Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion, and
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, no Option shall be exercisable during
the first six months following the date of the option grant. |
|
(f) |
|
Accelerated Exercisability. Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise
(including additional accelerating vesting provisions), all of an Optionees Options shall
become exercisable in full if: |
|
(i) |
|
The Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionees Service
terminates; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Either (A) such Options do not remain outstanding, such Options are not assumed
by the surviving corporation or its parent, and the surviving corporation or its parent
does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options or (B)
the Optionee is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 6 months following such
Change in Control. |
(g) |
|
Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall
not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section
3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall
determine when an Option is to expire. |
(h) |
|
Nontransferability. No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by
beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution. An Option may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionees
guardian or legal representative. No Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned,
pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionees lifetime, whether by operation
of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. |
(i) |
|
Termination of Service (Except by Death). Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement
provides for a longer period of time, if an Optionees Service terminates for any reason other
than the Optionees death, then the Optionees Options shall expire on the earliest of the
following occasions: |
|
(i) |
|
The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The date three months after the termination of the Optionees Service for any
reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may
determine; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The date six months after the termination of the Optionees Service by reason
of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or |
|
|
(iv) |
|
The date of the termination of the Optionees Service for Cause, or such later
date as the Board of Directors may determine. |
|
|
The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionees Options at any time before the
expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such
Options had become exercisable before the Optionees Service terminated (or became
exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the
Optionees Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of
such Options shall lapse when the Optionees Service terminates. In the event that the
Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionees Service but before the expiration of
the Optionees Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration)
by the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who has
acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or
inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the
Optionees Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the
underlying Shares had vested before the Optionees Service terminated (or vested as a result
of the termination). |
(j) |
|
Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (i) above, Service shall be deemed to continue
while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the
Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly
required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). |
(k) |
|
Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, unless the
applicable Stock Option Agreement provides for a longer period of time, then the Optionees
Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates: |
|
(i) |
|
The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection(g) above; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The date 12 months after the Optionees death. |
|
|
All or part of the Optionees Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of
such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the
Optionees estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee
by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that |
|
|
such Options had become exercisable before the Optionees death or became exercisable as a
result of the death. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies. |
(l) |
|
No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no
rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionees Option until such
person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the
Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option. |
|
(m) |
|
Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the
Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the
cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in
return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the
same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an
Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionees rights or increase
the Optionees obligations under such Option. |
|
(n) |
|
Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an
Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of
first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such
restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in
addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. |
SECTION 7. Payment For Shares.
(a) |
|
General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan
shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased,
except as otherwise provided in this Section 7. |
|
(b) |
|
Surrender of Stock. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part
of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares
that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in
good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the
Option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares
in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize
compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for
financial reporting purposes. |
|
(c) |
|
Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under
the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior
to the award. |
|
(d) |
|
Promissory Note. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement so
provides, all or a portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price (as the case may be) of
Shares issued under the Plan, other than the par value of such Shares, which must be paid in
cash or cash equivalents, may be paid with a full-recourse |
|
|
promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount
of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of
the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the
imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of
Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization
requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note. |
(e) |
|
Exercise/Sale. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is
publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by
the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to
sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all
or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes. |
|
(f) |
|
Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is
publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by
the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender
approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan
proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding
taxes. |
SECTION 8. Adjustment Of Shares.
(a) |
|
General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend
payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than
Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a
combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a
recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of
Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares
available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each
outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option. |
(b) |
|
Mergers and Consolidations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or
consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or
consolidation. Such agreement, without the Optionees consent, may provide for: |
|
(i) |
|
The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is
the surviving corporation); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving
corporation or its parent; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with
substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
The cancellation of each outstanding Option after payment to the Optionee of an
amount in cash or cash equivalents equal to (a) the Fair Market Value of the |
|
|
|
Shares subject to such Option at the time of the merger or consolidation minus (b)
the Exercise Price of the Shares subject to such Option; or |
|
(v) |
|
The cancellation of such outstanding Option without payment of any
consideration. |
(c) |
|
Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall
have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any
class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number
of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class,
or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of
Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in
any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications,
reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to
dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. |
SECTION 9. Securities Law Requirements.
Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply
with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state
securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities
market on which the Companys securities may then be traded.
SECTION 10. No Retention Rights.
Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the
Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or
interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or
Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which
rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for
any reason, with or without cause.
SECTION 11. Duration and Amendments.
(a) |
|
Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its
adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Companys stockholders. In
the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption
by the Board of Directors, any grants of Options or sales or awards of Shares that have
already occurred shall be rescinded, and no additional grants, sales or awards shall be made
thereafter under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption
by the Board of Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b)
below. |
(b) |
|
Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate
the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan
which increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided
in Section 8), or which materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant
of ISOs, shall be subject to the approval of the Companys stockholders. Stockholder approval
shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. |
|
(c) |
|
Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after
the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination.
The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously
issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan. |
SECTION 12. Definitions.
(a) |
|
Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from
time to time. |
|
(b) |
|
Cause shall mean (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or
trade secrets of the Company, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company,
(ii) conviction of, or a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) continued failure to
perform assigned duties after receiving written notification from the Board of Directors. The
foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the
Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the discharge of an Optionee
or Purchaser. |
|
(c) |
|
Change in Control shall mean the sale, conveyance, disposal, or encumbrance of all or
substantially all of the Companys property or business or the Companys merger into or
consolidation with any other corporation where the stockholders of the Company immediately
prior to such merger or consolidation own less than fifty percent (50%) of such corporation,
directly or indirectly, after such merger or consolidation or if the Company effects any other
transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting power of the Company is transferred. A transaction shall not constitute a Change in
Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Companys incorporation or to create
a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who
held the Companys securities immediately before such transaction. |
|
(d) |
|
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
|
(e) |
|
Committee shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a). |
|
(f) |
|
Company shall mean Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation. |
(g) |
|
Consultant shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or
a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors. |
|
(h) |
|
Disability shall mean that the Optionee or Purchaser is unable to engage in any substantial
gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment. |
|
(i) |
|
Employee shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or
a Subsidiary. |
|
(j) |
|
Exercise Price shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of
an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. |
|
(k) |
|
Fair Market Value shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board
of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fair Market Value shall at all times be determined in
accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance
issued thereunder. |
|
(l) |
|
Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Optionees or Purchasers Service
by reason of: |
|
(i) |
|
The involuntary discharge of the Optionee or Purchaser by the Company (or the
Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) for reasons other than Cause; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The voluntary resignation of the Optionee or Purchaser following (A) a change
in his or her position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or
her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility or (B) a
reduction in his or her compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and
participation in bonus or incentive programs based on corporate performance) by more
than 10%. |
(m) |
|
ISO shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code. |
|
(n) |
|
Nonstatutory Option shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of
the Code. |
|
(o) |
|
Option shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the
holder to purchase Shares. |
|
(p) |
|
Optionee shall mean an individual who holds an Option. |
(q) |
|
Outside Director shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee. |
|
(r) |
|
Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns
stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one
of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on
a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date. |
|
(s) |
|
Plan shall mean this Green Dot Corporation First Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan. |
|
(t) |
|
Purchase Price shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the
Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors. |
|
(u) |
|
Purchaser shall mean an individual to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to
acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option). |
|
(v) |
|
Retirement shall mean that the Optionee or Purchaser has given up his or her employment in
the Company. |
|
(w) |
|
Service shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. |
|
(x) |
|
Share shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if
applicable). |
|
(y) |
|
Stock shall mean the Class B Common Stock of the Company. |
|
(z) |
|
Stock Option Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which
contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionees Option. |
|
(aa) |
|
Stock Purchase Agreement shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who
acquires Shares under the Plan which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions
pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares. |
|
(bb) |
|
Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A
corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan
shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date. |
SECTION 13. Execution.
To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Company has caused its authorized
officer to execute the same.
GREEN DOT
CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
|
/s/ Steve Streit
|
|
By: Steve Streit |
|
Its: President |
|
THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF
HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT
REQUIRED.
GREEN DOT CORPORATION
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED 2001 STOCK PLAN:
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
SECTION 1. Grant Of Option.
(a) |
|
Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this
Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at
the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The
Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of
Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended
to be an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. |
|
(b) |
|
Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which
the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into
this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 13 of this
Agreement. |
SECTION 2. Right To Exercise.
(a) |
|
Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this
Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or
times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. This option shall become exercisable in
full if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionees Service
terminates, and either (A) such Options do not remain outstanding, such Options are not
assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent, and the surviving corporation or its
parent does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options or (B)
the Optionee is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 6 months following such Change in
Control. |
(b) |
|
Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of
this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the
Companys stockholders. |
SECTION 3. No Transfer Or Assignment Of Option.
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred
hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.
SECTION 4. Exercise Procedures.
(a) |
|
Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionees representative may exercise this option by
giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(d). The notice shall specify the
election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the
form of payment. The notice shall be signed by the person exercising this option. In the event
that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be
accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representatives right to exercise
this option. The Optionee or the Optionees representative shall deliver to the Company, at
the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full
amount of the Purchase Price. |
|
(b) |
|
Issuance of Shares. After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to
be issued a certificate or certificates for the Shares as to which this option has been
exercised, registered in the name of the person exercising this option (or in the names of
such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of
survivorship). The Company shall cause such certificate or certificates to be deposited in
escrow or delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option. |
|
(c) |
|
Withholding Taxes. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold
any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the
exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to
satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory
to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in
connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option. |
SECTION 5. Payment For Stock.
(a) |
|
Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents. |
|
(b) |
|
Surrender of Stock. With the consent of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the
Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are
already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form
for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is
exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment
of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense
(or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting
purposes. |
(c) |
|
Exercise/Sale. If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any
withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an
irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to
deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. |
(d) |
|
Exercise/Pledge. If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any
withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an
irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the
Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the
Company. |
(e) |
|
Promissory Note. With the consent of the Board of Directors, all or part of the Purchase
Price, other than the par value of any Shares, which must be paid in cash or cash equivalents,
may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for
payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate
payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if
any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the
foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest
rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note. |
SECTION 6. Term And Expiration.
(a) |
|
Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the
Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after
the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant
and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). |
|
(b) |
|
Termination of Service. (Except by Death). If the Optionees Service terminates for any
reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following
occasions: |
|
(i) |
|
The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The date three months after the termination of the Optionees Service for any
reason other than Disability; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
The date six months after the termination of the Optionees Service by reason
of Disability; or |
|
|
(iv) |
|
The date of the termination of the Optionees Service for Cause. |
The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the
preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the
Optionees Service terminated. When the Optionees Service terminates, this option shall expire
immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In
the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this
option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or
administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from
the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this
option had become exercisable before the Optionees Service terminated.
(c) |
|
Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire
on the earlier of the following dates: |
|
(i) |
|
The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The date 12 months after the Optionees death. |
All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the
preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionees estate or by any person who
has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or
inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionees
death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of
Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.
(d) |
|
Leaves of Absence. For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to
continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by
the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly
required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). |
|
(e) |
|
Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. If this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of
Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent
it is exercised (i) more than three months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an
Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in
Section 22 (e)(3) of the Code), (ii) more than 12 months after the date the Optionee ceases to
be an Employee by reason of such permanent and total disability or (iii) after the Optionee
has been on a leave of absence for more than 90 days, unless the Optionees reemployment
rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract. |
SECTION 7. Right Of First Refusal.
(a) |
|
Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise
transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such
Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less
than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this
Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully
the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed
transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the
Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state
securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed
Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the
Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares
on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change
in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the
Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was
received by the Company. The Companys rights under this Subsection (a) shall be freely
assignable, in whole or in part. |
(b) |
|
Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30
days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90
days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the
Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer
Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state
securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the
Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those
described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee,
shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the
procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First
Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the
Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice
(or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided,
however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be
made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company
shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the
present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice. |
(c) |
|
Additional Shares or Substituted Securities. In the event of the declaration of a stock
dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a
spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar
transaction affecting the Companys outstanding securities without receipt of consideration,
any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other
than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with
respect to any Shares subject to this Section 7 or into which such Shares thereby become
convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 7. Appropriate adjustments to reflect
the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of
the Shares subject to this Section 7. |
(d) |
|
Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding,
in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the
Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the
Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a)
and (b) above. |
(e) |
|
Permitted Transfers. This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary
designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to the Optionees spouse,
children or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the
Optionees spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee
agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this
Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under
this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of
First Refusal, then this Section 7 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to
the Optionee. |
(f) |
|
Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place
and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be
purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such
Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other
than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).
Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable
provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required
by this Agreement. |
SECTION 8. Legality Of Initial Issuance.
No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has
determined that:
|
(a) |
|
It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares
under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements
thereof; |
|
|
(b) |
|
Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities
market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
Any other applicable provision of state or federal law has been satisfied. |
SECTION 9. No Registration Rights.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the
Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any
affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any
law.
SECTION 10. Restrictions On Transfer.
(a) |
|
Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the
Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under
the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon
the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate
legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the
judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve
compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law. |
(b) |
|
Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its
equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities
Act, including the Companys initial public offering, the Optionee shall not directly or
indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any
option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the
sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing
transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the Market Stand-Off)
shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the
offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall
such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after
the date of the Companys initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock
dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or
a similar transaction affecting the Companys outstanding securities without receipt of
consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such
transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into
which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market
Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer
instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the
applicable stand-off period. The Companys underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the
agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares
registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee shall be subject
to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to
similar arrangements. |
(c) |
|
Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired
upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale
or distribution thereof. |
|
(d) |
|
Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not
registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment
representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of
exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for
investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other
representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel. |
|
(e) |
|
Legends. All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the
following legend: |
|
|
|
THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY
MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE
SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS |
|
|
TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE
SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE
HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE. |
|
|
All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered
transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are
required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law): |
|
|
|
THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY
AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. |
(f) |
|
Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a
stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the
holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate
representing the same number of Shares but without such legend. |
|
(g) |
|
Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of
the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and
all other persons. |
SECTION 11. Adjustment Of Shares.
In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this
option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the
Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the
Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of
merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.
SECTION 12. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) |
|
Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionees representative shall have
any rights as a Stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the
Optionee or the Optionees representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a
notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5. |
|
(b) |
|
No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any
right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or
otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing
or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by
each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause. |
(c) |
|
Proprietary Information. Optionee agrees that all financial and other information relating
to the Company furnished to Optionee pursuant to the Plan constitutes Proprietary
Information of the Company. Optionee further agrees to hold in confidence and not disclose
or, except within the scope of Optionees Service, use any Proprietary Information. Optionee
shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information Optionee can document
is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of Optionee.
Upon termination of Optionees employment, Optionee shall promptly return to Company all items
containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that Optionee
may keep personal copies of materials distributed to stockholders generally. |
|
(d) |
|
Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed received (i) the business day following electronic verification of
receipt by the receiving machine, if sent by facsimile, provided an additional copy is sent by
First Class mail as provided herein, (ii) upon personal delivery to the party to whom the
notice is directed, if sent by a reputable messenger service, (iii) the business day following
deposit with a reputable overnight courier, or (iv) five days after deposit in the U.S. mail,
First Class with postage prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal
executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to
the Company. |
|
(e) |
|
Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute
the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They
supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and
whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof. |
|
(f) |
|
Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and
performed in such State. |
SECTION 13. Definitions.
(a) |
|
Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement. |
|
(b) |
|
Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from
time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee. |
|
(c) |
|
Cause shall mean (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or
trade secrets of the Company, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company,
(ii) conviction of, or a plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) continued failure to
perform assigned duties after receiving written notification from the Board of Directors. The
foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the
Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the discharge of an Optionee. |
(d) |
|
Change in Control shall mean the sale, conveyance, disposal, or encumbrance of all or
substantially all of the Companys property or business or the Companys merger into or
consolidation with any other corporation where the stockholders of the Company immediately
prior to such merger or consolidation own less than fifty percent (50%) of such corporation,
directly or indirectly, after such merger or consolidation or if the Company effects any other
transaction or series of related transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting power of the Company is transferred. A transaction shall not constitute a Change in
Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Companys incorporation or to create
a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who
held the Companys securities immediately before such transaction. |
|
(e) |
|
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
|
(f) |
|
Committee shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of
the Plan. |
|
(g) |
|
Company shall mean Green Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation. |
|
(h) |
|
Consultant shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or
a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors. |
|
(i) |
|
Date of Grant shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date
shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this
option or (ii) the first day of the Optionees Service. |
|
(j) |
|
Disability shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment. |
|
(k) |
|
Employee shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or
a Subsidiary. |
|
(l) |
|
Exercise Price shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of
this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. |
|
(m) |
|
Fair Market Value shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board
of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fair Market Value shall at all times be determined in
accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance
issued thereunder. |
|
(n) |
|
Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Optionees or Purchasers Service
by reason of: |
|
(i) |
|
The involuntary discharge of the Optionee or Purchaser by the Company (or the
Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) for reasons other than Cause; or |
|
(ii) |
|
The voluntary resignation of the Optionee or Purchaser following (A) a change
in his or her position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or
her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility or (B) a
reduction in his or her compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and
participation in bonus or incentive programs based on corporate performance) by more
than 10%. |
(o) |
|
ISO shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code. |
|
(p) |
|
Nonstatutory Option shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of
the Code. |
|
(q) |
|
Notice of Stock Option Grant shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is
attached. |
|
(r) |
|
Optionee shall mean the individual named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. |
|
(s) |
|
Outside Director shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee. |
|
(t) |
|
Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns
stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one
of the other corporations in such chain. |
|
(u) |
|
Plan shall mean the Green Dot Corporation First Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan, as in
effect on the Date of Grant. |
|
(v) |
|
Purchase Price shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with
respect to which this option is being exercised. |
|
(w) |
|
Right of First Refusal shall mean the Companys right of first refusal described in Section
7. |
|
(x) |
|
Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
|
(y) |
|
Service shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. |
|
(z) |
|
Share shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan
(if applicable). |
|
(aa) |
|
Stock shall mean the Class B Common Stock of the Company. |
(bb) |
|
Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. |
|
(cc) |
|
Transferee shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly
transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement. |
|
(dd) |
|
Transfer Notice shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section
7. |
exv10w10
Exhibit 10.10
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
LOAN AND LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT (Agreement), effective the
24th day of March, 2010 by and between COLUMBUS BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Georgia
banking corporation (the Bank), GREEN DOT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the Borrower),
amends and restates and replaces in its entirety that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Loan and
Line of Credit Agreement dated March 24, 2009 between Bank and Borrower (the Prior Line of Credit
Agreement; Borrower hereby acknowledges that no additional advances will be funded under the Prior
Line of Credit Agreement as same has been replaced by this Agreement);
W I T N E S S E T H T H A T:
WHEREAS, Borrower conducts a pre-paid stored value card business headquartered in Monrovia,
California, and in connection with said business, Bank granted to Borrower a Line of Credit
evidenced by the Prior Line of Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Borrower and Bank hereby desire to renew and amend and restate in full the Prior Line
of Credit Agreement and to reduce, inter alia, the maximum principal amount of the line of credit
from $15,000,000.00 to $10,000,000.00.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the commitments herein made by Bank and for the other
considerations and mutual agreements of the parties hereinafter expressed, the parties hereby
covenant and agree as follows:
1. THE CREDIT FACILITY.
(a) The Credit Facility. Bank agrees to establish the Credit Facility created by this
Agreement in favor of Borrower for a maximum amount of Ten Million and No/100ths Dollars
($10,000,000.00) (the Credit Facility). Subject to the restrictions hereinafter specified, the
Credit
Facility will be available for use by Borrower solely for the purpose of maintaining a positive
balance in the Operating Account (as defined herein) equal to at least the Activated Card Balance
(as defined below) and such other purposes as may be approved by Bank, which approval may be
withheld in Banks sole discretion.
(b) Restriction on Use of Borrowed Funds. Borrower expressly covenants and agrees
that in no event shall any funds borrowed on the Credit Line by used by Borrower, or made available
by Borrower for use by others, for the purpose (whether immediate, incidental or ultimate) of
buying or carrying margin stock as contemplated by Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board or any
security within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(c) The Revolving Loan and Line of Credit Note. The Credit Facility shall be
evidenced by a Sixth Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note payable to Banks order in the face
amount of $10,000,000.00 dated of even date hereof (as amended, modified, restated or otherwise
altered the Note; which Sixth Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note amends and restates that
certain Fifth Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note from Borrower to Bank dated March 24, 2009),
and is made a part hereof by this reference. The Note provides for accrual and monthly payment of
interest on the amounts of principal from time to time advanced and outstanding under the Credit
Facility at the rate provided therein, and provides that the principal amount outstanding is due
and payable March 24, 2011, along with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
(d) Advances on Note. Borrower and Bank agree that (prior to funding any, if any,
advances on the date hereof) the current outstanding principal balance of the Note is $___
(which includes the outstanding principal balance carried forward from the above-referenced Fifth
Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note). Subject in all events to the limitations set forth in
this Agreement, Bank shall continue to advance funds to Borrower on the Note by entering such
advances as debits to Borrowers Credit Facility Account (as hereinafter defined).
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, without any further direction
or request from Borrower, Bank may debit to Borrowers Credit Facility Account (as hereinafter
defined) by amounts necessary to assure payment of amounts to be withdrawn from the Operating
Account (as hereinafter defined) for deposit into the Funding Account and Borrower agrees for Bank
to credit against Borrowers Credit Facility Account (as hereinafter defined) on a daily basis the
amount by which deposits in the Operating Account (as hereinafter defined) exceed the amount
required to be withdrawn from such Operating Account (as hereinafter defined) on such day for
deposit in the Funding Account (as hereinafter defined). Each advance will be made by Bank by
direct deposit into the Operating Account (as hereinafter defined) at Bank (currently account
number 30048915), and each advance shall be deemed completed at the time such advanced funds are
deposited into the Operating Account (as hereinafter defined). For the purposes of this Agreement,
Borrowers Credit Facility Account shall mean accounts on the books of Bank in which Bank will
record loans or other advances made by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement, payments received on such loans and advances and other appropriate debits and
credits as provided by this Agreement or the Note. Borrower agrees that at all times it is
Borrowers obligation to cause (even if funds are not available for such use under the Credit
Facility) the balance on deposit in the Funding Account (as hereafter defined) to be at least equal
to the amount of the Activated Card Balance (as defined in paragraph (e)(3) below). Bank shall
have no obligation to advance any funds on the Note at any time after an Event of Default (as
hereinafter defined) shall have occurred hereunder, or after a default shall have occurred under
the terms of any of the other Loan Documents, as hereinafter defined.
If at any time Borrower is not entitled to any advances on the Note by the terms of this
Agreement, Bank may, in its sole discretion, make requested advances; however, it is expressly
3
acknowledged and agreed that, in such event, Bank shall have the right, in its sole and absolute
discretion, to decline to make any requested advance and to require any payment required under the
terms of this Agreement without prior notice to Borrower, and the making of any such requested
advances shall not be construed as a waiver of such right by Bank.
In the event that the availability of the Credit Facility hereunder expires by the terms of
this Agreement, the Note or by the terms of any agreement extending the expiration date of the
Credit Facility, Bank may, in its sole discretion, make requested advances; however, it is
expressly acknowledged and agreed that in such event, Bank shall have the right, in its sole and
absolute discretion, to decline to make any requested advance and may require payment in full of
the Note at any time without prior notice to Borrower, and the making of any such requested
advances shall not be construed as a waiver of such right by Bank. The maximum amount available to
be drawn on the Credit Facility shall be diminished by sums borrowed and advanced on the Note for
and during the time that same are outstanding.
(e) Accounts Receivable; Account Debtor; and Retailer Funds. For the purposes of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
1. Account, Accounts, Account Receivable, and Accounts Receivable shall include all
accounts, accounts receivable, notes, notes receivable, contracts, contract rights, retail
installment sales contracts, drafts, documents, title retention and lien instruments, security
agreements, acceptances, instruments, conditional sales contracts, chattel mortgages, chattel
paper, general intangibles, and other forms of obligation and rights to payment and receivables
whether or not yet earned by performance, including, without limitation, state and
federal tax refunds.
2. Account Debtor shall mean the party who is obligated on or under
4
any Account Receivable
or contract right.
3. Activated Card Balance shall mean on any day the aggregate amount available for use by
all holders of Cards distributed by Borrower.
4. Cards shall mean any stored value or similar cards to include, but not be limited to,
Green Dot cards (each separately called a Card).
5. Funding Account shall mean one or more accounts from time to time established at Bank
which are utilized to fund activated Cards and/or to fund accounts established at other
institutions which are used to fund activated Cards.
6. Operating Account shall mean the account maintained at Bank which is utilized to help
meet funding requirements in the Funding Account.
7. Reseller shall mean any entity (or affiliate thereof) with which Borrower has entered
into a relationship pursuant to which such entity contracts with third parties to collect funds for
loading onto a Card.
8. Retailer shall mean any entity (or affiliate thereof) with which Borrower has entered
into a relationship pursuant to which such entity collects funds for loading onto a Card.
9. Retailer Funds shall mean cardholder funds collected by a Retailer or a Reseller for
loading onto a Card pursuant to a contract, which such contract contains the irrevocable without
Banks written consent, requirement that the Retailer or Reseller deposit all funds collected with
respect to a Card to the Retailer Reserve Fund maintained at Bank (or, with respect to contracts
with Retailers or Resellers entered into prior to May 1, 2005, Borrower has
instructed such Retailer or Reseller, in writing, that such funds are to be deposited with Bank
unless otherwise instructed by Bank and Borrower) and any fee revenue of Borrower due from a
Retailer or Reseller for deposit into any accounts held by Bank.
5
10. Retailer Reserve Fund is an account or accounts established at Bank where Retailers and
Resellers are to deposit funds for loading onto Cards and deposit fees due to Borrower in
connection with the sale of such Card.
11. Synovus Management Agreement means the Program Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as
successor and assignee in interest to PointPathBank, N.A.) dated November 1, 2009 and all
amendments, modifications, restatements and replacements thereof.
12. Synovus Network Settlement Agreement means that certain Settlement Agency Agreement
between Bank and Borrower dated as of January 1, 2005, as same may be amended, modified, extended
and/or restated from time to time.
(f) Security. The Note is and shall be secured by the Collateral (and the proceeds
thereof) described in paragraph 3 of this Agreement as well as the Loan Documents (each as
hereinafter defined).
(g) Debit to Note. As to any, if any, advance herewith made on the Credit Facility
and each advance henceforth made to Borrower hereunder, Bank shall be and is hereby authorized to
debit the amount thereof to the Note, without notice, as an advance of principal that will bear
interest and be secured as herein and in the Note provided; Borrower hereby expressly waives notice
of any such advance at any time made by Bank hereunder and notice of any such debit to the Note.
(h) Duration. The Credit Facility shall be available to Borrower for a period
commencing on the date hereof and expiring on March 24, 2011, which shall be the maturity date of
the Note. Should the Credit Facility be extended or renewed on or after March 24, 2011, any such
extension or renewal to be in the sole and absolute discretion of Bank, then any such extension or
renewal shall be on such terms as shall be agreed upon in writing by Bank and
6
Borrower at that
time, but except to the extent the provisions hereof conflict with any terms then agreed to in
writing by Bank and Borrower, all provisions and terms hereof shall remain in full force and effect
with regard to any such extension or renewal.
(i) Commitment Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank a loan commitment fee equal to .75%
of the maximum principal amount of the Credit Facility, due and payable in full upon or prior to
the execution of this Agreement.
2. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
3. SECURITY FOR THE CREDIT FACILITY
To secure the payment of the debts, liabilities and obligations of Borrower (whether now
existing or hereafter incurred or arising) under the Note, the obligations of Borrower (whether now
existing or hereafter incurred or arising) evidenced by or arising under this Agreement and all
obligations (whether now existing or hereafter incurred or arising) of Borrower to Bank contained
in the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined), whether direct or indirect, absolute or
contingent (hereinafter collectively called the Liabilities), Borrower is executing and
delivering to Bank one or more Assignments of Accounts whereby Borrower grants to Bank a security
interest in certain accounts of Borrower at Bank or at affiliates of Bank (each such Assignments of
Account and all amendments and/or modifications thereof being herein called the Deposit Account
Pledge) and Borrower is executing and delivering to Bank a Fifth Amended and Restated Assignment
Agreement whereby Borrower assigns to Bank certain rights of Borrower with respect to certain
contract
documents described therein (such Fifth Amended and Restated Assignment Agreement and all
amendments and modifications thereof being herein called the Assignment of Agreements).
For the purposes of this Agreement, the term Collateral shall mean and include the
collateral as described in the Deposit Account Pledge, the rights assigned under the Assignment
Agreement, and any and all other property of any nature whatsoever of Borrower which hereafter
7
may
now or hereafter be assigned, transferred or pledged to Bank as security for, inter alia, the
Liabilities.
For the purposes of this Agreement, the term Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this
Agreement, the Note, the Deposit Account Pledge, and the Assignment of Agreements, as each of the
same may be amended hereafter, and any other documents entered into between Borrower and Bank which
relate to or secure any of the Liabilities.
4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER.
In consideration of Bank establishing the Credit Facility, Borrower hereby covenants and
agrees with Bank as follows and represents and warrants to Bank as follows:
(a) Binding Obligation. Each of the Loan Documents and the Synovus Management
Agreement constitutes valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws
relating to or affecting the rights of creditors, and to the general principles of equity.
(b) Financial Condition. Financial statements of Borrower which have been delivered
to Bank present fairly the financial condition and income of Borrower as of the date or
dates and for the period or periods stated therein. No material adverse change in Borrowers
financial
condition has occurred since the date of its most recent financial statement.delivered to the Bank.
(c) No Default. Borrower is not in default in any respect that affects any of the
properties or business, operations, or condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower under any
existing security agreement, mortgage, agreement, or other instrument to which the Borrower is a
party or by which the Borrower is contractually bound.
8
(d) Compliance with Law, etc. Borrower is not in violation of any law, judgment,
decree, order, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Borrower or any of the
property or business operations of Borrower is subject, except where such violation is not
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Borrower. Borrower has not failed to obtain
any license, permit, franchise, or other governmental authorization necessary to the ownership of
any of its properties or to the conduct of its businesses, except where such violation is not
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Borrower.
(e) No Restrictions. Borrower is not subject to any restrictions (other than
restrictions on assignment contained in Borrowers agreements with third parties) imposed by any
agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or by any law which
would adversely affect its ability to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to
fulfill all obligations imposed hereunder and thereunder, and the provisions of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents and the fulfillment of the obligations thereby imposed upon Borrower will
not conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement, instrument or law binding upon the
Borrower.
(f) Title to Collateral. Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral,
free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of every nature whatsoever (other than security
interest in favor of Bank), and has full power and authority to enter into and deliver the Deposit
Account
Pledge and to grant Bank a first in priority security interest in and to the Collateral to Bank as
security for the Liabilities.
(g) Litigation. There is no pending or threatened material claim, action, suit,
investigation or other proceeding at law or in equity by or before any federal, state, local or
other court or governmental agency, nor is there any material judgment, order, writ, injunction or
decree of any such court or agency affecting Borrower or any properties or assets of Borrower.
9
(h) Tax Returns. Borrower has filed or caused to be filed all required federal,
state, local, foreign or other tax returns or extensions and reports and has paid all taxes,
including penalties and interest, imposed upon Borrower and Borrowers property and assets, other
than any taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims which are in good faith being timely
contested by Borrower and are properly reserved against by Borrower. No tax assessment has been
proposed or made against Borrower and Borrower is not aware of any pending investigation of
Borrower, or any of the income or assets of Borrower by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing
authority.
(i) Margin Securities. None of the advances on the Credit Facility hereunder will be
used to purchase or carry (or refinance any borrowing the proceeds of which were used to purchase
or carry) any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board or any
security within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j) Corporate Status of Borrower. Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and has full power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to incur the obligations
provided for herein and therein, all of which have been duly authorized by proper corporate action.
Borrower is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of every other
state in which Borrower is conducting business except where the failure to be so qualified or in
good
standing is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Borrower.
(k) Accounts Receivable and Retailer Funds Reports. Borrower agrees to deliver to
Bank the following reports and documents:
(1) by 2:00 P.M. EST on each business day, detailed reports in form acceptable to Bank of the
following: (i) a daily accounts receivable ageing by Retailers, (ii) cash payment activity by
Retailers, and (iii) a sales and card load activity report detailing amounts due and days sales
outstanding as of the close of business on the prior day;
10
(2) if requested by Bank, copies of all of Borrowers invoices as generated and daily sales,
invoice, and cash receipts registers or journals reflecting, on a daily basis, the information
described above;
(3) such other documents, instruments, data or information of any type reasonably requested by
Bank with respect to the Accounts Receivable, retailer funds, inventory and any other Collateral or
otherwise reasonably required by Bank to monitor the flow of funds from each Retailer and deposit
in the Retailer Reserve Fund.
(l) Financial Statements and Reports.
(1) Borrower shall promptly furnish to Bank (at Borrowers cost and expense) as soon as
available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each fiscal
year of Borrower, financial statements, (prepared by Borrower and audited by certified public
accountants reasonably acceptable to Bank), that will fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition of Borrower at the close of such year, and income for such fiscal year,
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
(2) Borrower shall promptly furnish to Bank as soon as available and in
any event not later than thirty (30) days following the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower,
internally-prepared unaudited financial statements that will fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition of Borrower at the close of such quarter, and income for such
quarter, prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
(3) The obligations to provide reports pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) above shall be
deemed satisfied by the public filing of annual and quarterly reports with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, if Borrower so files such reports. If applicable law permits Borrower a
longer time period to so publically file such reports, then such longer time periods shall
11
supersede the time periods set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) above.
(4) Borrower shall promptly upon Banks request from time to time furnish to Bank any and all
copies of all federal and state income tax returns filed by Borrower with the Internal Revenue
Service and any state department of revenue and any foreign taxing authority.
(m) Right of Inspection. Borrower shall permit any officer, employee, or agent of
Bank to inspect and examine Borrowers books of record and accounts, to take copies and extracts
from such books of record and accounts, and to discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts of
Borrower with Borrowers accountants and auditors, during Borrowers regular business hours and as
often as Bank may reasonably desire, and all upon reasonable advance notice; it being acknowledged
that Borrower may condition such access to Banks agent upon the same entering into a standard
confidentiality agreement that is reasonable acceptable to Bank.
(n) Notice of Certain Events. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank if Borrower learns
of the occurrence of (i) any event that constitutes an Event of Default hereunder, together with a
detailed statement of the steps being taken by Borrower to cure the effect of such Event of
Default; or (ii) the receipt of any notice from, or the taking of any other action by, the holder
of any
promissory note, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness of Borrower with respect to a claimed
default, together with a detailed statement specifying the notice given or other action taken by
such holder and the nature of the claimed default and what action Borrower is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto; or (iii) any legal, judicial, or regulatory proceedings affecting
Borrower or the Collateral (or any of the Collateral) or any assets of Borrower, in which the
amount involved is material and which, if adversely determined, would have a material and adverse
effect on the Collateral; or (iv) any dispute between Borrower and any governmental or regulatory
authority or any other person, entity, or agency which, if adversely determined, might jeopardize
Banks security interest in the Collateral or materially interfere with the normal business
operations of Borrower; or
12
(v) any material adverse change, either individually or in the
aggregate, in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business, operations, affairs, or
circumstances of Borrower from those reflected in its financial statements or from the facts
warranted or represented in any of the Loan Documents, including this Agreement.
(o) Payment of Taxes. Borrower shall punctually pay and discharge all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Borrower or upon the income or upon any
of the property of Borrower; excepting, however, any taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims
which are in good faith being timely contested by Borrower and are properly reserved against by
Borrower.
(p) Loan Documents. Borrower will procure immediate delivery to Bank of all Loan
Documents, properly prepared and executed, in full compliance with all of Banks requirements
relative thereto. The parties understand and agree that the Bank is solely responsible for
recording and filing any Loan Documents and perfecting the Banks security interest; provided,
however, Borrower agrees to take all actions reasonably required by Bank to perfect such security
interest. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file such financing statements naming Borrower, as
debtor, and Bank, as secured party (without execution thereof by Borrower) as Bank in Banks sole
discretion
deems appropriate to perfect, protect, preserve and/or continue Banks security interest in all or
any of the Collateral.
(q) No Default. Borrower will at all times fully comply with all provisions of the
Loan Documents, will allow no default or Event of Default to occur thereunder and will not permit
any condition to exist for any period of time which would adversely affect or jeopardize the
priority of Banks security position as to any of the Collateral herein or in any of the other Loan
Documents. Upon request by Bank, Borrower shall provide to Bank on such periodic basis as may be
specified by Bank and in such form as may be specified by Bank a Certificate of No Default, said
certificate to be executed on behalf of Borrower by Borrowers President or Chief Financial
Officer.
13
(r) No Sale. No Collateral shall be transferred without the prior written consent of
Bank, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of Bank.
(s) No Senior Indebtedness. Borrower shall not incur any indebtedness senior to the
indebtedness of Borrower to Bank hereunder, without Banks prior written consent, such consent to
be in the sole and absolute discretion of Bank.
(t) Indemnification. Borrower, will indemnify and hold harmless Bank from any claims
arising by reason of the execution hereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.
(u) Hazard Insurance. Borrower shall obtain and maintain fire and extended coverage
insurance in the amount of the full insurable value of Borrowers tangible business assets,. Such
insurance shall be written by an insurance company or companies authorized to transact business in
each location in which Borrower transacts business and be rated at least A by A. M. Best and
Company, and if requested by Bank, Borrower shall from time to time provide to Bank appropriate
certificates reflecting that said insurance is in force and that the premiums therefor have been
paid.
(v) Liability Insurance. Borrower shall carry, maintain and pay all premiums on
liability insurance insuring against injuries or deaths occurring in connection with the operation
of Borrowers business and property damage coverage, in the form generally known as comprehensive
public liability insurance, with aggregate limits of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence in
the case of injury to or death of one or more person or damage to property. All such insurance
shall be written by an insurance company or companies authorized to transact business in each
location in which Borrower transacts business and be rated at least A by A. M. Best and Company,
and Bank shall be designated as an additional insured on such policies and shall be provided with
evidence that said insurance is in force and that the premiums therefor have been paid.
(w) No Other Guaranties. Except for reasonable and customary indemnities in
Borrowers present and future agreements with third parties, Borrower shall not guarantee or
14
become
responsible for the obligations of any other person, corporation or entity without the prior
written consent of Bank.
(x) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties
set forth in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents are true, correct, complete and
accurate in all material respects.
(y) Retailer/Reseller. Borrower will not permit any Retailer or Reseller whose average
daily volume of card sales and reloads is greater that $1,000,000.00 over the proceeding thirty
(30) day period, to become more than five (5) business days past due on its obligation to remit
funds to Bank on behalf of any holder of any Card in an amount in excess of $1,000,000.00. Should
any such Retailer or Reseller become past due more than five business days, Borrower hereby
covenants and agrees that (i) it will, upon instruction from Bank suspend any additional sales or
reloads of Cards from such Retailer or Reseller until such time as such past due funds are
remitted, or (ii) at Borrowers option in its sole and absolute discretion, itself deposit such
past due funds in a demand deposit account pledged to Bank as Collateral under the Deposit Account
Pledge (the Separate Collateral Account), provided, further, that, notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, Bank shall release such funds from the Separate Collateral Account (in
whole or in part) immediately upon the Bank receiving the applicable funds from the Reseller or
Retailer. Borrower
acknowledges that Banks remedies upon a violation of this subsection (y) are in addition to, and
not in lieu of, any remedies that Bank may have under the Synovus Management Agreement and/or the
Synovus Network Settlement Agreement.
(z) Intentionally Omitted.
(aa) No Change in Control. Borrower shall not cause, allow or suffer to occur any
Change of Control (as defined below) of Borrower without the prior written consent of Bank. As
used herein, a Change of Control shall be deemed to occur if (i) a single person or entity, or
group of affiliated persons or entities, which, as of the date hereof, owns less than twenty-five
percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding equity securities or voting securities of Borrower,
subsequently acquires more such securities so that it/they own more than fifty percent (50%) of
such securities
15
and/or (ii) Steven W. Streits employment with Borrower in a senior management role
is terminated other than through death or incapacity.
(bb) No Loans to or Investments in Related Entities. Borrower shall not make,
extend or allow to remain outstanding any loans or advances to or investments in Borrowers
shareholders, directors, employees or officers in excess of $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate without
prior written consent of Bank..
(cc) Intentionally Omitted.
(dd) Collection and Application of Proceeds; Notifying Account Debtors. Upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall implement a lock box and remittance account
arrangements as are requested by Bank in Banks discretion. In connection therewith, Borrower
shall notify its Account Debtors to direct payments of Accounts to a post office box specified and
maintained by Bank. Proceeds transmitted to Bank, whether directly by Borrower or through said
lock box, shall be handled and administered in and through said remittances account; the
maintenance of any such account shall be solely for the convenience of Bank, and Borrower shall not
have any right, title, or interest in or to any such account or in the amounts at any time
appearing to the credit thereof. Bank may apply and credit proceeds transmitted to or otherwise
received by Bank against the Liabilities in such order of application as is determined by Bank in
Banks sole
discretion; however, Bank shall not be required to credit against the Liabilities the amount of any
check or other instrument constituting provisional payment until Bank has received final payment
thereof at its office in cash or solvent credits accepted by Bank. Borrower shall, at the request
of Bank, instruct Account Debtors to remit payments directly to Bank, and Bank may itself at any
time so notify and instruct Account Debtors. Once the aforesaid lockbox account and remittance
account is established, Borrower shall notify Bank of any collections received directly by Borrower
and shall hold the same in trust for Bank without commingling the same with other funds of Borrower
and shall turn the same over to Bank immediately upon receipt in the identical form received with
all necessary endorsements.
(ee) Collection of Accounts. Borrower (i) shall use its best efforts to collect its
16
Accounts in a commercially reasonable manner; and (ii) agrees that no court action or other legal
proceeding or garnishment, attachment, repossession of property, detinue, sequestration or any
other attempt to repossess any merchandise covered by an Account shall be attempted by Borrower
except by or under the direction of competent legal counsel. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify
and hold Bank harmless for any loss or liability of any kind or character which may be asserted
against Bank by virtue of any suit filed, process issued, or any repossession or attempted
repossession done or attempted by Borrower or by virtue of any other actions or endeavors which
Borrower may make to collect any Accounts or repossess any such merchandise.
(ff) Assignment and Payment Instruction. Borrower shall cause each of its
Retailers and Resellers to execute a contract containing irrevocable, without Banks written
consent, instructions, acceptable to Bank, or an irrevocable, without Banks written consent,
letter notice to each Retailer or Reseller, obligating each Retailer or Reseller to remit all
Retailer Funds to the Retailer Reserve Fund.
(gg) Liquid Assets. Borrower shall at all time have on deposit in an account or
accounts at Bank (or on deposit in accounts at Bank and its affiliates) at least $5,000,000.00
which accounts and funds deposited therein shall be pledged to Bank as security for the Liabilities
either through the Deposit Account Pledge or such other pledge agreement reasonably required by
Bank.
Such pledged deposit accounts shall be under the exclusive control of Bank and subject to no liens
or security interest other than those in favor of Bank. Borrower agrees to execute such control
agreements and other agreements as Bank may reasonably require to perfect Banks security interest
in such accounts and the funds deposited therein.
(hh) Minimum Liquidity. In addition to the funds pledged to Bank described in (gg)
above, Borrower must at all times maintain liquidity in a form of cash or cash equivalents equal to
no less than $20,000,000.00. Borrower shall include a detail in Borrowers quarterly financial
statements delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to this Agreement showing Borrowers liquidity as
at each quarter end and if requested by Bank will provide Bank with such other information
requested by Bank to confirm such liquidity.
17
(ii) Minimum Tangible Net Worth. Borrower must at all times maintain a Minimum
Tangible Net Worth of at least $40,000,000.00. Minimum Tangible Net Worth shall be defined
according to generally accepted accounting principles.
(jj) Other Matters. No information, exhibit, schedule or report furnished or to be
furnished by Borrower to Bank in connection with this Agreement contains or will contain any
material misstatement of fact, or fails or will fail to state any material fact, the omission of
which would render the statements therein materially false or misleading when made, provided,
however, that Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of any fact or occurrence which would
subsequently render such statement materially false or misleading.
5. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.
The occurrence of any of the following events or conditions shall constitute an Event of
Default for the purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Nonpayment when due or within such, if any, applicable grace period of any sum herein or
in the Note or other Loan Documents required to be paid by Borrower;
(b) Failure of Borrower to comply with any covenant or agreement contained herein or the
occurrence of any other breach or default hereunder or under the Note or any of the other Loan
Documents on the part of Borrower not cured or remedied to Banks satisfaction within
such, if any, grace or cure period as might be applicable;
(c) Any representation, warranty or statement made by or on behalf of Borrower herein or in
any certificate, report, schedule, representation, statement or other writing at any time delivered
pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is untrue in any material respect as of the date made;
(d) Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a petition in bankruptcy,
petitions or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver or trustee for
Borrower or any substantial part of its assets, or commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy,
reorganization, rearrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of
any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect; or if there is filed any such petition or
18
application, or any such proceeding is commenced against Borrower, in which an order for relief is
entered or which remains undismissed for a period of 30 days or more; or if Borrower by any act or
omission indicates its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such petition, application or
proceeding or order for relief or in the appointment of a custodian, receiver or any trustee for it
or any substantial part of its properties and suffers any such custodianship, receivership or
trusteeship to continue undismissed for a period of 30 days or more;
(e) Borrower conceals, removes, or permits to be concealed or removed, any part of its
property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors or any of them, or makes or suffers a
transfer of any property of Borrower to or for the benefit of a creditor at a time when other
creditors similarly situated have not been paid, or suffers or permits, while insolvent, any
creditor to obtain a lien upon any of its property through legal proceedings or distraint which is
not vacated within 30 days from the date thereof;
(f) Should Borrower sell, encumber, convey or otherwise transfer any interest in the
Collateral or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of Bank;
(g) Borrower is dissolved or liquidated or loses its separate corporate identity
through any merger, consolidation or reorganization (and is not the surviving entity), without
Banks prior written approval;
(h) Should any material default occur under any other promissory note, reimbursement
agreement, or other evidence of indebtedness or any security deed, security agreement or other
security instrument from Borrower to Bank;
(i) Should any material adverse change occur, either individually or in the aggregate, in
the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business operations or circumstances of Borrower from
those reflected in Borrowers financial statements or from the facts warranted by Borrower in this
Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents;
(j) The occurrence or continuation of any default or event of default by or
19
attributable to
Borrower under or in connection with any security deed, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, security
agreement, note, bond indenture, loan agreement or similar instrument or agreement to which
Borrower is now or may hereafter be a party or by which Borrower or any of its property (including,
without limitation, any of the Collateral) is now or may hereafter be bound or affected;
(k) Should any judgment or judgments in excess of $1,000,000.00, in the aggregate, be entered
against Borrower and remain unpaid, unstayed or undismissed for a period of more than five (5)
business days thereafter;
(l) Should Borrower cease or discontinue doing business for more than five (5) consecutive
business days during any calendar year for any reason;
(m) Intentionally Omitted;
(n) Intentionally Omitted;
(o) Should a default attributable to Borrower occur under the Synovus Management Agreement
and/or the Synovus Networth Settlement Agreement, and the expiration of any, if any,
post-termination servicing period provided therein has occurred;
(p) Should the Synovus Management Agreement and/or the Synovus Network
Settlement be terminated or cancelled for any reason and the expiration of any, if any,
post-termination servicing period provided in the Synovus Management Agreement has occurred; or
(q) Should any default or Event of Default occur under, and as defined in, any of the Loan
Documents (which, if applicable, continues beyond any, if any, applicable cure period contained
therein).
6. REMEDIES.
(a) General. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank
shall have and at its option may exercise, at any time and from time to time and without notice to
Borrower, each, any and all of its rights and remedies herein and in the Note and
20
other Loan
Documents provided or which are otherwise available to Bank under applicable law, including but not
limited to its right to declare accelerated and thereby render immediately due and payable all
indebtedness herein contemplated (whether represented by the Note or otherwise), to enforce
collection of said indebtedness from Borrower by suit or other lawful means, and to exercise any
and all rights of foreclosure, if any, provided in any of the Loan Documents or which are otherwise
available to Bank with respect to the Collateral or any other collateral securing the Note. All
such rights and remedies are and shall be cumulative and may be exercised singly, concurrently or
in such combinations as Bank from time to time may elect. The failure to exercise any such remedy
shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall any partial or ineffectual use of any such remedy
prevent the subsequent or concurrent resort to the same or any other remedy or remedies. It is
intended that this clause shall be broadly construed so that all remedies herein provided for or
otherwise available to Bank shall continue and be each and all available to Bank until all sums due
it by reason of the transactions and obligations contemplated by this Agreement have been fully
paid and fully discharged without loss or damage to Bank.
(b) Set-off. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default, Bank is authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to Borrower (any such
notice being expressly waived by Borrower), to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or
special, time or demand, provisional or final) to include, but not be limited to, any certificate
of deposit, at any time held to or for the credit or the account of Borrower against the Note or
other instrument or agreement in default. Bank agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any
such set-off and application; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not
affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of Bank under this subsection (b)
are in addition to other rights and remedies (including but not limited to other rights of set-off)
that Bank may have. And in the event of Banks sale of any participation in any loan or loans
herein contemplated, each participating lender shall have and may exercise, to the extent of its
participation, the same rights of
21
set-off and related rights as those provided for Bank in this
subsection (b).
7. MISCELLANEOUS.
(a) Incorporation by Reference. Each of the Loan Documents, whether delivered to and accepted
by Bank contemporaneously herewith or from time to time hereafter, shall be and hereby are
incorporated herein and made a part hereof by this reference. In the event of any conflict or
inconsistencies among any of the various terms and provisions which appear in this Agreement and
other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.
(b) Notices. Any demand, notice or other communication herein or in any of the Loan Documents
required or permitted to be given in writing shall be deemed sufficiently given when personally
delivered, or the second day after being mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, addressed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
If to Borrower: |
|
|
|
|
|
Green Dot Corporation |
|
|
Attention: Steve Streit |
|
|
605 E. Huntington Drive, Suite 205 |
|
|
Monrovia, California 91016 |
|
|
|
|
|
If to Bank: |
|
|
|
If by U.S.
Mail:
|
|
Columbus Bank and Trust Company
Attn: Corporate Banking (Steve Adams)
Post Office Box 120 (1148 Broadway)
Columbus, Georgia 31902 (31901) |
|
|
|
If by Hand
Delivery or
Overnight
Courier:
|
|
1137 First Avenue, Uptown Center
Columbus, Georgia 31901 |
The address of any such party may be changed by written notice given as hereinabove provided.
(c) Invalidity. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in the Note,
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents for any reason shall be held invalid, illegal, or
unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect
22
any
other provision of the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
(d) Survival. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall
survive and shall not be superseded by any Loan Documents executed as herein contemplated or by any
other instruments or documents executed and delivered in connection with Banks extension of credit
herein contemplated.
(e) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements made by or on behalf of Borrower in
this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be fully binding upon Borrower and its
successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns.
(f) Renewal Notes. All provisions of this Agreement relating to the Note or the indebtedness
represented thereby shall apply with equal force and effect to each and all (if any) promissory
notes henceforth executed which in whole or in part represent a renewal, extension (for any
period), increase, or rearrangement of any part of the indebtedness originally represented by the
Note or of any part of such indebtedness, except as otherwise specifically agreed to in writing
between Bank and Borrower at that time. Nothing contained herein shall obligate Bank in any way to
extend or renew the Note.
(g) Non-Waiver. No action or course of dealing on the part of Bank, its officers, employees,
consultants, attorneys or agents, and no failure or delay by Bank with respect to its exercise of
any right, power, or privilege of Bank under this Agreement or other Loan Documents shall operate
as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Bank of any default on the part of Borrower or under any of the
other Loan Documents shall be considered a waiver of any other or subsequent default, and no
exercise or enforcement of any rights or powers hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents
by Bank shall be held to exhaust such rights or powers and every such right and power may be
exercised from time to time by Bank.
23
(h) Rights Cumulative. All rights and remedies of Bank under this Agreement and other Loan
Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any and all other rights and remedies available
to Bank at law, in equity or otherwise. The exercise or partial exercise of any such right or
remedy shall not preclude other or further exercise of the same or any other right or remedy.
(i) Governing Law. This Agreement constitutes a contract made by the parties in the State of
Georgia, and shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of that State.
(j) Titles of Sections, etc. All titles or headings to sections, subsections, or other
divisions of this Agreement are only for the convenience of the parties and shall not be construed
to have any effect or meaning with respect to the other content of such sections or other
divisions.
(k) Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with regard to each and every provision of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(l) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
and it shall not be necessary that the signatures of all parties be contained on any one
counterpart. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts collectively
shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(m) Amendment. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in
writing and signed by the parties hereto.
(n) Third Party Reliance. Bank has not entered into this Agreement for the purpose of giving
any assurance to any party other than Borrower that Bank will make the loan or
extend credit herein contemplated, and no other person, firm, or corporation shall be authorized to
rely on this Agreement in dealing with Borrower in any matter concerning the subject matter hereof.
(o) Costs, Expenses and Taxes. Borrower shall pay on demand all actual and reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Bank (including reasonable fees and out-of-pocket
24
expenses of
Banks counsel) in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, and administration of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents delivered or to be delivered pursuant to or in connection
with this Agreement, and all actual or reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees and legal expenses) incurred by Bank in connection with any enforcement
of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or to enforce, protect, defend, liquidate, and/or
administer any Collateral herein contemplated. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay and to hold
Bank harmless from any liability for any intangibles taxes, stamp or other taxes which may be
required with regard to any of the Loan Documents and the filing and recording of any necessary
financing statements. Borrower also shall promptly pay all other miscellaneous charges and fees as
may reasonably accrue in a lending transaction of a similar nature. Borrower shall promptly
reimburse Bank on demand for all amounts expended, advanced, or incurred by Bank to satisfy any
obligation of Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or to perfect the liens in
favor of Bank, or to protect the properties or business of Borrower, or to collect the indebtedness
of Borrower to Bank, or to enforce any rights of Bank under
this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, which amounts will include all court costs, reasonable
attorneys fees, fees of auditors and accountants, and investigation expenses reasonably incurred
by Bank in connection with any such matters, together with interest thereon at the rate applicable
to past due principal and interest as set forth in the Note, but in no event in excess of the
maximum lawful rate of interest permitted by applicable law on each such amount. All obligations
for which this subsection (o) provides shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
(p) Audit Fee. Should it be necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of Bank, to
conduct any audits of Borrowers accounts as a result of the occurrence of a default or an Event of
Default, the reasonable charges by any person or entity designated by Bank to perform such audit
and all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such person or entity in connection with such audits
shall, upon demand, be immediately payable by Borrower.
25
Should the indebtedness of Borrower to Bank evidenced by the Note be extended or renewed
(which extension or renewal shall be in the sole and unlimited discretion of Bank), Borrower agrees
that it shall pay to Bank a renewal fee during each 12-month period of any such
renewal or extension in an amount to be determined by Bank per year, said annual fee to be due and
payable immediately upon said renewal or extension.
(q) Participation. It is understood that Bank from time to time may sell participation in the
loan contemplated by this Agreement and enter into participation agreements with one or more
participating lenders selected by Bank, upon terms and conditions satisfactory to Bank. No notice
to or no consent of Borrower shall be required with regard to any such participation. Bank shall
have the right, without Borrowers prior consent , to provide to each participating lender, if any,
a copy of each of the Loan Documents and each report, certificate, communication and document
required of Borrower hereunder.
(r) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents
and the documents and instruments contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.
No promises, covenants, representations or agreements other than as expressly set forth in the Loan
Documents have been made to or with Borrower and Borrower expressly represents and warrants that
Borrower is not relying on any promises, covenants, representations or agreements other than as
expressly set forth in the Loan Documents in entering into the transactions contemplated by the
Loan Documents. Bank and Borrower expressly agree that this Agreement amends and restates in its
entirety the Prior Line of Credit Agreement which shall be of no further force or effect following
the date hereof. Borrower further acknowledges that Bank has no commitment or obligation to issue
letters of credit on account of Borrower.
(s) Modification of Loan Documents. Each of the Loan Documents are hereby
26
modified and
amended to the extent necessary to fully evidence and secure any and all extensions, amendments,
restatements, renewals, or modifications of the Note.
(t) No Novation. It is the intent of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall not
constitute a novation.
(u) Early Termination. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that unless otherwise
consented to by Bank in writing, Borrower may not terminate the Credit Line prior to the maturity
date of the Note unless (i) all Liabilities have been indefeasibly and finally paid in full, (ii)
Borrower acknowledges and confirms in writing that Bank has no further obligation or commitment to
advance funds under the Credit Line, (iii) the Synovus Management Agreement has been terminated and
all post-servicing period provided in the Synovus Management Agreement has expired, and (iv) the
Synovus Network Settlement Agreement has been terminated and all post-servicing periods provided in
the Synovus Network Settlement Agreement has expired.
27
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Bank have each executed and delivered these presents, each
of them acting by and through their respective duly authorized corporate officers, under their
respective seals, as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GREEN DOT CORPORATION, a Delaware |
|
|
corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Steven W. Streit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven W. Streit, President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest:
|
|
/s/ John C. Ricci |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Ricci, Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Corporate Seal] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COLUMBUS BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a |
|
|
Georgia banking corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Steve Adams |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Bank Seal] |
28
exv10w12
Exhibit 10.12
Green Dot Corporation
Executive Severance Agreement
This Executive Severance Agreement (the Agreement) is made and entered into effective as of
, 2010 (the Effective Date), by and between (Employee) and Green
Dot Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company).
1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
(a) Cause means any of the following: (i) Employees conviction of or plea of nolo
contendere to a felony; (ii) an act by Employee which constitutes gross misconduct in the
performance of Employees employment obligations and duties; (iii) Employees act of fraud against
the Company or any of its affiliates; (iv) Employees theft or misappropriation of property
(including without limitation intellectual property) of the Company or its affiliates; (v) material
breach by Employee of any confidentiality agreement with, or duties of confidentiality to, the
Company or any of its affiliates that involves Employees wrongful disclosure of material
confidential or proprietary information (including without limitation trade secrets or other
intellectual property) of the Company or of any of its affiliates; (vi) Employees continued
material violation of Employees employment obligations and duties to the Company (other than due
to Employees death or Disability) after the Company has delivered to Employee a written notice of
such violation that describes the basis for the Companys belief that such violation has occurred
and Employee has not substantially cured such violation within thirty (30) calendar days after such
written notice is given by the Company.
(b) Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.
(c) Termination Without Cause means any involuntary termination of Employees employment by
the Company which is not effected for Cause (except for terminations due to Employees death or
Disability, either of which shall not constitute a Termination Without Cause).
(d) Disability has the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(e) Termination Date shall mean the effective date of any notice of termination delivered by
the Company to Employee.
2. Term of Agreement and Amendment. This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that
all obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated at any time in a writing signed by
both the Company (which for these purposes shall be the Chair of the Compensation Committee where
the Employee is the Companys Chief Executive Officer and for all other Employees, the Companys
Chief Executive Officer).
3. At-Will Employment. The Company and Employee acknowledge that Employees
employment is and shall continue to be at-will.
Without limiting the foregoing, Employee agrees that, to the extent practicable, Employee will provide the Company with at least ninety (90) days advance written notice of Employees termination of employment with the Company.
4. Severance Benefits and Equity Acceleration.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation the provisions
of Sections 5 and 6 hereof) if, after the Effective Date of this Agreement, Employees employment
with the Company is terminated by the Company in a Termination Without Cause then, after
the execution and nonrevocation by Employee of a general release of claims in favor of the
Company (which shall not include any release by Employee of claims with respect to which Employee
is entitled to indemnification from the Company) (the Release), Employee shall be entitled to the
following severance benefits:
(i) a lump sum cash severance payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Employees
then current annual base salary.
(ii) all of the shares subject to Employees then outstanding and unvested stock options or
other equity grants granted by the Company to Employee prior to such termination shall become fully
vested and, to the extent applicable with respect to the stock option or equity award, exercisable
(and to the extent any such equity grants are restricted stock units, then such units shall be
settled within the time period set forth in the paragraph below regarding payment of cash severance
benefits).
(b) Existing Single-Trigger Vesting Acceleration. This Agreement does not amend,
supersede or modify any outstanding vesting acceleration that may occur upon a change of control of
the Company (i.e., single-trigger vesting acceleration) as may be set forth in existing equity
grants held by Employee or any future equity grants that may be granted to Employee and any such
acceleration remains in full force and effect with respect to such equity awards.
The severance payments and benefits payable pursuant to Section 4(a) above are not cumulative.
Subject to the provisions of Section 5, cash severance benefits payable pursuant to this
Section 4 shall be payable on the sixty-first (61st) day following the Termination
Without Cause, provided the Release is effective at such time.
(c) No Duplication of Severance and Acceleration Benefits. If Employee is eligible
for severance and acceleration benefits as set forth in this Section 4, then the receipt of such
severance and benefits shall be the sole entitlement to severance and acceleration benefits and
Employee is not eligible to receive severance and acceleration benefits under any policies and
plans of the Company or other agreements between the Company and Employee.
(d) Accrued Wages and Vacation; Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the
timing of, Employees termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay Employee any unpaid base
salary due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay Employee all of
Employees accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and (iii) following submission
of proper written expense reports by Employee, the Company shall reimburse Employee for all
expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Employee in connection with the business of the
Company prior to the Termination Date in accordance with the Companys expense reimbursement
policy. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time
mandated by law.
5. Six Month Hold-Back and Separation from Service. To the extent (a) any payments or
benefits to which Employee becomes entitled under this Agreement, or under any agreement or plan
referenced herein, in connection with Employees termination of employment with the Company
constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and (b) Employee is deemed at
the time of such termination of employment to be a specified employee under Section 409A of the
Code, then such payments shall not be made or commence until the earliest of (i) the expiration of
the six (6)-month period measured from the date of Employees separation from service (as such
term is at the time defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code) from the
Company; or (ii) the date of Employees death following such separation from service; provided,
however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax
treatment to Employee, including (without limitation) the additional twenty percent (20%) tax for
which Employee would otherwise be liable under
2
Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code in the absence of such deferral. Upon the expiration of the
applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period
(whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this paragraph shall be paid to
Employee or Employees beneficiary in one lump sum (without interest). Any termination of
Employees employment is intended to constitute a separation from service as such term is defined
in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1. It is intended that each installment of the payments
provided hereunder constitute separate payments for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). It is further intended that payments hereunder satisfy, to the greatest extent
possible, the exemption from the application of Code Section 409A (and any state law of similar
effect) provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (as a short-term deferral).
6. Limitation on Payments Under Code Section 280G. In the event that the severance
and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Employee (a) constitute
parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (b) but for this Section,
would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then, at Employees
discretion, Employees severance and other benefits under this Agreement shall be payable either
(i) in full, or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such severance
and other benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the
foregoing amounts (after taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes
and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999), results in the receipt by Employee on an after-tax
basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits under this Agreement, notwithstanding that all
or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Any
such reduction shall reduce cash payments first followed by reductions in equity compensation
benefits. Unless the Company and Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required
under this Section shall be made in writing by the Companys independent public accountants (the
Accountants), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company
for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the
Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may
rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999
of the Code. The Company and Employee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and
documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this
Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with
any calculations contemplated by this Section.
7. Successors.
(a) Companys Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect
and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise, including, without
limitation, pursuant to a Change of Control) or any purchaser of all or substantially all of the
Companys business and/or assets shall assume the Companys obligations under this Agreement and
agree expressly to perform the Companys obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to
the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a
succession, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by Employee and such successor. For all
purposes under this Agreement, the term Company shall include any successor to the Companys
business and/or assets.
(b) Employees Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Employee shall
not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other
person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of
Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Employees personal or
legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees.
8. Notices. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed
by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of
Employee,
3
mailed notices shall be addressed to Employee at the home address which Employee most recently
communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be
addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its
Chief Executive Officer.
9. Arbitration. The parties agree that any controversy or claim arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be submitted to the American Arbitration
Association (AAA) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its
National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow
for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of
Employment Disputes. All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Los Angeles County,
California.
10. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) No Duty to Mitigate. Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any
payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that
Employee may receive from any other source.
(b) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Employee and by
an authorized officer of the Company (other than Employee). No waiver by either party of any
breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party
shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or
provision at another time.
(c) Integration. Except with respect to the vesting acceleration described in Section
4(b), this Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to
the subject matter herein regarding severance and acceleration benefits and supersede all prior or
contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement, including but
not limited to any offer of employment from the Company to Employee.
(d) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules,
of the State of California.
(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof,
which shall remain in full force and effect.
(f) Employment Taxes. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject
to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Executive Severance
Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first
above written.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
Green Dot Corporation
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
Printed Name |
|
|
[Signature Page to Green Dot Corporation Executive Severance Agreement]
5
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
Description of FY2010 Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan
Green Dot Corporation (the Company) utilizes cash bonuses, paid to pursuant to a cash
incentive compensation plan (the Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan), to incentivize
participants to achieve Company and/or individual performance goals on a semi-annual basis, and to
reward extraordinary accomplishments. Bonus targets for variable cash incentive awards are
established annually, following the end of the fiscal year, and the Company pays bonuses following
the applicable performance period (i.e., the first and second halves of each fiscal year).
Each participants on-target bonus amount is a pre-determined amount that is intended to
provide a competitive level of compensation if the participant achieves his or her performance
targets. The actual amount of any variable cash incentive award paid to a participant could be less
than 100% of the applicable on-target bonus amount, depending on the percentage of achievement of
corporate performance and individual objectives. The Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan
provides that the amount of the actual bonus payment cannot exceed the on-target bonus amount.
Performance targets consist of one or more Company performance objectives and/or
individual objectives. The Companys board of directors approves a financial plan for the Company
for each fiscal year and that action resets the Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan for
that year, thereby establishing the corporate performance objective(s) under the Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan. The Company may also set individual objectives under the Management
Cash Incentive Compensation Plan to promote achievement of non-financial operational goals.
According to the Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan, these individual objectives should
be: directly or indirectly linked to the achievement of Company performance objectives;
aspirational (i.e., their achievement should represent a bonus-worthy accomplishment); and linked
to the participants job description and direct responsibilities.
The Company calculates all variable cash incentive awards under the Management Cash
Incentive Compensation Plan by multiplying the participants on-target bonus amount by the
percentage of achievement of corporate objectives and, if applicable, by the percentage of
achievement of individual objectives (IOP). In order to provide for an appropriate incentive
effect, the goals should be such that to achieve 100% of the objective, the performance for the
applicable period must be aligned with the Company financial plan, and the participant should not
be rewarded for Company performance that did not approximate the Company financial plan.
Accordingly, participants are paid nothing if the minimum achievement threshold level of a
particular goal is not met (i.e., is less than 90% of the target). Any particular individual
objective that is achieved at less than 90% of the target for that objective will also be counted
as zero, causing the amount that has been allocated to the IOP for that objective to be zero and
thereby reducing the IOP.
For fiscal 2010, the bonus payments are based upon attainment of the semi-annual goals
contained in the Companys financial plan for profit before tax (PBT), which is calculated by
adding the amount of stock-based compensation to the amount of income before income taxes reflected
in the Companys consolidated statements of operations. For the first six months of the year ending
July 31, 2010, the PBT target under the Management Cash Incentive Compensation Plan was $57.2
million (35% year-over-year growth). As a result of the change in the Companys fiscal year-end to
December 31, the end of this performance period was shortened by one month to coincide with the
Companys new fiscal year-end and the plan was replaced in January 2010 with a new 2010 Management
Cash Incentive Compensation Plan that contains two six-month performance periods. Consequently, the
PBT target for the first and only performance period under the FY2010 Management Cash Incentive
Compensation Plan was changed to $27.3 million (47% year-over-year growth), reflecting the
financial plan for the Company for the five months ended December 31, 2009.
exv23w02
Exhibit 23.02
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent
to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts
and to the use of our report dated April 26, 2010, in the
Registration Statement (Form S-1, Amendment No. 2) and related Prospectus of Green Dot Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst
& Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 26, 2010
corresp
April 26, 2010
VIA EDGAR AND OVERNIGHT DELIVERY
Securities and Exchange Commission
Division of Corporation Finance
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, DC 20549
Mail Stop 4561
|
|
|
Attention: |
|
Christian Windsor, Esq.
Gregory Dundas, Esq. |
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Green Dot Corporation
Registration Statement on Form S-1
Filed February 26, 2010
File No. 333-165081 |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
On behalf of Green Dot Corporation (the Company), we are transmitting herewith Amendment No.
2 (the Amendment No. 2) to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-165081)
(the Registration Statement). In this letter, we respond to comments of the staff (the Staff)
of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) received by letter dated March 25,
2010 (the Staff Letter). The numbered paragraphs below correspond to the numbered comments in
the Staff Letter and the Staffs comments are presented in bold italics. Except as otherwise
specifically indicated, page references herein correspond to the page of Amendment No. 2.
The Company is requesting confidential treatment of the responses set forth in Attachments A
and B to this letter (as detailed in the Companys written confidential treatment request
accompanying Attachments A and B, which has been submitted under separate cover), pursuant to
Regulation 200.83 of the Commission (17 C.F.R. §200.83).
Form S-1
General Comments on This Filing
1. |
|
Please provide a price range, indicate the number of shares being offered, and fill in all
corresponding blanks as soon as possible. Since the price range, in particular, triggers a
number of disclosure matters, we will need sufficient time to process the amendments when it
is included. Please understand that its effect on disclosure |
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 2
|
|
throughout the document may cause us to raise issues on areas not previously commented on. |
The Company acknowledges the Staffs comment and intends to provide a price range in a
subsequent amendment to the Registration Statement.
2. |
|
We note that the company entered into a definitive agreement in February of 2010 to acquire a
bank holding company. Please revise your disclosure to identify the target company in the
anticipated acquisition and disclose all material information concerning the merger
transaction, the merger agreement, and the target. In particular, provide the audited and pro
forma financial statements required by Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X
respectively. File the merger agreement as an exhibit or provide your analysis identifying
how you determined that the agreement did not need to be filed as an exhibit. |
In
light of the Staffs comment, the Company has revised its disclosure on pages 3, 66 and
F-33 to identify the target company and include the aggregate cash purchase price for the proposed
acquisition. The Company respectfully submits to the Staff that the Registration Statement now
contains all the information concerning the merger agreement, the target company and the proposed
acquisition that is relevant or material to persons making an investment decision concerning the
Company, and that additional descriptions of the merger agreement, the target company and the
proposed acquisition are not warranted for the reasons discussed below.
By way of background, the counterparty to the merger agreement, Bonneville Bancorp, is
closely-held and has a single subsidiary, Bonneville Bank, a Utah-chartered bank, which has a
single branch with ten employees and very limited operations. The bank had total assets of $34.1
million, including net loans outstanding of approximately $15.4 million, as of December 31, 2009,
and reported income of approximately $96,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The terms of the
merger agreement with Bonneville Bancorp are typical for an acquisition of a small, closely-held
bank that is a non-distressed, willing participant and provide for standard closing conditions in
favor of the Company. For example, the agreement does not obligate the Company to acquire the
target company under circumstances that would be materially detrimental to the Company. As a
result, the Company does not believe there is anything material to disclose about this agreement
other than what is now described on page 66. The Company believes that identifying the closing
conditions as standard provides sufficient disclosure to investors and is consistent with the
Commissions views on plain English disclosure. In addition, the Company does not believe that
there are terms in the merger agreement that would be regarded as material by investors.
In assessing the adequacy of its disclosure about the target company and the proposed
acquisition, the Company compared the most recent annual financial statements of the target company
to the Companys most recent annual consolidated financial statements and determined that the
business to be acquired would not qualify as a significant subsidiary pursuant to the conditions
specified in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, substituting 20 percent for 10 percent each place it
appears therein. Therefore, the Company concluded that historical financial
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 3
statements of the target company and pro forma financial statements were not required to be
included in the Registration Statement under Rules 3-05 and 11-01 of Regulation S-X.
The Company also analyzed its disclosure on other quantitative and qualitative bases and
determined that additional disclosure regarding the target company and the proposed acquisition
would not be material to an investors investment decision. In particular, the Company noted that the proposed bank
acquisition involves, in essence, the purchase of a single-branch bank with very limited operations
and a small amount of assets and liabilities. It also noted that the proposed acquisition would
not cause the Company to take on substantial operations, enter new markets or change its business
model significantly. In addition, based on its due diligence investigation, the Company believes
that its exposure to credit risk and other losses associated with the banks loan portfolio is not material and that the Companys operating costs will not increase significantly as a result of the
completion of the proposed acquisition. The Company considered the countervailing fact that the
$15.7 million cash purchase price represents approximately 21.9% of the Companys cash, cash
equivalents and restricted cash as of December 31, 2009, but determined that the purchase price
should represent a substantially smaller portion of the Companys cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash at the time the acquisition is expected to be completed. See the Companys
response to comment 6 below.
In view of the foregoing, the Company respectfully submits to the Staff that the merger
agreement for the proposed acquisition does not constitute a material plan of acquisition
(emphasis added) for purposes of Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K and, therefore, is not required
to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to that Item.
3. |
|
Tell us how you concluded that your agreement with PayPal was not a material contract, or
otherwise did not need to be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Please refer
to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. |
The number of cash transfers, the dollar amount of cash transfers and the percentages
identified below as A1 A3 in this response to comment 3 are set forth in Attachment A, which has
been provided to the Staff under separate cover. Confidential treatment has been requested for
Attachment A pursuant to Regulation 200.83 of the Commission (17 C.F.R. §200.83).
The Company supplementally advises the Staff that the Company enters into agreements with
network acceptance members in the ordinary course of its business. See BusinessOur
DistributionNetwork Acceptance Members on page 68 for more information about the Companys
network acceptance members. Accordingly, the Company analyzed its exhibit filing obligation under
Item 601(b)(10)(ii)(B), rather than Item 601(b)(10)(i), of Regulation S-K and concluded that it is
not substantially dependent on its agreement with PayPal, Inc. (PayPal) for purposes of that
Item.
By way of background, the Companys agreements with network acceptance members, including the
Companys agreement with PayPal, generally facilitate the wider use of the Companys MoneyPak
product sold by its retail distributors, such as Walmart, Walgreens, CVS and RiteAid. The
agreement with PayPal allows PayPal customers who have purchased MoneyPaks at any of the Companys
retail distributors stores to apply the funds loaded to
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 4
MoneyPaks to their PayPal accounts. While the Company does not allocate revenues among its
network acceptance members as it does for its retail distributors, the Company tracks the number of
MoneyPaks that are subsequently used to fund PayPal accounts and the cash transfer revenues
generated from cash transfers from MoneyPaks to PayPal. The Company used these available metrics
to assess the degree to which it is dependent on its agreement with PayPal pursuant to Item
601(b)(10)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K. Approximately A1 cash transfers from MoneyPaks were made to PayPal
accounts during the five months ended December 31, 2009, generating approximately $A2, or less than
A3%, of cash transfer revenues for the five months ended December 31, 2009.
In view of the foregoing and the Companys current expectations for 2010, the Company
respectfully submits that it is not substantially dependent on its agreement with PayPal for
purposes of Item 601(b)(10)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K and, therefore, does not believe that it is
required to file this agreement as an exhibit pursuant to that Item. Further, the Company believes
that its agreement with PayPal qualifies as immaterial in amount or significance under the
applicable disclosure standard because it did not individually account for more than 10% of its
total operating revenues for the five months ended December 31, 2009, and is otherwise not material
for the reasons stated above. The Company will monitor its dependence on its agreement with PayPal
from period to period in the future, and reconsider filing the PayPal contract as an exhibit to the
appropriate Securities Exchange Act of 1934 report, if and when appropriate.
4. |
|
Please revise the registration statement to provide updated financial statements and provide
a current consent in your next amendment. Refer to Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X. |
The Company acknowledges the Staffs comment, has provided updated financial statements and a
consent in Amendment No. 2, and will file further updates and consents when required by Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X.
5. |
|
We note in several instances throughout your registration statement that you provide
proforma-as adjusted information, often in columnar format (for example, in the
Capitalization table provided on page 28). Considering (in the example previously referenced)
footnote (1) to the table discusses variability and that amounts may change, it is not clear
as to the overall purpose of this column in your table. Please advise or revise to remove
this column throughout your registration statement and move the footnote reference to the
preceding column (i.e. Proforma column). |
The Company respectfully submits that an as adjusted or pro forma-as adjusted column in
Summary Financial Data or Capitalization is a fairly standard presentation, although it
acknowledges that it is currently difficult for a reader to ascertain the purpose of this column
and related footnote due to the variety of blanks yet to be completed. To clarify the Companys
intentions, the Company supplementally advises the Staff that, in the preliminary prospectus, the
adjusted pro forma numbers will be based on an assumed initial public offering
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 5
price, which price will be the mid-point of the estimated price range filed with the
Commission. While the mid-point of the filing range is the most appropriate estimate for the
preliminary prospectus, the actual price ultimately may be above, below or within the price range.
Consequently, the Company has disclosed by footnote the approximate dollar impact to the various
numbers in the adjusted columns if the assumed price changes by $1.00. In our experience,
footnotes of this sort became common after effectiveness of the 2005
Securities Offering Reform rules,
which provided that liability could attach to the time of sale information (typically the
preliminary prospectus) given to an investor. Practitioners, in an abundance of caution, started
to note in the time of sale information the possible impact of variations from the mid-point of the
range since investors would not have access to the final negotiated price in the time of sale
information. Such disclosure may be useful to a potential investor because it allows him or her to
estimate what the adjusted amounts might be if he or she believes the price will vary from the
mid-point of the range. When the final price is determined and included in the prospectus filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b), that final prospectus will include an as adjusted or pro forma as adjusted
column in the tables referenced above based on the final price, and the text in the footnote
describing the impact of any variation from the assumed price will be deleted (since variation is
no longer possible).
Use of Proceeds, page 27
6. |
|
Please clarify to what extent the current proceeds will be used for the anticipated
acquisition. |
The Company supplementally advises the Staff that the timing of the closing of the proposed
acquisition relative to the timing of the closing of the offering is not yet certain. The proposed
acquisition may well close first, in which case the payment of the cash merger consideration of
$15.7 million will be funded with existing cash and cash equivalents. The Company had in excess of
$56 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2009. The Company has
continued to generate substantial amounts of cash from operations since then, and an additional $10
million of previously restricted cash became unrestricted in connection with the amendment of the
Companys line of credit in March 2010. Thus, the Companys unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
have continued to grow and are expected to continue to grow until the closing of the offering. As
such, even if the proposed acquisition were to close after the Company raised funds in this
offering, the proceeds from this offering would be unnecessary to fund the payment of the cash
merger consideration. For the foregoing reasons, the Company does not view the acquisition
consideration as a use of proceeds.
Further, because the Company is committed to completing the proposed acquisition whether or
not it completes the offering, the Company respectfully submits that identifying the payment of the
cash merger consideration as a use of proceeds could mislead potential investors to the extent that
they perceive the closing of the proposed acquisition to be dependent on the completion of the
offering.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 6
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition, page 35
General
7. |
|
You state on page 9 that many of your cardholders use their cards infrequently or do not
reload their cards. To the extent available, please provide statistics regarding card usage
and retention, both current percentages and trends over the last five years. |
The information requested in comment 7 is contained in Attachment B, which has been provided
to the Staff under separate cover. Confidential treatment has been requested for Attachment B
pursuant to Regulation 200.83 of the Commission (17 C.F.R §200.83).
8. |
|
In a number of locations throughout the document, you point to the fact that Wal-Mart and
three of your other distributors contributed for more than 87% of your operating revenue. On
page F-30, it appears that one of your largest suppliers, CVS, declined from 17% to 0% of your
settlement assets from July 2008 to October 2009. Please tell us, with a view towards revised
disclosure, the reason for such a decline in the amount of settlement assets from one of your
largest customers. |
The timeframes identified below as B1 and B2 in this response to comment 8 are set forth in
Attachment A, which has been provided to the Staff under separate cover. Confidential treatment has
been requested for Attachment A pursuant to Regulation 200.83 of the Commission (17 C.F.R.
§200.83).
The Company supplementally advises the Staff that the decline referenced in the Staffs
comment is a function of the timing of the Companys fiscal quarter end and favorable settlement
terms that the Company negotiated with CVS in its July 2009 contract renegotiation. By way of
background, each of the Companys retail distributors has separately negotiated settlement terms
that specify the timeframes in which customer funds collected at the point of sale must be remitted
to the card issuing banks. As indicated on page F-10, remittance of such funds takes an average of
three business days from the date funds are collected at the point of sale. Accordingly, the
amount due from any particular retail distributor can fluctuate significantly from period to period
depending primarily on the proximity of a weekend to the last day of the end of a fiscal period and
the settlement terms negotiated with the retail distributor. In July 2009, the Company and CVS
agreed to reduce the timeframe for remittance by this retail distributor from an average of
approximately B1 to B2 and make other related changes. As a result of these changes, for the
three months ended October 31, 2009, unlike the Companys other major retail distributors, CVS had
remitted to the Company throughout the week ended Friday, October 30, 2009, cumulative payments
that slightly exceeded the actual amount of all customer funds collected at the point of sale
through Saturday, October 31, 2009.
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 7
9. |
|
Please tell us if you have generated, as of the most recent stub period, any significant
revenues or card sales as a result of your agreement with PayPal. |
The Company supplementally advises the Staff that it did not generate significant revenues or
card sales under its agreement with PayPal during the five months ended December 31, 2009. See the
Companys response to comment 3 above.
Operating Expenses, page 39
10. |
|
On page 60 you indicate that part of your growth strategy going forward will be to broaden
awareness of the Green Dot brand. However, in your most recent stub period, you spend less
on television and in-store advertising. Please revise your discussion to provide managements
view as to how your revised spending on advertising affects your expected growth strategy. |
In
light of the Staffs comment, the Company has augmented its disclosure on page 66 to note
that the Companys spending on advertising may fluctuate from period to period and to disclose the
factors affecting the timing of such spending. The Company believes that its statements regarding
expected increases in sales and marketing expenses in the year ended December 31, 2010 on page 39
of the Registration Statement, as originally filed, continue to be accurate reflections of its
expectations. Accordingly, similar disclosure appears on page 40.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Reserve for Uncollectible Overdrawn Accounts, page 51
11. |
|
We note the continued increase in the provision for uncollectible overdrawn accounts being
recognized in each fiscal and interim period presented. So that the reader will have a better
understanding of the nature of and types of these losses please address the following: |
|
|
|
Address why it is appropriate to recognize monthly maintenance fees on any
of the types of cards (reloadable or non-reloadable) outstanding which are not active
or which have insufficient funds; |
|
|
|
|
Address how the company determines the collectability of these maintenance
fees on the date these revenues are recorded; |
|
|
|
|
Address the actual collectability rates of these receivables on these types
of cards; |
|
|
|
|
Explain the relationship of the amounts due to issuing banks for overdrawn
accounts to the accounts receivable amounts being recorded by the Company; |
|
|
|
|
Address the specific repayment terms of the amounts due to issuing banks
for overdrawn accounts as noted in the contractual agreements; and |
|
|
|
|
Provide us with an aging analysis of the accounts receivable as of July 31,
2009 and a more recent interim or audited period. |
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 8
The
Company has added disclosure on page 53 in response to the Staffs comment. In
addition, the Company supplementally provides the following tabular analysis of the aging of the
overdraft receivable balance at July 31, 2009 and December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of July 31, 2009 |
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 |
|
Months since last activity |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2 3 months |
|
$ |
5,289 |
|
|
$ |
7,052 |
|
1 2 months |
|
|
2,634 |
|
|
|
2,716 |
|
0 1 months |
|
|
2,242 |
|
|
|
2,304 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total overdrawn account
balances due from
cardholders |
|
$ |
10,165 |
|
|
$ |
12,072 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based Compensation, page 51
12. |
|
Please revise to disclose, in greater detail, the significant additional factors considered
and assumptions made in determining the fair value of the underlying common stock at each
option grant date. Your disclosures should describe and quantify each of the significant
assumptions for each of the valuation periods and describe the basis for those determinations.
Your disclosures should address how the market and income approaches were weighted at each
valuation date and explain the basis for that weighting. You should also describe, in greater
detail, how you allocated the enterprise value between your preferred and common stock. |
In
light of the Staffs comment, the Company has revised its
disclosure at pages 55 to 56 to
describe, in greater detail, the significant additional factors considered and assumptions made in
determining the fair value of the underlying common stock at each option grant date.
13. |
|
Discuss, in greater detail, each significant factor contributing to the difference between
the estimated IPO price and the fair value determined, as of the date of each grant and
equity-related issuance. This reconciliation should describe significant intervening events
within the company and changes in assumptions as well as the weighting and selection of
valuation methodologies employed that explain the changes in the fair value of your common
stock up to the filing of the registration statement. |
The Company respectfully advises the Staff that, once an estimated offering price has been
determined, it will decide what disclosure might be appropriate given the relative levels of the
offering price and the option exercise prices during the previous year. See the Companys response
to comment 14 below.
14. |
|
Tell us your proposed IPO price, when you first initiated discussions with underwriters, and
when the underwriters first communicated their estimated price range and amount for your
stock. |
The Company supplementally advises the Staff that, to date, the underwriters have not
identified a proposed offering price nor have they communicated an estimated price range for the
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 9
Companys stock. At such time as the Company initiates valuation discussions with the
underwriters, the Company will advise the Staff of the timing and content of those discussions.
15. |
|
Consider revising your disclosure to include the intrinsic value of all outstanding vested
and unvested options based on the difference between the estimated IPO price and the exercise
price of the options outstanding as of the most recent balance sheet date included in the
registration statement. |
In
light of the Staffs comment, the Company has revised its disclosure at page 54 to include
the intrinsic value of all outstanding vested and unvested options based on the difference between
the estimated offering price and the exercise price of the options outstanding as of the most
recent balance sheet date included in the Registration Statement.
Business, page 56
16. |
|
In both this section and in the Summary, you promote network effects achieved through your
Green PlaNET network as a competitive advantage that you have over other participants.
However, you also indicate that many of your users conduct their transactions through either
the VISA or MasterCard networks. Also, it appears that network interchange fees account for a
significant percentage of your revenues. Please revise this section to explain how your Green
PlaNET network operates in conjunction with the card interchange networks that your customers
use to conduct transactions using their cards. Make conforming changes to the similar
disclosure in the Summary. |
The
Company has revised its disclosure at pages 1, 2, 60, 61 and 64 as requested in comment
16.
17. |
|
Revise your disclosure on page 60 to explain how Green Dot is more vertically integrated than
its competitors. Make conforming changes to your disclosure in the Summary. |
The
Company has revised its disclosure at pages 3 and 64 as requested in comment 17.
Principal and Selling Stockholders, page 98
18. |
|
We note the designation other selling stockholders at the bottom of the stockholders tables
on pages 98 and 101. Please revise to add the names of the additional selling shareholders.
Refer to Item 507 of Regulation S-K. |
The Company respectfully advises the Staff that it has just begun approaching a large number
of potential sellers and has no commitments from any large stockholders. The Company anticipates
allowing any stockholder (or optionee with vested shares) to sell in the offering. As a result,
the Company anticipates that there may be a large number of small employee stockholder sellers
(either selling existing shares or shares received from the exercise of options concurrent with the
closing of the offering). As discussed with the Staff, to the extent there are numerous
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 10
selling stockholders who are selling minimal numbers of shares, the Company does not intend to
include long lists of such selling stockholders and will instead disclose such selling
stockholders, as a group, at the bottom of the stockholders tables.
Description of Capital Stock, page 102
19. |
|
Revise this section to discuss any differences between the Class A and Class B shares with
regards to distributions. Please clarify if the Board can declare a dividend or other
distribution for one class of common shareholders and not for another. |
In
light of the Staffs comment, the Company has amended its disclosure on page 111 to
indicate under Dividend Rights that, subject to limited exceptions, dividends on its two classes
of common stock must be the same. The disclosure under the Right to Receive Liquidation
Distributions on page 112 already states that the Class A and Class B would participate ratably in
liquidation distributions.
Underwriting, page 110
20. |
|
Please revise to clarify that the underwriting arrangements apply to the selling stockholder
shares as well as shares being issued by the company. |
The Company acknowledges the Staffs comment and has revised the Underwriting section to
refer to the selling stockholders. See page 119.
Consolidated Balance Sheets, page F-3
21. |
|
We note the pro forma disclosure of the outstanding convertible preferred stock into common
stock. Given that there will be two classes of common stock outstanding (Class A and B), the
disclosures should be revised to indicate into which class of common stock these converted
preferred shares will be converted. Please advise and revise as necessary. |
In accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, the Company has disclosed pro forma
stockholders equity, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock.
As noted by the Staff, the Company now has two classes of authorized common stock Class A common
stock and Class B common stock. The Companys dual class structure for its common stock was
implemented upon the filing of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation on March 31,
2010. For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009, the Company considers this
to be a subsequent event.
Accordingly, the Company has not revised its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,
2009 to present the dual class structure. However, it has added a reference to Note 16 -
Subsequent Events and in the Unaudited Pro Forma Information section of Note 2 Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies to its consolidated financial statements contained in the
Registration Statement. In Note 16 Subsequent Events, the Company has disclosed the amendment to
its certificate of incorporation, and described the rights, privileges and preferences
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 11
for Class A and Class B common stock. It has also disclosed that the amendment did not change
the rights, privileges or preferences of its preferred stockholders except that each share of
Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock is now convertible into its Class B common
stock.
In the Companys consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2010, it will revise the
actual information in its consolidated balance sheets to show the dual class structure.
Additionally, it will revise Note 2 to discuss the conversion of preferred stock into Class B
common stock and it will revise Note 10 to include a discussion of the rights, privileges and
preferences for both its Class A and Class B common stock and its preferred stock.
Consolidated Statement of Operations, page F-4
22. |
|
We note that in connection with this offering, the Company will now have two classes of
common stock. Please tell us what consideration you have given to the two-class method
earnings per share presentation on a pro forma basis. We refer you to ASC 260-10-45
paragraphs 59A-60B and Rule 11-01(a)(8) of Regulation S-X as well as the disclosure
requirements of ASC 260-10-50. Please advise and revise as necessary. |
As indicated in the Companys response to comment 21 above, its certificate of incorporation
was amended on March 31, 2010 to adopt a dual class structure for its common stock. On adoption,
all of its common stock outstanding converted to Class B common stock. Consequently, the Company
currently has no shares of Class A common stock outstanding.
In considering the presentation of pro forma EPS, the Company reviewed the guidance regarding
the two-class method, as prescribed in ASC 260, and the pro forma requirements under Article 11 of
Regulation S-X. The Company determined that disclosing its application of the two-class method to
each class of common stock did not present material information to investors because it has no
shares of Class A common stock outstanding (i.e., all net income would be allocated to Class B
common stockholders). The number of Class A common shares will not be known with certainty until
after the initial public offering has been consummated.
Alternatively, in Note 16 Subsequent Events to the Companys consolidated financial
statements, it has disclosed the amendment to its certificate of incorporation, and the rights,
privileges and preferences for the Class A and Class B common stock. It has also disclosed that
the amendment did not change the rights, privileges or preferences of its preferred stockholders
except that each share of Series A, B, C, C-1 and C-2 convertible preferred stock is now
convertible into Class B common stock.
As there are currently no shares of Class A common stock outstanding, net income allocated to
common stockholders is attributed solely to Class B common stock. Therefore, there is no impact on
reported or pro forma earnings per common share. The Company has also disclosed this fact in Note
16 Subsequent Events to its consolidated financial statements.
In its consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2010 and subsequent periods, the
Company will revise Note 12 Earnings Per Common Share to its consolidated financial
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 12
statements to disclose that there is no impact to earnings per common share due to the
application of the two class method until such time as shares of Class A common stock are issued.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Unaudited Pro Forma Information, page F-7
25. |
|
Please revise to disclose the rights and terms associated with each of the two classes of
common stock. |
As indicated in the Companys responses to comments 21 and 22, its certificate of
incorporation was amended on March 31, 2010, subsequent to December 31, 2009. Therefore, in Note
16 Subsequent Events, it has disclosed the amendment to its certificate of incorporation, and the
rights, privileges and preferences for its Class A and Class B common stock.
Note 11. Stock-Based Compensation, page F-23
26. |
|
Please consider revising to include the following disclosures for options granted and other
equity instruments awarded during the 12 months prior to the date of the most recent balance
sheet included in the filing: |
|
|
|
For each grant date, the number of options or shares granted, the exercise
price, the fair value of the common stock, and the intrinsic value, if any, per option
(the number of options may be aggregated by month or quarter and the information
presented as weighted-average per share amounts); and |
|
|
|
|
Whether the valuation used to determine the fair value of the equity
instruments was contemporaneous or retrospective. |
|
|
Continue to provide us with updates to the requested information for all equity related
transactions subsequent to this request through the effective date of the registration
statement. |
The Company has revised the disclosure in Note 11 Stock-Based Compensation to provide the
additional information requested in comment 26.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities, page II-2
27. |
|
With regard to items 1-3, please revise to state the specific exemption relied on. For each
Regulation D offering, state whether you relied on Rule 504, 505 or 506. |
|
|
|
The Company has amended its disclosure on page II-2 as requested in comment 27. |
* * *
Securities and Exchange Commission
April 26, 2010
Page 13
Please direct your questions or comments regarding this letter or Amendment No. 2 to the
undersigned by telephone to (415) 875-2479 or by facsimile to (415) 281-1350. In his absence,
please direct your questions or comments to Laird Simons at (650) 335-7233. Thank you for your
assistance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
/s/ William L. Hughes
|
|
|
|
|
|
William L. Hughes |
|
|
|
|
|
cc: |
|
John C. Ricci, Esq.
John L. Keatley
Green Dot Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
William V. Fogg, Esq.
Daniel OShea, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP |
|
|
|
|
|
Laird H. Simons III, Esq.
James Evans, Esq.
Fenwick & West LLP |
Attachments:
Attachment A (provided under separate cover)
Attachment B (provided under separate cover)